BB Cover by zhangyun

VIEWS: 67 PAGES: 248

									                    BID BOOKLET
          FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION




   OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
              SALEM, OREGON




 GRADING, DRAINAGE, STRUCTURES, PAVING, SIGNING, AND

               ROADSIDE DEVELOPMENT

         I-84: EXIT 64 (HOOD RIVER) - BUNDLE 224

               COLUMBIA RIVER HIGHWAY

                  HOOD RIVER COUNTY

                   OCTOBER 29, 2009


CLASS OF PROJECT X-NH-OTIA-S002(095)
  CLASS OF WORK EARTHWORK AND DRAINAGE OR BRIDGES AND
STRUCTURES
BID OF
                                 DESCRIPTION OF WORK


                     Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and
                                   Roadside Development
                           I:84: Exit 64 (Hood River) - Bundle 224
                                  Columbia River Highway
                                      Hood River County


                         TIME AND PLACE OF RECEIVING BIDS


Bids for the work described above will be opened and read at the Oregon Department of
Transportation, 455 Airport Road SE, Building E, Salem, Oregon, at 9:00 a.m. on the
twenty-ninth day of October , 2009.

Prior to 8:00 a.m. on the above date, submit Bids to:
ODOT Procurement Office, Procurement Manager
455 Airport Road SE, Building K
Salem, Oregon 97301-5348.

Between 8:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. on the above date, submit Bids to Building K at the above
address or to:
Oregon Department of Transportation
455 Airport Road SE, Building E
Salem, Oregon.

                                 COMPLETION TIME LIMIT




Complete all Work to be done under the Contract, except for seeding and plant
establishment, not later than September 29, 2011.




                                   CLASS OF PROJECT


This is a Federal-Aid Project.


                                    CLASS OF WORK
The Class of Work for this Project is either: A) Earthwork and Drainage, or B) Bridges and
Structures.



                         APPLICABLE SPECIAL PROVISIONS


The Special Provisions booklet applicable to the above-described work, for which Bids will
be opened at the time and place stated above, is that which contains the exact information
as shown above on this page.

Bidders are cautioned against basing their Bids on a booklet bearing any different
description, date(s), class of project, or class of work.
             SPECIAL PROVISIONS
         FOR HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION




 OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
                 SALEM, OREGON




GRADING, DRAINAGE, STRUCTURES, PAVING, SIGNING, AND

              ROADSIDE DEVELOPMENT

        I-84: EXIT 64 (HOOD RIVER) - BUNDLE 224

              COLUMBIA RIVER HIGHWAY

                 HOOD RIVER COUNTY

                  OCTOBER 29, 2009
                                 DESCRIPTION OF WORK


        Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing, and Roadside Development
                         I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) - Bundle 224
                                 Columbia River Highway
                                    Hood River County


                         TIME AND PLACE OF RECEIVING BIDS


Bids for the work described above will be opened and read at the Oregon Department of
Transportation, 455 Airport Road SE, Bldg. E, Salem, Oregon 97301-5348, at 9:00 a.m. on
the 29th day of October, 2009.


                                 COMPLETION TIME LIMIT


Complete all Work to be done under the Contract, except for seeding and plant
establishment, not later than September 29, 2011.



                                   CLASS OF PROJECT

This is a Federal-Aid Project.


                                     CLASS OF WORK


The Class of Work for this Project is either: A) Earthwork and Drainage, or B) Bridges and
Structures.



                                 PROJECT INFORMATION

Information pertaining to this Project may be obtained from the following:


Tom Marzolf, Construction Coordinator, OBDP, 999 Frontage Road, Suite 200, Troutdale,
OR 97060; Phone 503-587-3639, FAX 503-669-4193.
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS


REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS (FHWA-1273)
ON-SITE WORKFORCE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN AND
MINORITIES ON FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY PROVISIONS
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY-ASPIRATIONAL TARGET PROVISIONS
DBE AND MWESB PROVISIONS
ASSIGNED CONTRACT GOAL AND TARGET
REIMBURSABLE FEDERAL ON-THE-JOB AND APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING
PROJECT WAGE RATES

WORK TO BE DONE .......................................................................................................... 1
SECTION 00110 - ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND
                DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................... 2
SECTION 00120 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES ................................ 2
SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ........................................ 2
SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................ 2
SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK ........................................................................... 3
SECTION 00160 - SOURCE OF MATERIALS .................................................................... 6
SECTION 00165 - QUALITY OF MATERIALS .................................................................... 6
SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES .................................... 6
SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ....................................................... 7
SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES .............................................10
SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT ............................................................................................10
SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK ...........................................................14
SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK ........................................14
SECTION 00199 - DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS, AND CLAIMS ..................................14
SECTION 00210 - MOBILIZATION ....................................................................................14
SECTION 00220 - ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PUBLIC TRAFFIC ....................................14
SECTION 00225 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .....................................................19
SECTION 00230 - TEMPORARY DETOURS ....................................................................23
SECTION 00240 - TEMPORARY DRAINAGE FACILITIES ...............................................25
SECTION 00250 - TEMPORARY BRIDGES ......................................................................25
SECTION 00280 - EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ...............................................28
SECTION 00290 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ......................................................29
SECTION 00305 - CONSTRUCTION SURVEY WORK .....................................................42
SECTION 00310 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS .......................63
SECTION 00320 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...............................................................64
SECTION 00330 - EARTHWORK ......................................................................................64
SECTION 00331 - SUBGRADE STABILIZATION ..............................................................66
SECTION 00340 - WATERING ..........................................................................................66
SECTION 00350 - GEOSYNTHETIC INSTALLATION .......................................................66
SECTION 00390 - RIPRAP PROTECTION ........................................................................66
SECTION 00405 - TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL .........................66
SECTION 00440 - COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE ...................................................67
SECTION 00442 - CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALS ..................................67
SECTION 00445 - SANITARY, STORM, CULVERT, SIPHON, AND IRRIGATION
                PIPE ....................................................................................................67
SECTION 00470 - MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, AND INLETS ......................................67
SECTION 00471 - LIFT STATIONS ...................................................................................67
SECTION 00480 - DRAINAGE CURBS .............................................................................83
SECTION 00490 - WORK ON EXISTING SEWERS AND STRUCTURES ........................83
SECTION 00501 - BRIDGE REMOVAL .............................................................................83
SECTION 00510 - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL .....................................84
SECTION 00520 - DRIVEN PILES.....................................................................................88
SECTION 00530 - STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE .....................................89
SECTION 00535 - RESIN BONDED ANCHOR SYSTEMS ................................................90
SECTION 00540 - STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ................................................................90
SECTION 00542 - TEXTURED CONCRETE SURFACES ............................................... 102
SECTION 00545 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BRIDGE END PANELS ......................... 104
SECTION 00560 - STRUCTURAL STEEL BRIDGES ...................................................... 104
SECTION 00582 - BRIDGE BEARINGS .......................................................................... 106
SECTION 00583 - ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IN STRUCTURES ...................................... 107
SECTION 00587 - BRIDGE RAILS .................................................................................. 107
SECTION 00589 - UTILITY ATTACHMENTS ON STRUCTURES ................................... 108
SECTION 00594 - PREPARING AND COATING METAL STRUCTURES ....................... 110
SECTION 00596 - RETAINING WALLS ........................................................................... 110
SECTION 00620 - COLD PLANE PAVEMENT REMOVAL .............................................. 113
SECTION 00641 - AGGREGATE SUBBASE, BASE, AND SHOULDERS ....................... 113
SECTION 00730 - EMULSIFIED ASPHALT TACK COAT................................................ 114
SECTION 00745 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC) .................................... 114
SECTION 00759 - MISCELLANEOUS PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
                STRUCTURES .................................................................................. 120
SECTION 00810 - METAL GUARDRAIL.......................................................................... 120
SECTION 00820 - CONCRETE BARRIER ...................................................................... 121
SECTION 00840 - DELINEATORS AND MILEPOST MARKER POSTS .......................... 122
SECTION 00850 - COMMON PROVISIONS FOR PAVEMENT MARKINGS ................... 123
SECTION 00855 - PAVEMENT MARKERS ..................................................................... 123
SECTION 00857 - RUMBLE STRIPS .............................................................................. 123
SECTION 00865 - LONGITUDINAL PAVEMENT MARKINGS - DURABLE ..................... 124
SECTION 00867 - TRANSVERSE PAVEMENT MARKINGS - LEGENDS AND
                BARS ................................................................................................. 124
SECTION 00902 - CROSSWALK CLOSURE BARRICADES .......................................... 124
SECTION 00905 - REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING SIGNS ............... 125
SECTION 00910 - WOOD SIGN POSTS ......................................................................... 125
SECTION 00920 - SIGN SUPPORT FOOTINGS ............................................................. 126
SECTION 00930 - METAL SIGN SUPPORTS ................................................................. 126
SECTION 00937 - PREPARING AND COATING METAL SIGN STRUCTURES ............. 128
SECTION 00940 - SIGNS ................................................................................................ 130
SECTION 00950 - REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ........................................... 131
SECTION 00960 - COMMON PROVISIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS .................. 131
SECTION 00962 - METAL ILLUMINATION AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SUPPORTS ........... 131
SECTION 00963 - SIGNAL SUPPORT DRILLED SHAFTS ............................................. 132
SECTION 00965 - CAMERA POLES AND FOUNDATIONS ............................................ 132
SECTION 00996 - TRAFFIC CAMERA SYSTEM ............................................................ 138
SECTION 00970 - HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION ................................................................ 147
SECTION 00990 - TRAFFIC SIGNALS ............................................................................ 147
SECTION 01030 - SEEDING ........................................................................................... 148
SECTION 01040 - PLANTING ......................................................................................... 151
SECTION 01050 - FENCES............................................................................................. 153
SECTION 01140 – POTABLE WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS ..........................................153
SECTION 01040 – POTABLE WATER VALVES .............................................................153
SECTION 01092 - STORMWATER CONTROL FACILITIES ...........................................153
SECTION 02110 - POSTS, BLOCKS, AND BRACES ......................................................154
SECTION 02210 - MATERIALS FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE ...................................154
SECTION 02450 - MANHOLE AND INLET MATERIALS .................................................156
SECTION 02520 - STEEL AND CONCRETE PILES........................................................156
SECTION 02630 - BASE AGGREGATE ..........................................................................157
SECTION 02810 - BRIDGE RAIL.....................................................................................157
SECTION 02820 - METAL GUARDRAIL..........................................................................157
SECTION 02920 - COMMON ELECTRICAL MATERIALS ...............................................157
SECTION 02925 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS .........................................................158
SECTION 02926 - LAMPS, BALLASTS, AND LUMINAIRES ...........................................160
APPENDIX A      162
SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ..........................163
SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING ...........................................................164
SECTION 16072 - ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS..................168
SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ..........................................................172
SECTION 16130 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES .................................................................174
SECTION 16231 - PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS ...............................................178
SECTION 16415 - TRANSFER SWITCHES ....................................................................190
SECTION 16420 - ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS ............................................................195
SECTION 16443 - MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ..........................................................199
APPENDIX B      206

BID SCHEDULE
  EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY — ASPIRATIONAL TARGET PROVISIONS


As used in these provisions, "Engineer" means the Chief Engineer of the Oregon
Department of Transportation acting either directly or through his authorized
representatives.

Section 140 of Title 23, United States Code, EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY, as in
effect on May 1, 1982, is incorporated by this reference and made a part of these
provisions.

                                       Written Notification

The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Engineer within 10 working days of
award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work
under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name,
address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number;
estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the
subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed.

In addition to the notification required in item 7d in the "On-Site Workforce Affirmative
Action Requirements for Women and Minorities on Federal-Aid Contracts", the Contractor
shall provide immediate written notification to the Engineer when the union or unions with
which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the
Contractor minorities or women sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other
information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its
equal opportunity obligations.

                                 Aspirational Diversity Targets

ODOT Aspirational Diversity Targets - While Aspirational Diversity Targets are not
requirements for this contract and are not binding on the contractor, ODOT desires to
encourage the highest possible participation of minorities and women in the work force.
Therefore, ODOT has established aspirational targets on OTIA III contracts statewide and
all ODOT construction contracts in Multnomah, Clackamas, and Washington counties as
follows:

                                         Covered Areas

                         Area                                 Aspirational

               ODOT Region 1                           Women 14% - Minority 20%
            ODOT Region 2, 3, 4, & 5                   Women 14% - Minority 14%

Neither Contractor nor its subcontractors are under any obligation to meet any aspirational
targets.




Equal Employment Opportunity                                                        Page 1
Aspirational Target Provisions
                                     Monthly Report

The Contractor and each Subcontractor ($10,000 or more) shall submit to the Engineer a
"Monthly Employment and Apprenticeship Utilization Report" (MEAUR), Form 731-0505, by
the 5th of each month.


                                      Annual Report

Each July for the duration of the project, contracts in the amount of $10,000 or more and on
each subcontract, not including material suppliers, in the amount of $10,000 or more, the
contractor and each subcontractor shall submit From PR-1391. This report shall be sent
directly to ODOT Office of Civil Rights.




Equal Employment Opportunity                                                        Page 2
Aspirational Target Provisions
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                         ASSIGNED DBE CONTRACT GOAL

                               FOR AFDBE AND ASDBE




        The assigned minimum DBE (AFDBE/ASDBE) goal for this Project is 4%.


             (This goal is only a part of the overall Statewide DBE program.)




A DBE Directory is available from the Office of Minority, Women and Emerging Small
Business (OMWESB) web site at       http://www4.cbs.state.or.us/ex/dir/omwesb/ or by
telephone at (503) 947-7924.
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                   ASSIGNED MWESB ASPIRATIONAL TARGETS




             The assigned MWESB aspirational target for this Project is 9%.




An MWESB Directory is available from the Office of Minority, Women and Emerging Small
Business (OMWESB) web site at       http://www4.cbs.state.or.us/ex/dir/omwesb/  or by
telephone at (503) 947-7924.
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

       REIMBURSABLE FEDERAL ON-THE-JOB and APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING

This Section for Reimbursable Federal On-the-Job Training and Apprenticeship Training
supersedes subparagraph B(7-e) of the "On-Site Workforce Affirmative Action
Requirements for Women and Minorities on Federal Aid Contracts," and is in
implementation of 23 U.S.C. 140(a). All other provisions apply.


SECTION 1: Abbreviations and Definitions

BOLI     - Bureau of Labor and Industries for the State of Oregon

OJT      - On-the-Job Training

Apprenticeship Training Program: A specific apprenticeship training program, approved
by BOLI, which provides a combination of field and classroom trade specific experience
under the supervision of journey level workers. For this Contract, this is a race and gender
neutral program.

OJT Program: A specific on-the-job training program developed by the Contractor,
approved by the Agency and FHWA (also includes previously developed standardized
training programs already approved by the Agency and FHWA), which provides a
combination of field, and limited classroom, trade specific experience under the supervision
of journey level workers. This is an Affirmative Action program and targets otherwise
disadvantaged woman and minorities.

Qualified Hours: Specific On-Site hours (may include some classroom hours) performed
by a properly registered and enrolled trainee consistent with their OJT Program or an
apprentice consistent with their Apprenticeship Training Program, and reported by the
Contractor to the Agency for the OJT Program and to BOLI for the Apprenticeship Training
Program.


SECTION 2: OJT Program and Apprenticeship Training Program Policy Statement

In order to increase the number of trained and skilled workers in highway construction the
Agency will set a training goal for the Project.

It is the policy of the Agency that the Contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable
steps, to ensure that trainees and apprentices have the opportunity to participate on
highway construction projects and to develop as journey-level workers in the given trade or
job classification employed, and to meet this training goal.

Training and upgrading minorities and women in highway construction trades is a primary
objective of the Agency. Accordingly, the Contractor shall make every effort to enroll
minority and women trainees in OJT Programs by conducting systematic and direct,
meaningful recruitment through public and private sources likely to yield minority and

women trainees within a reasonable area of recruitment. Although Apprenticeship Training
Programs are race and gender neutral, the Contractor shall ensure that, without
discrimination, minorities and women have an equal employment opportunity to compete for



Reimbursable OJT/Apprenticeship                                                  Page 1
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

and participate as apprentices and to support a diverse workforce that is representative of
the population.


SECTION 3: Affirmative Action Requirement

Whenever minorities or women are not placed in OJT positions, the Contractor shall
provide documented evidence of Affirmative Action recruitment efforts. The Agency will
review the documents of the Contractor’s systematic and direct, meaningful recruitment
efforts to determine whether the Contractor has complied with the criteria in "Required
Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts" (FHWA Form 1273), Section II
Nondiscrimination.

When filling OJT positions and apprenticeship positions, the Contractor and the
Subcontractors are encouraged to hire previously approved apprentices who have not yet
completed their training.

Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union
with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, nor any agreement the
Contractor has with a joint apprenticeship and training committee, shall excuse the
Contractor’s obligations under these provisions. Nor shall these sources exclude qualified
minorities and women available for training for Work under this Contract.

The training goal is not intended, and shall not be used, to discriminate against any
applicant for training, whether members of a minority group or not.


SECTION 4: Assigned Training Goal Disincentive

The Agency will insert an hourly price and quantity for the Pay Item "Training". This hourly
price will be fixed.

For purposes of determining the Contractor’s total Qualified Hours, any combination of
Qualified Hours for OJT and Apprenticeship Training may be aggregated and summed
toward the training goal.

If the total number of Qualified Hours earned by the Contractor fails to meet the training
goal, this program contains a no payment clause (disincentive) according to Section 8
below.

Section 5: Training Requirements

The intent of these provisions is to provide real and meaningful training in the construction
crafts. Off-Site training is permissible only when it is an integral part of an approved training
program and does not comprise a significant part of the overall training. In addition:

   • The Contractor, not registered as a training agent, may choose to adopt a
     standardized OJT Program.




Reimbursable OJT/Apprenticeship                                                       Page 2
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   • For non-standardized or new OJT Programs proposed by the Contractor, obtain
     approvals prior to beginning On-Site Work with employees in the classifications
     covered by the OJT Program.
   • OJT Programs may include carpenter trainee, cement mason trainee, ironworker
     trainee, utility trainee, and construction assistant or others when training is oriented
     toward construction vocations.
   • OJT Programs for laborers may be allowed if the Programs provide significant and
     meaningful training.
   • OJT Programs in classifications such as flagger, bookkeeper, clerk/typist or secretary
     are prohibited.
   • OJT Programs shall always maintain the approved ratio of trainees to journey level
     workers On-Site.
   • OJT Programs shall always maintain the approved types and numbers of equipment
     On-Site.
   • Where feasible, 25 percent of trainees shall be in the first year of an OJT Program for
     each classification.
   • No employee shall be registered as a trainee in any classification they have
     completed leading to journey level status, or for any classification they have been
     employed as a journey level worker. The Contractor shall keep records, and provide
     to the Agency, if requested, documents on each trainee.
   • Trainees shall be pre-approved, registered, enrolled and working On-Site.
   • OJT Program trainees shall be paid the journey level rate specified in the contract for
     the type of work performed. Apprenticeship Program trainees shall be paid the
     appropriate rates approved in connection with their stage in the Apprenticeship
     Training Program.
   • A valid certification by an appropriate apprenticeship committee that the Contractor is
     an approved training agent shall be prima facia proof of compliance.


SECTION 6: Reports

The Contractor and each Subcontractor with an OJT Program or Apprenticeship Training
Program shall complete and submit the following reports to the Project Manager:

   • At the pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit a training program
     forecast on the "Training Program Form" (Form 731-0335).
   • For OJT trainees, submit an "In-House Trainee Approval Request" (Form 731-0503)
     to the Agency prior to the OJT trainee beginning work. Attach a copy of
     Form 731-0335, to Form 731-0503. The Contractor shall provide certification to the
     trainee upon completion of the OJT Program and submit a copy to the Agency Office
     of Civil Rights. Upon completion of the Contract, a certification shall be given to each
     trainee and to the Agency to document the number of hours and training completed
     by the individual.
   • By the tenth of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Agency an "ODOT
     Apprentice/Trainee Monthly Progress Record" (Form 731-0332) for each trainee.



Reimbursable OJT/Apprenticeship                                                   Page 3
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      Use Form 731-0332 to report Qualified Hours for either OJT trainees or apprentice
      trainees. This will be the source document for estimated monthly progress payments
      to the Contractor.
   • Contractor shall submit a "Monthly Employment Utilization Report" MEUR
     (Form 731-0394) by the tenth of each month. This report is required of the Contractor
     and Subcontractors on Subcontracts valued $10,000 and above, regardless of their
     participation in the apprenticeship or OJT Program.

Forms are published on the Office of Civil Rights website at:

http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/CS/CIVILRIGHTS/forms.shtml

Forms may also be obtained from the Office of Civil Rights by calling 503-986-4350.


SECTION 7: Monitoring and Compliance

The Contractor has the primary responsibility to monitor compliance levels throughout the
Contract and to ensure the training goal is met. If the Contractor decides any of the training
hours are to be provided by a Subcontractor, the Contractor shall ensure that the
Subcontract contains the appropriate training clauses that obligate the Subcontractor. This
shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor’s primary responsibility.

Meet with the Agency monthly to review the progress records or apprenticeship records.
The Agency, through the monthly meetings and progress records or apprenticeship records
provided by the Contractor, will provide the Contractor with informational compliance and
reimbursement data including:

   • The Contractor’s training forecasts compared with the actual Qualified Hours
     achieved.
   • Total Qualified Hours and payment reimbursement summary.
   • For information purposes only, the monthly summary reports by OJT trainee craft and
     apprenticeship craft.
   • The Agency will track training activities provided by Contractor to the OJT trainees
     and apprentice trainees.


SECTION 8: Measurement/Payment

   1. The Agency will establish the total Reimbursable OJT Program and Apprenticeship
      Training Program goal for the Project. This number of training hours will not be
      reduced except by Contract Change Order.

   2. The Contractor is expected to utilize all of the training hours on this Project. Check
      the training goal and the unit price in the Schedule of Items.

   3. If the Contractor achieves at least 100% of the goal, up to a maximum of 150% of the
      goal, the Agency will reimburse the Contractor for the Qualified Hours times the
      Pay Item price.



Reimbursable OJT/Apprenticeship                                                    Page 4
     I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
     Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


          Example: Agency goal = 1,000 hours; Pay Item = $20.00/hr; Contractor
          achieves an actual 1,525 Qualified Hours: therefore 1,500 hours x
           $20.00/hr = pay of $30,000.

  4. According to 00195, the Agency will pay for measured Pay Item quantities for
     "Training" performed according to this Contract.

  5. After the Second Notification, the Agency will review the final reports required in
     Section 6 and make adjustments. Any additional reimbursements will be paid on the
     Final Estimate.

  6. If, at the Second Notification, the Contractor has not achieved the training goal there
     will be no payment (disincentive) to the Contractor and no Qualified Hours as follows:

Regardless of all prior partial payments for the Pay Item "Training", a correction equal to 100%
of the Pay Item goal times the Pay Item price will be subtracted from the final payment due the
Contractor on the Final Payment voucher.

          Example: Agency goal = 1,000 hours; Pay Item = $20.00/hr; Contractor achieves an
          actual 500 Qualified Hours (failed to meet the goal): therefore
          1,000 hours x $20.00/hr = line item deduction of $20,000 will show on the Final
          Payment voucher. If, as a result of this line item deduction, a net amount is due the
          Agency, the Contractor shall pay the Agency within 45 Calendar Days of notice of
          such deficiency.




    Reimbursable OJT/Apprenticeship                                                   Page 5
                    OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

                                 SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                           FOR




        Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing, and Roadside Development
                         I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
                                 Columbia River Highway
                                    Hood River County




                         CONSOLIDATED SPECIAL PROVISIONS


As the preparer of the consolidated specifications for this Project I acknowledge compliance
with the "Modified Exemption from DOJ Legal Sufficiency Review and Approval for ODOT
Highway Construction Contracts" dated July 11, 2008.




By: _____________________________           Date: _____________________

Sanjay Chaudhury, P.E.
HNTB Corporation




                                    Signature Sheet 1
                   OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

                             SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                       FOR


Earthwork, Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing, and Roadside Development
                       I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
                              Columbia River Highway
                                  Hood River County


                   PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD CERTIFICATION(s):

Seal w/signature               I certify the Special Provision Sections listed below were
                               prepared by me or under my supervision:


                               Section 00220, 00225, 00230, 00240, 00250,           00280,
                               00290, 00305, 00310, 00320, 00330, 00331,            00340,
                               00350, 00390, 00405, 00445, 00470,                   00480,
                               00490, 00620, 00641, 00730, 00745, 00820,            00840,
                               00850, 00855, 00857, 00865, 00867, 00905,            00910,
                               00920, 00930, 00937, 00940, 00965, 01050,            01092,
                               01140, 01150


                               Sanjay Chaudhury, P.E.




Signature                      I also acknowledge compliance with Part 2(b) and Part 2(e) of
                               the "Modified Exemption from DOJ Legal Sufficiency Review and
                               Approval for ODOT Highway Construction Contracts" dated
                               July 11, 2008.

Seal w/signature               I certify the Special Provision Sections listed below were
                               prepared by me or under my supervision:


                               Section   00501, 00510, 00520, 00530, 00535,
                               00540, 00542, 00545, 00560, 00582, 00583, 00587,
                               00589, 00594, 00596, 00810, 02210, 02520, 02810,
                               02820,


                               David D McCurry Jr., P.E.




                                Signature Sheet 2
Signature                       I also acknowledge compliance with Part 2(b) and Part 2(e) of
                                the "Modified Exemption from DOJ Legal Sufficiency Review and
                                Approval for ODOT Highway Construction Contracts" dated
                                July 11, 2008.


                   OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

                              SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                        FOR

      Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing, and Roadside Development
                       I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
                               Columbia River Highway
                                  Hood River County



                   PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD CERTIFICATION(s):

Seal w/signature                I certify the Special Provision Sections listed below were
                                prepared by me or under my supervision:


                                Section 16050, 16060, 16072, 16120, 16130, 16140,
                                16231, 16415, 16420, 16443

                                Patricia L Fordyce, P.E.




Signature                       I also acknowledge compliance with Part 2(b) and Part 2(e) of
                                the "Modified Exemption from DOJ Legal Sufficiency Review and
                                Approval for ODOT Highway Construction Contracts" dated
                                July 11, 2008.

Seal w/signature                I certify the Special Provision Sections listed below were
                                prepared by me or under my supervision:


                                Section 01030, 01040


                                Brian M Elrod, ASLA




                                 Signature Sheet 3
Signature   I also acknowledge compliance with Part 2(b) and Part 2(e) of
            the "Modified Exemption from DOJ Legal Sufficiency Review and
            Approval for ODOT Highway Construction Contracts" dated
            July 11, 2008.




             Signature Sheet 4
                   OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

                              SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                        FOR

      Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing, and Roadside Development
                       I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
                               Columbia River Highway
                                  Hood River County

Seal w/signature                I certify the Special Provision Sections listed below were
                                prepared by me or under my supervision:


                                Section 00471


                                Stephen C Litchfield




Signature                       I also acknowledge compliance with Part 2(b) and Part 2(e) of
                                the "Modified Exemption from DOJ Legal Sufficiency Review and
                                Approval for ODOT Highway Construction Contracts" dated
                                July 11, 2008.




                                 Signature Sheet 5
                   OREGON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

                              SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                        FOR

      Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing, and Roadside Development
                       I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
                               Columbia River Highway
                                  Hood River County



Seal w/signature                I certify the Special Provision Sections listed below were
                                prepared by me or under my supervision:


                                Section   00440, 00442, 00902, 00950, 00960,
                                00962, 00963, 00966, 00970, 00990,


                                Charles Radosta, P.E.




Signature                       I also acknowledge compliance with Part 2(b) and Part 2(e) of
                                the "Modified Exemption from DOJ Legal Sufficiency Review and
                                Approval for ODOT Highway Construction Contracts" dated
                                July 11, 2008.




                                 Signature Sheet 6
Signature Sheet 7
Signature Sheet 8
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


SPECIAL PROVISIONS

                                             WORK TO BE DONE

The Work to be done under this Contract consists of the following on the I-84: Exit 64 (Hood
River) – Bundle 224 Section of the Columbia River Highway in Hood River County:

   1. Construct temporary detour and temporary bridge widening.
   2. Remove Bridge No. 07398; Construct Bridge No. 21218.
   3. Construct Button Bridge Road and interchange ramp improvements, and install
      temporary and permanent traffic signals at the Marina Way and ramp intersections.
   4. Construct storm sewer lift station and storm water treatment facilities.
   5. Remove temporary detours and install restoration plantings.
   6. Perform additional and incidental Work as called for by the Specifications and Plans.


                                      AUTHORITY OF CONSULTANT

 The consultant will be directly in charge of the Project. However, his authority on this
 Project is as designated in the official "Consultant Agreement" for this Project, and as
 designated by the Engineer. This does not include authority to approve contract changes
 or semifinal and final inspection of the Project.


                                     APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS

The Specification that is applicable to the Work on this Project is the 2008 edition of the
"Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction".

All number references in these Special Provisions shall be understood to refer to the
Sections and subsections of the Standard Specifications and Supplemental Specifications
bearing like numbers and to Sections and subsections contained in these Special
Provisions in their entirety.

                                            CLASS OF PROJECT



This is a Federal-Aid Project.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           1
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                       SECTION 00110 - ORGANIZATION, CONVENTIONS,
                             ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS



Comply with Section 00110 of the Standard Specifications.


              SECTION 00120 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

Comply with Section 00120 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00120.05 Request for Solicitation Documents - Add the following to the end of this
subsection:


The Plans, which are applicable to the Work to be performed under the Contract, bear title
and date as follows:

         "Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing, and Roadside Development
                           I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
                                   Columbia River Highway
                                       Hood River County
                                         October 2009"



00120.70 Rejection of Nonresponsive Bids - Add the following bullet to the end of the
bullet list:

   • The Agency determines that any Pay Item is significantly unbalanced to the potential
     detriment of the Agency.



                 SECTION 00130 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

Comply with Section 00130 of the Standard Specifications.



                                  SECTION 00140 - SCOPE OF WORK

Comply with Section 00140 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00140.60 Extra Work - Add the following to the end of this subsection:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009         2
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    Construction items which may be required as Extra Work to complete the Project and which
    are not covered by the Special Provisions or listed Pay Items may include, but are not
    necessarily limited to, the following:

       • Repair the existing irrigation system owned by the Port of Hood River
       • Additional lighting of Exit 64 (Hood River) interchange
       • Improvement of storm water drainage outfall to the Columbia River


                                    SECTION 00150 - CONTROL OF WORK

Comply with Section 00150 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00150.15(b) Agency Responsibilities - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection
number and title, with the following:

       “The Engineer will perform the responsibilities described in 00305.04.”


00150.15(c) Contractor Responsibilities - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection
number and title, with the following:

       “The Contractor shall perform the responsibilities described in 00305.05.”


00150.35(c) Number and Size of Drawings - Replace this subsection, except for the
subsection number and title, with the following:

       “The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings according to one of the following
       methods:

       (1) Paper Submittal - For paper submissions, submit seven copies of Working
       Drawings for steel Structures and six copies of Working Drawings for other Structures to
       the Engineer. The submitted copies shall be clear and readable. Drawing dimensions
       shall be 8 1/2 inches by 11 inches, 11 inches by 17 inches, or 22 inches by 36 inches in
       size. One copy of the submitted Working Drawings will be returned to the Contractor
       after processing. The Contractor shall submit such additional number of copies to the
       Engineer for processing that the Contractor would like to have returned.

       (2) Electronic Submittal - For electronic submissions, submit Working Drawings
       according to the "Guide to Electronic Shop Drawing Submittal" which is available from
       the Engineer.”


00150.35(d-1) Stamped Working Drawings - Replace the sentence with the following
sentence:

          Stamped Working Drawings will be designated as "reviewed" or "reviewed with
          comments" by the Engineer.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          3
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00150.35(d-2) Unstamped Working Drawings - Replace the sentence with the following
sentence:

          Unstamped Working Drawings will be designated on the face of the Drawing, as
          "approved", "approved as noted", or "returned for correction" by the Engineer.



00150.50 Cooperation with Utilities - Add the following subsection:

    (f) Utility Information:

    There are no anticipated conflicts with the Utilities listed below. Contact those Utilities
    having buried facilities and request that they locate and mark them for their protection prior
    to construction.

                       Utility                                         Contact Person's
                                                             Name, Email Address and Phone Number

               1. Sanitary Sewer                                                 Dave Bick,
                   City of Hood River                                            daveb@ci.hood-river.or.us
                                                                                 (541) 387-5200

               2. Embarq                                                         Dyrk Pritchett
                                                                                 Dyrk.A.Pritchett@Embarq.com
                                                                                 (541) 387-9255

               3.Electrical / Illumination                                       Duc V. Phan
                   ODOT                                                          Duc.V.Phan@state.or.us
                                                                                 (971) 673-6201

    The following organizations may be adjusting Utilities within the limits of the Project during
    the period of the Contract with relocation Work estimated to be completed by the following
    dates (times):

                       Utility                                    Estimated Completion Date (Time)

       1.      NW Natural Gas
               Sheri Clark                                                   6” relocation - October 15, 2009
               North Metro Engineer
                         nd
               220 NW 2 Ave., Portland, OR 97209
               s6c@nwnatural.com
               (503) 226-4211 Extn.: 2045

    NW Natural Gas will relocate the 6” high pressure gas line to a location outside the bridge
    area. Also, NW Natural will provide a service connection to the new lift station backup
    generator within 30 days of contractor’s request.

    In the immediate area of the high pressure gas lines, when moving any equipment,
    excavating, driving piles, boring, or other road construction activities, increase the
    Reasonable Accuracy Zone from 24 inches, as defined in OAR 952-001-010, to 10 feet.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                             4
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    Exceptions require written approval from the "Gas Company" and may require an On-Site
    safety watcher, at no cost to the Contractor.


    2.   City of Hood River (Water)                                          February 28, 2010
         Dave Bick
         City Public Works, PO Box 27, Hood River 97031
         daveb@ci.hood-river.or.us
         (541) 387-5200

    The City of Hood River will relocate an 8-inch water line in the area of the water quality
    swale. The Contractor shall coordinate the inspection and acceptance of the new 12-inch
    water line with the City of Hood River. Once the 12-inch water line is accepted, request that
    the City of Hood River install a gate valve and connect the new 12-inch pipe to the city’s
    existing 8-inch water main. The City of Hood River will make the connection within 30 days
    of the contractor’s request. The City may also install a fire hydrant connection at the
    southerly end of the proposed 12-inch pipe.

    3.   Pacific Power                                                       relocation - October 15, 2009
         Rick Croy,
         Estimator
         1290 Tucker Rd, Hood River 97031
         Rick.Croy@PacifiCorp.com
         (541) 308-2008


Pacific Power will relocate an underground power line and associated utility vault. Pacific Power
will decommission the service connections to the existing stormwater lift station within 30 days
of contractor’s request to do so. The contractor shall install new conduit as shown in the plans
and then request Pacific Power to make the two new service connections (480V & 240V).
Pacific Power will make the connections within 30 days of the contractor’s request.

In the immediate area of underground power lines, when moving any equipment, excavating,
driving piles, boring, or other road construction activities, increase the Reasonable Accuracy
Zone from 24 inches, as defined in OAR 952-001-010, to 10 feet. Exceptions require written
approval from the Pacific Power and may require an On-Site safety watcher, at no cost to the
Contractor.

Energized power lines overhang portions of the Work with a minimum vertical clearance of 18
feet. Contractor shall maintain at least 10 feet of safety clearance.

This Project is located within the Oregon Utility Notification Center area which is a Utilities
notification system for notifying owners of Utilities about Work being performed in the vicinity of
their facilities. The Utilities notification system telephone number is 811 (or use the old number
which is 1-800-332-2344).


00150.55 Cooperation with Other Contractors - The following contract work will be ongoing
within the Project site during the following times:

            Contract Name                                                        Estimated Times
         (Contractor's Name)                                                       (From - To)



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                          5
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    I-84: Cascade Locks–Hood River – Bundle 208                            June 2008 to October 2010
    Wildish Construction

    I-84: Hood River – Mosier Creek – Bundle 225                           August 2008 to October 2010
    Capital Concrete Construction



00150.91 Post-Construction Review - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection
number and title, with the following:

    The Contractor shall attend a Post-Construction Review meeting to be held by the Agency
    prior to issuance of Third Notification but not earlier than 15 Days following the date of
    Second Notification. The time and place of this meeting will be announced by the Engineer
    at least 15 Days prior to the meeting date. The purpose of this meeting is to examine the
    Project for possible process improvements that may benefit future projects. The
    Contractor’s attendance at the Post-Construction Review meeting is mandatory.


                                 SECTION 00160 - SOURCE OF MATERIALS


    Comply with Section 00160 of the Standard Specifications.


                                 SECTION 00165 - QUALITY OF MATERIALS


    Comply with Section 00165 of the Standard Specifications.



                   SECTION 00170 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

    Comply with Section 00170 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

    Add the following subsection:

    00170.06 Federal-Aid Participation - This Project is to be conducted according to the
    regulations applying to Federal-Aid Highway Projects.

    Add the following subsection:

    00170.67 Fees - The fee required by ORS 279C.825(1) will be paid by the Agency to the
    Commissioner of the Oregon Bureau of Labor and Industries under the administrative rules
    of the Commissioner.
            •

    00170.70(a) Insurance Coverages - The following insurance coverages and dollar
    amounts are required pursuant to this subsection:



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                      6
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


            Insurance                        Combined Single Limit                         Annual Aggregate
            Coverages                          per Occurrence                                   Limit

    Commercial General Liability                           $5,000,000                          $10,000,000

    Commercial Automobile Liability                        $1,000,000                 (aggregate limit not required)


    00170.70(c) Additional Insured - Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of
    this subsection:

    Add the following as Additional Insureds under the Contract:

         Oregon Bridge Delivery Partners, its affiliates and partners and their respective
        officers, agents and employees

       • HNTB Corporation, its affiliates and partners and their respective officers, agents, and
         employees.


00170.72 Indemnity/Hold Harmless - Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of
this subsection:

    Extend indemnity and hold harmless to the Agency and the following:

            Oregon Bridge Delivery Partners, its affiliates and partners and their respective
             officers, agents and employees

            HNTB Corporation, its affiliates and partners and their respective officers, agents,
             and employees.




                            SECTION 00180 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS

Comply with Section 00180 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

Add the following subsection:

00180.21(g) Mentor-Protégé Agreement - If the Contractor enters into a subcontract with an
Emerging Small Business (ESB) subcontractor, the Agency may offer the Contractor and its
ESB subcontractor an opportunity to enter into a project specific Mentor-Protégé Agreement.

The project specific Mentor-Protégé Agreement will be paid for and specified by Change Order.

Add the following subsection:

00180.40(c) Specific Limitations - Limitations of operations specified in these Special
Provisions include, but are not limited to, the following:


    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                               7
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


                       Limitations                                                     Subsection

                       Cooperation with Utilities .......................................... 00150.50
                       Cooperation with Other Contractors ......................... 00150.55

                       Contract Completion Time ................................... 00180.50(h)

                       Traffic Lane Restrictions ...................................... 00220.40(e)
                       Special Events ..................................................... 00220.40(e)

Be aware of and subject to schedule limitations in the Standard Specifications that are not listed
in this subsection.


00180.41 Project Work Schedules - After the paragraph that begins "Contractor’s activity…"
add the following paragraphs:

    The Contractor shall submit a supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule each week
    to the Engineer. The "look ahead" Project Work schedule is supplemental to the Type A, B,
    or C schedule specified below. The supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule
    shall:

                • Identify the sequencing of activities and time required for prosecution of the
                  Work.
                • Provide for orderly, timely, and efficient prosecution of the Work.
                • Contain sufficient detail to enable both the Contractor and the Engineer to plan,
                  coordinate, analyze, document, and control their respective Contract
                  responsibilities.

    The supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule shall be written in common
    terminology and show the planned Work activities broken down into logical, separate
    activities by area, stage, and size and include the following information:

                • The resources the Contractor, subcontractors, or services will use.
                • The locations of each activity that will be done including the limits of the work by
                  mile posts, stations, or other indicators.
                • The time frames of each activity by Calendar Days, shifts, and hours.
                • All anticipated shoulder, lane, and road closures.

    At a minimum, the Contractor shall prepare a bar chart that:

                • Shows at least three weeks of activity including the week the bar chart is
                  issued.
                • Uses a largest time scale unit of one Calendar Day. Smaller time scale units
                  may be used if needed.
                • Is appropriate to the activities.
                • Identifies each Calendar Day by month and day.

    Include the Contract name, Contract number, Contractor’s name, and date of issue on each
    page of the bar chart.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                       8
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


   The Contractor shall submit the supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule starting
   at First Notification and continuing each week until Second Notification has been issued
   and all punch list items and final trimming and clean up has been completed. The
   Contractor shall meet with the Engineer each week to review the supplemental "look
   ahead" Project Work schedule. If the Engineer or the Contractor determines that the
   current supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule requires changes or additions,
   either notations can be made on the current schedule or the Engineer may require the
   submittal of a revised supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedule. Review of the
   current and subsequent supplemental "look ahead" Project Work schedules does not
   relieve the Contractor of responsibility for timely and efficient execution of the Contract.


In addition to the "look ahead" Project Work schedule, a Type C schedule as detailed in the
Standard Specifications is required on this Contract.


00180.42 Preconstruction Conference - Add the following paragraph to the end of this
subsection:

Before meeting with the Engineer for the preconstruction conference, hold a group utilities
scheduling meeting with representatives from the utility companies involved with this project.
Incorporate the utilities time needs into the Contractor's schedule submitted at the
preconstruction conference.

Add the following subsection:

00180.50(h) Contract Time - Complete all Work to be done under the Contract, except for
seeding establishment and plant establishment, not later than September 29, 2011.



00180.85(b) Liquidated Damages - Add the following paragraph:

The liquidated damages for failure to complete the Work on time required by 00180.50(h) will
be $2000 per Calendar Day *.

          *   Calendar Day amounts are applicable when the Contract time is expressed on the
              Calendar Day or fixed date basis.

Add the following subsection:

00180.85(c) Lane Closures and Road Closures - Lane closures and road closures beyond
the limits specified will inconvenience the traveling public and will be a cost to the Agency.

(1) Lane Closures - It is impractical to determine the actual damages the Agency will sustain
in the event traffic lanes are closed beyond the limits listed in 00220.40(e). Therefore, the
Contractor shall pay to the Agency, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, $500 per 15
minutes, or for a portion of 15 minutes, per lane, for any lane closure beyond the limits listed in
00220.40(e). In addition to the liquidated damages, all added cost for traffic control measures,
including flagging, required to maintain the lane closures beyond the allowed time limits, will be



   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               9
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

at no additional cost to the Agency. The required traffic control measures will be as determined
by the Engineer.

   The Engineer will determine when it is safe to reopen lanes to traffic. Assessment of
   liquidated damages will stop when all lanes have been safely reopened. Any liquidated
   damages assessed under these provisions will be in addition to those listed in 00180.85(b).


                       SECTION 00190 - MEASUREMENT OF PAY QUANTITIES



   Comply with Section 00190 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:



   00190.20(f-2) Scale Without Automatic Printer - Add the following sentence after the first
   paragraph:

   Pay costs for the weigh witness at $35.00 per hour.

   00190.20(g) Agency-Provided Weigh Technician - Add the following paragraph after the
   bullet list:

   Pay costs for the weigh technician at $35.00 per hour.



                                           SECTION 00195 - PAYMENT



   Comply with Section 00195 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:



   00195.10 Payment for Changes in Materials Costs - Replace this subsection with the
   following subsection:

   00195.10 Asphalt Cement Material Price Escalation/De-escalation - An asphalt cement
   escalation/de-escalation clause will be in effect during the life of the Contract.

   The Agency reserves all of its rights under the Contract, including, but not limited to, its
   rights for suspension of the Work under 00180.70 and its rights for termination of the
   Contract under 00180.90, and this escalation/de-escalation provision shall not limit those
   rights.

   (a) Monthly Asphalt Cement Material Price (MACMP) - The Monthly Asphalt Cement
   Material Price (MACMP) will be established by the Agency each month. For information
   regarding the calculation of the MACMP, and for the actual MACMP, go to the Agency
   website at:



   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           10
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


                     http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/HWY/ESTIMATING/asphalt_fuel.shtm

If the Agency selected index ceases to be available for any reason, the Agency in its discretion
will select and begin using a substitute price source or index to establish the MACMP each
month. The MACMP will apply to all asphalt cement including but not limited to paving grade,
polymer modified, and emulsified asphalts, and recycling agents. The Agency does not
guarantee that asphalt cement will be available at the MACMP.

(b) Base Asphalt Cement Material Price (Base) - The Base asphalt cement material price for
this Project is the MACMP published on the Agency website for the month immediately
preceding the bid opening date.

(c) Monthly Asphalt Cement Adjustment Factor - The Monthly Asphalt Cement Adjustment
Factor will be determined each month as follows:

           • If the MACMP is within ± 5% of the Base, there will be no adjustment.

           • If the MACMP is more than 105% of the Base, then:

                   Adjustment Factor = (MACMP) - (1.05 x Base)

           • If the MACMP is less than 95% of the Base, then:

                   Adjustment Factor = (MACMP) - (0.95 x Base)

(d) Asphalt Cement Price Adjustment - A price adjustment will be made for the items
containing asphalt cement listed below. The price adjustment as calculated in (c) above will use
the MACMP for the month the asphalt is incorporated into the Project. The price adjustment will
be determined by multiplying the asphalt incorporated during the month for subject Pay Items by
the Adjustment Factor.

    The Pay Items for which price adjustments will be made are:

                         Pay Item(s)

           PG 70-28Asphalt in Dense HMAC

           Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat


           Add the following subsection:

00195.11 Fuel Cost Price Escalation/De-escalation - A fuel escalation/de-escalation clause
will be in effect during the life of the Contract.

The Agency reserves all of its rights under the Contract, including, but not limited to, its rights for
suspension of the Work under 00180.70 and its rights for termination of the Contract under
00180.90, and this escalation/de-escalation provision shall not limit those rights.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 11
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

(a) Monthly Fuel Price (MFP) - A Monthly Fuel Price (MFP) will be established by the Agency
each month. For the actual MFP, go to the Agency website at:

                    http://www.oregon.gov/ODOT/HWY/ESTIMATING/asphalt_fuel.shtml

    The MFP for a given month will be the average weekly price obtained from the OPIS weekly
    listing dated the first Monday of that month for No. 2 diesel fuel for Portland, Oregon.
    Prices are based solely on rack and resellers' prices exclusive of freight, taxes, and special
    discounts. If the average weekly price is not posted by OPIS or is otherwise not available
    to the Agency for the first Monday of any month for any reason, the Agency may use the
    average weekly price posted by OPIS immediately before or after the first Monday of that
    month. If the average weekly prices cease to be available from OPIS for any reason, the
    Agency in its discretion will select and begin using a substitute price source or index to
    establish the MFP each month. The Agency does not guarantee that fuel will be available
    at the MFP.

    (b) Base Fuel Price (Base) - The Base fuel price for this Project is the MFP published on
    the Agency website for the month immediately preceding the bid opening date.

    (c) Monthly Fuel Adjustment Factor - A Monthly Fuel Adjustment Factor will be
    determined each month as follows:

           • If the MFP is within ± 25% of the Base, there will be no adjustment.

           • If the MFP is more than 125% of the Base, then:

          Adjustment Factor = (MFP) - (1.25 x Base)

           • If the MFP is less than 75% of the Base, then:

          Adjustment Factor = (MFP) - (0.75 x Base)

    (d) Fuel Price Adjustment - A fuel price adjustment for fluctuations in the cost of fuel will
    apply only to the major fuel usage Pay Items shown in the following list and at the
    respective fuel factors listed:

                            Item                                                      Fuel Factor

                  General Excavation                                                  0.29/Gal
                  Level 3, ½ inch Dense Lime Treated HMAC                             2.93/Gal
                  Level 4, ½ inch Dense Lime Treated HMAC                             2.93/Gal
                  Aggregate Base                                                      0.69/Gal


    All pay items associated with the following bridges and structures:

    Bridge No. 21218                                                                  10 Gal/$1000


    The Contractor is cautioned to consider that its operations may require more or less fuel.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                  12
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

A price adjustment () to the Contractor for fuel cost changes will be made monthly if the
Monthly Fuel Price differs 25% or more from the Base Fuel Price. This adjustment will be
the product of the Monthly Fuel Adjustment Factor and the estimated Monthly Fuel Used.
The Monthly Fuel Used will be determined by multiplying the quantities of Work
accomplished during the month for subject Pay Items, by the appropriate Fuel Factors.


Fuel requirements for constructing the Project have been estimated at 67,933 gallons,
based on fuel factors shown.

If the Contractor elects to use an alternate fuel (natural gas, wood pellets, propane, or
other), the estimated fuel requirements will not be revised. Fuel cost adjustments will
continue to be made as specified and will not be revised.


00195.12(a) Steel Material Price Escalation/De-Escalation Participation - In the
sentence that begins "Before or within…" of the paragraph that begins "The Contractor may
select…", replace the words "five business days" with "seven Calendar Days".

00195.12(d) Steel Materials Pay Item Selection - Add the following to the end of this
subsection:

The Contractor may elect to participate in the steel escalation/de-escalation program for
this Project under 00195.12 through 00195.12(d) by marking each check box for each Pay
Item in the list below the Contractor is selecting for participation in the program. The
completed list must be submitted in writing, signed and dated by the Contractor, to the
Project Manager before or within seven Calendar Days after the date of the preconstruction
conference.


PARTICIPATE              PAY ITEM DESCRIPTION                                     COST BASIS (CB)

□   Furnish PP 24 X 0.5 Steel Piles                                                     90%
□   Reinforcement                                                                       27%
□   Coated Reinforcement                                                                27%
□   Trapezoidal Steel Box Girder with Haunch                                            19%
□   Thrie Beam Steel Rail                                                               13%
□   Guardrail, Type 2A (Weatherized)                                                    11%
□   Guardrail, Type 2A (Modified)                                                       11%

Regardless of the number of Pay Items listed by the Agency or selected by the Contractor,
or if no Pay Items qualify for the steel escalation/de-escalation program for this Project or
the Contractor elects not to participate in the steel escalation/de-escalation program for this
Project, the steel price escalation/de-escalation clause (and program) contained in
00195.12 through 00195.12(d) are included in this Contract and are the only steel price
escalation/de-escalation clause (and program) that apply to this Contract.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               13
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


________________________________________                                          _______________________
Contractor's Signature                                                            Date

00195.50(c-1) Cash, Alternate A - In the paragraph that begins "Any retainage withheld
on…", replace "00195.90(d)" with "00195.50(d)".



                          SECTION 00196 - PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK



Comply with Section 00196 of the Standard Specifications.




                  SECTION 00197 - PAYMENT FOR FORCE ACCOUNT WORK



Comply with Section 00197 of the Standard Specifications.




               SECTION 00199 - DISAGREEMENTS, PROTESTS, AND CLAIMS



Comply with Section 00199 of the Standard Specifications.



                                    SECTION 00210 - MOBILIZATION


Comply with Section 00210 of the Standard Specifications.


                SECTION 00220 - ACCOMMODATIONS FOR PUBLIC TRAFFIC



Comply with Section 00220 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00220.02 Public Safety and Mobility - Add the following bullets to the end of the bullet
list:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                        14
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   • When performing trench excavation or other excavation across or adjacent to a travel
     lane on a roadway having a pre-construction posted speed greater than 35 mph,
     backfill the excavation, install surfacing, and open the roadway to traffic by the end of
     each work shift. Install a "BUMP" (W8-1-48) sign approximately 100 feet before the
     backfilled area and a "ROUGH ROAD" (W8-8-48) sign approximately 500 feet ahead
     of the "BUMP" sign. If this requirement is not met, maintain all necessary lane or
     shoulder closures and provide additional TCM, including flagging, at no additional
     cost to the Agency. Do not use temporary steel plating to reopen the roadway.

   • The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the ODOT Region 1 traffic staff for
     the necessary retiming of the traffic signals at Exit 63 during construction.


   • The contractor is responsible for providing the appropriate notification to the Mobility
     Contacts whenever a Mobility Restriction occurs during the construction of the
     project.

       Mobility Restrictions may consist of several types including:
       a) Freeway ramp closures of any duration;
       b) Freeway ramp width reductions of any dimension;
       c) Vertical clearance reductions of any dimension;
       d) Inter-route detours;
       e) Reducing 2-lane width between traffic control devices, equipment, or other objects
       within a freeway crossover to less than 32 feet;
       f) Reducing 2-lane width between traffic control devices, equipment, or other objects
       to less than 28 feet;
       g) Reducing 1-lane width between traffic control devices, equipment, or other objects
       to less than 22 feet;
       h) Any activity that would create or change a weight restriction.
       Traffic control devices include, but are not limited to: cones, barrels, barricades,
       signs, concrete barrier or other devices that would have to be moved in order to allow
       an over width vehicle to move safely through the work zone.

       Mobility Contacts are:
       a) MCTD Technical Coordinator
          550 Capitol Street NE
          Salem, OR 97301-2530

       b) The Engineer
       c) OBDP Corridor Mobility Manager-Bret Koprowicz, (503)-569-0795
       d) BDU Consultant Project Manager

       When considering each Mobility Restriction, consult the Mobility Contacts for the
       applicable conditions under which the restriction will be permitted. Each Mobility
       Restriction must be agreed upon with the Mobility Contacts prior to notifying MCTD of
       the upcoming Mobility Restriction. Submit formal notification of each previously
       agreed Mobility Restriction and gain approval from MCTD at least 28 days before
       implementation using the electronic form found on MCTD's website at
       http://www.oregontruckingonline.com/restriction/. Only one restriction should be listed
       on each form. If multiple types or instances of these restrictions are required, then
       one form should be submitted for each restriction. No individual restriction will be



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            15
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

       employed until notified by the Engineer in writing and the area has been adequately
       signed according to the TCP and Sections 00220 and 00225 of the Special
       Provisions. As each restriction is lifted, the contractor will need to use the emailed
       restriction approval from MCTD to electronically modify the original submittal and lift
       the restriction.

     19 feet of horizontal clearance must be maintained between traffic control devices,
     equipment, or other objects from ½ hour before sunrise to ½ hour after sunset. 16
     feet of horizontal clearance must be maintained between traffic control devices,
     equipment, or other objects from ½ hour after sunset to ½ hour before sunrise. The
     sunrise and sunset times vary depending on location and time of year. The website
     http://www.sunrisesunset.com should be used to determine these times for the project
     location. Lane closure times described in 00220.40(e) Lane Restrictions should be
     evaluated and lane widths and closure times should be adjusted accordingly by the
     contractor.
   • In the event that traffic queues from Exit 64 extend onto the mainline of I-84,
     contractor shall notify Engineer immediately and implement measures to alleviate
     excessive queues.

   • Widening of the westbound on-ramp, eastbound off-ramp, construction of the
     eastbound on-ramp, and installation of temporary signals at the ramp intersections
     indicated in Stages I and II of the contract drawings must be completed prior to
     shifting traffic into the modified split diamond configuration.

   • When an abrupt edge is created by excavation, protect traffic according to the
     "Excavation Abrupt Edge Detail" and the "Typical Excavation Abrupt Edge Signing
     Detail" configurations shown on the standard drawings.

   • When an abrupt edge is created by excavation, protect traffic according to the
     "Excavation Abrupt Edge Detail" and the "Typical Excavation Abrupt Edge Signing
     Detail" configurations shown on the standard drawings. Modify the "Typical
     Excavation Abrupt Edge Signing Detail" configuration by replacing the tubular
     markers with alternating 28 inch tubular markers and temporary plastic drums on
     40 foot maximum spacing along the abrupt edge.

   • When paving operations creates an abrupt edge, protect traffic by installing signing
     according to the "2-Lane, 2-Way Roadway Overlay Area" detail shown on the
     standard drawings.

   • When paving operations create an abrupt edge, protect traffic by installing a "DO
     NOT PASS" (R4-1-48) sign 500 feet before the work area. Alternate "ABRUPT
     EDGE" (CW21-7-48) sign with appropriate (CW21-8) rider and "DO NOT PASS"
     (R4-1-48) sign at 1/2 mile spacing. Install a "BUMP" (W8-1-48) sign 100 feet prior to
     the transverse paving edge.

   • Pin temporary concrete barrier when the distance behind barrier is limited to less
     than 3 feet. When pinning barrier, maintain a minimum of 1 foot between the back
     face of barrier and a drop-off or obstruction. Use the "Pinning Temporary Concrete
     Barrier" detail shown on the standard drawings.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            16
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

       -Protect traffic by grinding and inlaying the existing rumble strips prior to staging traffic
       across them. Grind and inlay the existing rumble strips as shown.

   • Delineate all business accesses with blue tubular markers on 10 foot maximum
     spacing. Mark the access with Type "B" "BUSINESS ACCESS" (CG20-11-24) signs.
     Locate and install these signs as directed.

   • Before implementing the operation of a modified traffic signal or the installation or
     removal of a "STOP" sign, protect traffic by installing "Traffic Control Change Ahead"
     signing according to 00225.02. These signs shall remain in place for approximately
     30 calendar days after completion of the modifications to the traffic signal or traffic
     control device.

   • When construction equipment is operating in the closed lane, protect traffic using a
     truck mounted impact attenuator (TMA). Place the TMA in the closed lane in advance
     of the equipment, located as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the
     Engineer. If the TMA is not available when the work requires its use, postpone the
     work until the TMA is available.

   • A maximum of 2 TMA's will be paid for under this contract.


00220.03(b) Closures - Add the following bullet to the end of the bullet list:

   • On Street Parking - A minimum of 14 calendar days before closing on-street parking.
     After receiving written approval, provide 48 hour public notification before limiting the
     on-street parking.


00220.40(e) Lane Restrictions - Replace this Subsection with the following Subsection:

It is permissible to close traffic lanes in accordance to Appendix B – Permitted Lane
Closures. Remove all barricades and objects from the roadway and open traffic lanes
outside of the permissible window.

The project will construct and use a modified split diamond configuration to facilitate traffic
during construction. The requirements of the modified split diamond are:
     No lane weaving between Exit 63 and Exit 64.
     Eastbound I-84 traffic going to Exit 64 must access via Exit 63 and the auxiliary ramp.
     Westbound I-84 traffic going to Exit 63 must access via Exit 64 and the auxiliary
        ramp.
     At Exit 64, the eastbound on-ramp must be aligned with the eastbound off-ramp.
     At Exit 64, the ramp terminal intersections and Marina Way intersection must be
        signalized.
     At Exit 63, a modification to the signal timing is required to accommodate additional
        thru traffic.

(1) Holidays - For the purposes of the this Section, legal holidays are as follows:
     New Years Day on January 1
     Memorial Day on the Last Monday in May



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                  17
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           Independence Day on July 4
           Labor Day on the first Monday in September
           Thanksgiving Day on the fourth Thursday in November
           Christmas Day on December 25

    When a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be recognized as a legal
    holiday. When a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be recognized as a
    legal holiday.

    Except as specified in Appendix B, all traffic lanes shall be open between 8:00AM on the
    day preceding a legal holiday or holiday weekend and midnight on a legal holiday or the
    last day of the holiday weekend, except for Thanksgiving, when all traffic lanes must be
    open between noon on Wednesday and midnight on the following Sunday.


            (2) Special Events - The following special events will occur during this Project:

               • Hood River Valley Blossom Festival and Craft Show (4/17/10-4/18/10; 4/16/11-
                 4/17/10)
               • Memorial Day Wine Open House Weekend (5/28/10-5/31/10; 5/27/11-5/30/11)
               • Thomas the Tank Family Train Excursion (June)
               • Hood River County Fair (July)
               • US National Windsurfing Championships (July)
               • Annual Hood River Hops Fest (October)
               • Harvest Fest and Country Bar-b-que (10/15/10-10/17/10; 10/14/11-11/16/11)
               • The Polar Express: Mt. Hood Railroad (11/13/10-12/23/10; 11/12/10-12/23/10)

               Except as specified in Appendix B, all traffic lanes shall be open weekends
                 between noon Friday preceding the special event and 12:00AM Monday.

       At the discretion of the Engineer, the contractor may require supplemental flagging at the
       Exits 63 and 64 during holidays or special events noted in this Section.

Add the following subsection:


00220.40(f) Limited Duration Road Closure - The Contractor will be permitted to close all
travel lanes on Button Bridge Road (OR 35) for periods not to exceed 20 minutes in duration
during erecting bridge girders and sign structures over the travel lanes. This work will only be
permitted between the hours of 8 p.m. and 6 a.m.

Succeeding roadway closures will not be allowed until traffic clears from a preceding closure.


00220.42 Bridge Site Road Closure - Close Button Bridge Road between the ramp
intersections to traffic at the bridge site during demolition of the bridge. Close the eastbound on-
ramp of Exit 64 to traffic during final paving operations. Closure of Button Bridge Road and the
eastbound on-ramp to Exit 64 is limited to a maximum of two times each and must be performed
in accordance to Appendix B – Permitted Lane Closures. Do not close these roads until all




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              18
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

materials and equipment are on hand or guaranteed to be delivered so that the work can be
done in an efficient manner with a minimum period of road closure.

The road closure will not be allowed until the area is signed according to the TCP and the
requirements of Section 00225.


                           SECTION 00225 - WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL

Comply with Section 00225 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00225.02 General Requirements - Add the following after the last paragraph of this
subsection:


Install a Type "W8" "PROJECT IDENTIFICATION" (CG20-8-48) sign with a "KEEPING
OREGON ON THE MOVE" rider on the Columbia River Highway, according to sign spacing "A"
from the "TCD Spacing Table" shown on the standard drawings, in advance of the "ROAD
WORK AHEAD" sign at each end of the Project, facing incoming traffic. The Engineer will
determine the sign legend.

Install a "ROAD WORK AHEAD" (W20-1-48) sign with "FINES DOUBLE" (R2-6-36) rider on the
Columbia River Highway, according to sign spacing "A" from the "TCD Spacing Table" shown
on the standard drawings.      Also, install an "END ROAD WORK" (CG20-2A-24) sign
approximately 500 feet beyond each end of the Project, facing outgoing traffic. When mounting
signs on concrete barrier in median areas, do not install the sign flag boards on the "FINES
DOUBLE" rider or on the "ROAD WORK AHEAD" signs.

    Install two sign flag boards above the "ROAD WORK NEXT XX MILES" and the initial
    "BRIDGE/ROAD WORK AHEAD" post mounted signs as shown on the standard drawings.
    When mounting signs on concrete barrier in median areas, do not install the sign flag
    boards on the initial "BRIDGE/ROAD WORK AHEAD" sign.


    Install a "CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE DO NOT FOLLOW" (CW23-14-24) sign on rigid
    substrate on the back of all material or equipment delivery vehicles.

    Install a "NO PARKING" (R8-3-24) sign in every block where on-street parking is prohibited,
    facing incoming traffic.

    Install a "TRAFFIC CONTROL CHANGE AHEAD" (CW20-10-48) sign approximately
    500 feet in advance of Exit 64 westbound ramp terminal, facing westbound incoming traffic.

    Install a "TRAFFIC CONTROL CHANGE AHEAD" (CW20-10-48) sign approximately
    500 feet in advance of Exit 64 eastbound ramp terminal, facing northbound incoming traffic.

    Install a "TRAFFIC CONTROL CHANGE AHEAD" (CW20-10-48) sign approximately
    500 feet in advance of Exit 64 eastbound ramp terminal, facing eastbound incoming traffic.

    Install a "TRAFFIC CONTROL CHANGE AHEAD" (CW20-10-48) sign approximately
    500 feet in advance of Marina Way intersection, facing southbound incoming traffic.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009         19
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00225.05 Contractor Traffic Control Plan - Replace this subsection, except for the
subsection number and title, with the following:

The Contractor will be allowed to use the Agency’s TCP, modify the Agency’s TCP, or use
a different TCP. Submit the following, for approval, five calendar days before the
preconstruction conference:

(a) Agency or Contractor TCP - If the Agency's TCP is used without modification, a
written notification indicating that the Agency's TCP will be used without modification.

If the Contractor will be using a modified Agency TCP, or if the Contractor will not be using
the Agency TCP, include the following:

       • Proposed TCP showing all TCM and quantities of all TCD.

       • Proposed order and duration of the TCM.

       • A detailed temporary striping plan.

(b) Tourist-Oriented Directional (TOD) and Business Logo Signs - Two copies of a
sketch map of the Project showing all existing tourist-oriented directional (TOD) and
business logo signs and a written narrative describing how these signs will be kept in
service and protected throughout all the construction stages.

If there are no TOD signs on the project, a written notification that no TOD signs exist within
the project limits.


00225.11(b-5) Square Tube Sign Supports - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00225.11(b-5) Perforated Steel Square Tube Sign Supports - Use perforated steel
square tube sign supports from the QPL and as shown on the standard drawings.

00225.12(d) Impact Attenuators - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Furnish NCHRP 350 TL-3 truck mounted impact attenuators (TMA) from the QPL.

When the pre-construction posted speed is greater than 45 MPH, the support vehicle for
the TMA shall have a minimum weight of 15,000 pounds and a maximum weight of
35,000 pounds. When a TMA is in place, set the parking brake and transmission on the
support vehicle as recommended by the manufacturer.

If used in a mobile operation, the TMA support vehicle shall shadow the mobile operation
and maintain a consistent distance from the mobile operation as recommended by the
manufacturer.

00225.13(a) Tubular Markers - Add the following to this subsection:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             20
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

Use blue plastic markers for temporary business accesses only.                    Use orange plastic
markers for all other applications of work zone traffic control.

Blue plastic tubular markers shall be reflectorized with at least two blue, flexible reflective
bands at least 3 inches wide, securely attached no more than 2 inches from the top with no
more than 6 inches nor less than 1 inch between the bands.

00225.13(d) Plastic Drums - Replace the sentence that begins "Provide drums with…"
with the following sentence:

Use retroreflective drum sheeting meeting the requirements of ASTM D 4956 Type III or
Type IV.

00225.32 Traffic Control Supervisor - Replace the bullet that begins "Prepare and sign a
daily…" with the following bullet:

   • Prepare and sign a "TP & DT Daily Report" form (Form No. 734-2474). Submit the
     report to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day. As a minimum,
     include the following items in the report:


00225.41(b-5) Square Tube Sign Supports - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00225.41(b-5) Perforated Steel Square Tube Sign Supports - Perforated steel square
tube sign supports may be used as a substitute for wood sign posts. Install perforated steel
square tube sign supports as shown on the standard drawings.

00225.42(c) Concrete Barrier - In the flare rate table, replace the 45 mph and the 40 mph
lines with the following lines:

                                             45                    12:1
                                             40                    10:1

00225.43(g) Temporary Striping - Add the following paragraph after the first paragraph:

For temporary striping on new bridge deck surfaces, use temporary removable tape.

Add the following subsection:

00225.43(j) Pavement Legends and Bars - Before opening roadways to traffic, unless
otherwise allowed, apply temporary pavement legends and bars on pavement base courses
at locations designated. Apply bead binder at a thickness of 15 mils wet and glass beads at
a rate of 5 pounds per gallon of paint.

00225.44 Temporary Illumination - Add the following paragraph to the end of this
subsection:

If any portion of the formwork is lower than the bottom of the girder, install 25 watt, steady-
burning, amber lights on 36 inch spacing around the perimeter of the falsework as shown,
facing oncoming traffic.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                  21
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




00225.62(b) Temporary Impact Attenuators - Replace the paragraph that begins "When
impact attenuator…" with the following paragraph:

When impact attenuator, truck mounted attenuator, or narrow site attenuator systems are
used, have enough modules, cartridges, components, and replacement parts on-site to
replace one complete installation or have on-site a complete replacement attenuator.
Re-stock replacement items or complete replacement attenuators within 24 hours of use.
All modules, cartridges, components, and replacement parts, and replacement attenuators
not used remain the property of the Contractor.

Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Repair of damage to vehicles utilizing truck mounted attenuators will be at no additional
cost to the Agency.

Add the following subsection:

00225.82(e) Temporary Impact Attenuator Repair - Temporary impact attenuator repair
will be measured on the unit basis as follows:

   • Sand barrel systems will be the replacement of damaged sand modules.

   • All other systems will be the repair or complete replacement of the attenuator system.



00225.83(c) Striping - Add the paragraphs to the end of this subsection:

Temporary pavement legends will be measured on the unit basis, by actual count.

Temporary pavement bars will be measured on the area basis, to the nearest square foot,
for each stop bar and crosswalk bar.


00225.90(a-1) Pay Quantities - Replace the paragraph that begins "All TCD damaged
by…" with the following paragraph:

All TCD damaged by public traffic and replaced by the Contractor, except temporary
signing, temporary electrical signs, and portable temporary traffic signals, will be paid for at
the Contract price for the pay items listed in the Contract Schedule of Items or in approved
Contract change orders, unless otherwise specified. Payment for replacing damaged TCD
will only be made when:

00225.90(a-2) Temporary Protection and Direction of Traffic - Add the following bullet
to the end of the bullet list:

Providing electrical power and furnishing, placing, maintaining, adjusting, and removing
temporary falsework illumination.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              22
     I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
     Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


     00225.92 Temporary Barricades, Guardrail, Barrier, and Attenuators - Add the
     following pay item to the end of the pay item list and add the following paragraph:

                    (n) Repair Temporary Impact Attenuator, ........................... Each

     In item (n), the words "Sand Module" or the type of attenuator, if applicable, will be inserted
     in the blank. Item (n) includes replacement of sand modules damaged by public traffic or
     includes repair or complete replacement of impact attenuators damaged by public traffic.

     Replace the paragraph that begins "No separate or additional…" with the following
     paragraph:

     No separate or additional payment will be made for temporary impact attenuator
     replacements, replacement modules, cartridges, components, or replacements parts that
     are required to be on-site according to 00225.62(b) or for cleaning and removing debris
     from impacts.

     No separate or additional payment will be made for moving truck mounted impact
     attenuators or for truck mounted attenuator vehicle damage.

00225.95 Traffic Signals - Replace the sentence that begins "Item (a) includes all required
materials..." with the following sentence:

Item (a) includes all required temporary signal materials called for by the plans and
Specifications, including wood poles, signal heads, and signs.

00225.93 Temporary Traffic Delineation - Add the following pay items:

                   (m) Temporary Pavement Legends ..................................... Each
                    (n) Temporary Pavement Bars ..................................... Square Foot

In the paragraph that begins "Item (l) includes...", add "and bars" between the words "legends
required".

In the paragraph that begins "Payment for items...", replace "(g), (h), (i), and (j)" with "(g), (h), (i),
(j), and (n)".


                                   SECTION 00230 - TEMPORARY DETOURS


Section 00230, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                                        Description

00230.00 Scope - This work consists of constructing, maintaining, and removing temporary
detours as shown or directed.

                                                          Materials



     SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                   23
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00230.10 Embankment - Provide embankment materials according to the applicable parts of
Section 00330.

00230.11 Geotextile - Provide embankment geotextile meeting the requirements of Section
02320. Provide "Level B" documentation according to 02320.10(c).

00230.12 Riprap - Provide riprap meeting the requirements of Section 00390.

00230.13 Aggregate Base - Provide aggregate base meeting the requirements of 00640.10.

00230.14 Asphalt Concrete Pavement - Provide HMAC meeting the requirements of
00745.50.

    00230.15 Emulsified Asphalt Tack Coat - Use CSS-1, CSS-1h, CMS-2, CMS-2S,
    CMS-2h, CRS-1, CRS-2, HFRS-2, or HFMS-2 asphalt in tack as the Contractor elects.


                                                      Construction

    00230.40 Embankment - Construct detour embankments according to the applicable parts
    of Section 00330 except compaction to the specified densities will not be required.
    Compact the embankment material until there is no reaction or yielding under the
    compactor.

    00230.41 Geotextile - Place embankment geotextile according to Section 00350.

    00230.42 Riprap - Place riprap according to the applicable parts of Section 00390.

    00230.43 Aggregate Base - Place and compact aggregate base according to the
    applicable parts of Section 00640.

    00230.44 Asphalt Concrete Pavement - Compact the asphalt concrete mixture according
    to 00745.49(e).

                                                      Maintenance

    00230.60 Surface Maintenance - Maintain detour surfaces according to 00220.60.

                                             Finishing and Cleaning Up

    00230.70 General - When temporary detours are no longer needed, do the following:

       • Remove detour except I-84 embankment which may remain in-place
       • Dispose of excess materials according to 00330.41(a-5)

                                                      Measurement

    00230.80 Measurement - No measurement of quantities will be made for work performed
    under this Section. Measurement of quantities for temporary detour work paid for under
    other Sections will be made according to the applicable parts of the specifications.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009      24
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                                                     Payment

00230.90 Payment - The accepted quantities of work performed under this Section will be
paid for at the Contract lump sum amount for the item "Construct and Remove Detours".

Payment will be payment in full for constructing, maintaining, and removing detours, and for
furnishing and placing all materials, and for furnishing all equipment, labor, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work, except payment for work under the following pay items
used in temporary detours according to the applicable parts of the specifications:



              Temporary Protection and Direction of Traffic
              Temporary Concrete Barrier, Reflectorized
              Moving Temporary Concrete Barrier
              Temporary Detour Bridges
              General Excavation
              Stone Embankment
              Subgrade Geotextile
              Aggregate Base, in Temporary
              Level 3, 1/2 inch Dense Lime Treated HMAC in Temporary
              PG 70-28 Asphalt in HMAC


                     SECTION 00240 - TEMPORARY DRAINAGE FACILITIES


Comply with Section 00240 of the Standard Specifications.



                              SECTION 00250 - TEMPORARY BRIDGES


Section 00250, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                                   Description

00250.00 Scope - This work consists of designing, constructing, maintaining, and
removing temporary detour bridges, bridge widening structures and modifying or shoring
the existing bridge as needed during staged bridge removal and to connect the temporary
structure to the existing bridge, hereafter “temporary detour bridges”.

                                      Materials
00250.10 Material - Provide material for temporary detour bridges according to the
applicable Sections of Part 00500.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            25
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                                                  Construction

00250.40 Plans and Drawings - Provide stamped working drawings and calculations,
including hydraulic, scour, and foundation calculations, according to 00150.35.

00250.41 Foundation Design:

(a) Spread Footings - For temporary detour bridges supported on spread footings, show
the following in the calculations:

       • Assumptions and methods used to determine the soil's capacity to support the
         footing loads.
       • Anticipated footing settlement based on the allowable soil bearing values.

Consider anticipated construction and soil conditions in determining the soil's support
capacity. Show method of draining water from around the spread footings to comply with
all required permits.

      For temporary detour bridges supported from existing bridge foundations, provide
      justification for the adequacy of the existing foundation as modified for construction
      staging.

      (b) Piles - Show the pile type, size, and spacing for temporary detour bridges
      supported on piles. Accompany these drawings with calculations which show the
      assumptions and methods used to design the piles and the bearing values to which the
      piles need to be driven to support the calculated loads.

      00250.42 Design Guidelines - Design temporary detour bridges according to Section
      1.4.9 "Bridge Temporary Works" of the Oregon Department of Transportation’s "Bridge
      Design and Drafting Manual", 2004 with up to 2009 interim revisions and the following:


      (b) Roadway and Railroad Crossings - For roadway and railroad crossings, provide
      the vertical and horizontal clearances as shown and the following:

      (1) Bents Adjacent to Highways - Bents adjacent to highway traffic openings shall
      have:

           • Temporarily pinned, pin and loop concrete barriers to protect the structure from
             damage by the adjacent traffic. Provide at least 1 foot clearance between the
             barrier and the bent.
           • Posts designed for 150% of the calculated vertical loading.
           • Mechanical connections (2,000 pounds minimum capacity) between the bottom
             of post and footing.
           • Mechanical connections (1,000 pounds minimum capacity) between the top of
             post and cap.
           • Connections (500 pounds minimum capacity) between the beams and cap.
           • 5/8 inch diameter minimum bolts at timber bracing connections.

      (2) Bents Adjacent to Railroads - Bents adjacent to railroad traffic openings shall, in
      addition to the requirements of (b-1) above, provide the following:



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           26
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


           • Collision posts as shown.
           • Bents within 20 feet of the centerline of track sheathed solid between 3 feet and
             16 feet above top of rail with 5/8 inch thick minimum plywood and properly
             blocked at the edges.
           • Bracing on bents within 20 feet of the centerline of the track shall be adequate
             to resist the required horizontal design loading or minimum a 5,000 pounds
             horizontal loading.

       (c) Width - Design temporary detour bridges to match the temporary roadway width
       and vertical and horizontal alignment as shown.

       (d) Surfacing - Except for concrete decks, provide the structure with a minimum
       2 inch asphalt concrete or equivalent wearing surface. Immediately prior to placing the
       asphalt concrete:

        • Clean and dry the surface to be covered.
        • Apply a hot asphalt prime coat at a uniform rate of 0.20 to 0.25 gallons per square
          yard of deck surface or as directed by the Engineer.
        • Apply a spread of aggregate, 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch in size, to give the appearance of
          50 percent coverage.
        • Roll the surface to secure the maximum embedment of the aggregate into the
          prime coat and surface.


00250.43 Construction - Construct temporary detour bridges according to the applicable
Sections of Part 00500, the requirements of applicable permitting agencies and the
following:

   • Weld structural steel according to AWS D1.5
   • Weld steel piling according to AWS D1.1

Do not begin welding until all of the following have been approved:

   •    WPS-Welding Procedure
   •    PQR-Procedure Qualification Records
   •    WQTR-Welder Qualification Test Records
   •    MTR-Material Test Report
   •    CWI-AWS Certificate Welding Inspector

00250.44 Opening to Traffic - Before opening temporary detour bridges to traffic, the
design engineer of record shall do the following:

   • Accompany the Engineer on an inspection of the structure to confirm the structure
     and materials conform to the plans and specifications.
   • Inspect the soils to confirm the bearing capacity equals or exceeds design
     assumptions.
   • Furnish the Engineer a written statement that the structure will serve the intended
     use.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            27
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

Do not use the temporary detour bridge until it has been inspected, all concerns have been
addressed, and the Engineer agrees that the structure will serve the intended use.


                                                    Temporary

00250.50 Temporary Detour - Provide temporary detours according to Section 00230.

                                                  Maintenance

00250.60 Structure Maintenance - Maintain temporary detour bridges, including wearing
surfaces, in a safe and functional condition. Keep bracing and connections tight and
immediately replace any damaged members, as directed or approved by the Engineer.

At roadway openings, provide 25 watt amber lights at 3 foot centers around the perimeter of
each side of the detour bridge opening. Illuminate the lights from 30 minutes before sunset
to 30 minutes after sunrise.

                                           Finishing and Clean Up

00250.70 Structure Removal - When temporary detour bridges are no longer needed,
remove them according to Section 00501 and 00310. Unless otherwise shown or specified,
all temporary detour bridge materials will remain the property of the Contractor.

Satisfy all requirements of applicable permitting agencies during bridge removal.

Restore all areas occupied by the temporary bridges to original condition or as shown.

                                                  Measurement

00250.80 Measurement - No measurement of quantities will be made for work performed
under this Section.

                                                     Payment

00250.90 Payment - The accepted quantities of work performed under this Section will be
paid for at the Contract lump sum amount for the item "Temporary Detour Bridges".

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing and placing all materials, and for furnishing all
equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.

No separate or additional payment will be made for designing, constructing, maintaining,
and removing the temporary detour bridges or any other work required by this section.

Temporary detours will be paid for separately, according to 00230.90.


                    SECTION 00280 – EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              28
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    00280.14 (e) Slope and Channel Liner Matting - Add the following paragraph to the end
    of this subsection:

    Where shown, furnish hydraulically applied bonded fiber matrix slope protection matting
    that consists of fully biodegradable long fiber strands held together by a water resistant
    bonding agent.

    00280.42(a) Soil Exposure Limitations – Replace this subsection with the following:

    00280.42(a) Soil Exposure Limitations – Stabilize all exposed areas within 4 days of
    disturbance using methods that do not rely solely upon germination to control erosion.

    00280.42(b) Temporary Stabilization – Delete the first and second bullet

    Add the following subsection:

    00280.44 (e-4) Bonded Fiber Matrix Matting Placement - Apply bonded fiber matrix
    hydraulically at the rate of ___3,500__ pounds per acre. Apply in successive layers from at

least two directions so that 100% coverage of all exposed soil is achieved. Do not apply the
bonded fiber matrix immediately before, during, or after rainfall. Follow the manufacturer’s
directions on drying so the applied product reaches the recommended state of dryness before
being subjected to rainfall or other moisture. This varies from drying completely for up to 24
hours after installation to allowances for less drying, based on characteristics of the product
approved for use. Apply bonded fiber matrix using commercial application equipment designed
specifically for hydromulch application and approved by the bonded fiber matrix product
manufacturer, either in printed literature or in consultation with the manufacturer. Furnish the
manufacturer’s product literature or documentation of consultation with the manufacturer upon
request.

00280.48 Emergency Materials - Add the following paragraphs after the paragraph that begins
"Provide, stockpile, and protect...”

Provide and stockpile the following emergency materials on the Project site:

                          Item                                                                 Quantity

                       Sediment Fence, Unsupported............................... 1200 FT
                       Check Dam ............................................................ 10 Each
                       Inlet Protection ....................................................... 15 Each


00280.90 Payment - Add the following sentence to the paragraph that begins "Item (f)
includes...":

It also includes the bonded fiber matrix matting application.



                            SECTION 00290 – ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                       29
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Comply with Section 00290 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

Add the following subsections:

00290.01 Definitions –

Regulatory Agencies – The Oregon Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ),               Oregon
Department State Lands (DSL), Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife (ODFW),              Oregon
Department of Agriculture (ODA), U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps), U.S. Forest        Service
(USFS), U.S. Environmental Protection Agencies (USEPA) and other agencies with            project-
specific or activity-specific jurisdiction.

The Services – U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and National Marine Fisheries Service
(NMFS or NOAA Fisheries).

00290.02 Environmental Stewardship Training; Additional Site Clearances; Permit
Modifications:

    (a) Environmental Stewardship Training - Within 10 Calendar Days after the pre-
    construction conference and before on-site work begins the Project Manager will hold a 4
    hour Environmental Stewardship Training Session. The session shall be attended by the
    Contractor’s single designated person responsible for the Project described under 00150.40
    and the Erosion and Sediment Control Manager (ESCM). Any replacements of these
    positions shall receive the training within 10 Calendar Days of beginning work on the
    Project.

    (b) Environmental Site Clearances - Prepare all environmental site clearances for areas
    not previously cleared. Areas requiring additional clearances may include, but are not
    limited to disposal sites, staging areas, detour routes, work access areas, materials
    sources, areas outside the right-of-way, and areas outside of the defined Project limits.

    Provide signed and completed copies of all environmental site clearance forms for review
    10 Calendar Days prior to activities requiring additional clearances.

    Each environmental site clearance form shall include:

           A vicinity map,
           The plan view of impacted areas,
           The volume, area, and material as appropriate,
           A copy of Permit of Entry from affected landowner(s), and
           Copies of required permits, clearances, and authorizations from all pertinent federal,
             State, county, city and local agencies, or proof that none are required.

    (c) Permit and Clearance Modifications - If the Contractor proposes means and methods
    that deviate from those allowed by the permits and clearances acquired by the Agency for
    the Project, prepare all necessary documentation for modifications to existing permits and
    clearances, including without limitation, requests for extension of in-water work period(s),
    DSL Removal / Fill Permits, Corps 404 Permits, Biological Opinion - NMFS, Biological
    Opinion - USFWS, Local permits including the Columbia River Gorge National Scenic Area
    Permit (NSA) consultation and the City of Hood River Land-Use Permit, State Historic



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            30
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Preservation Office (SHPO) Section 106 Clearances, and other Cultural, Historical, or
   Archeological Clearances.

   Required documentation may include, but is not limited to:

          A description of the proposed modification,
          Timing and duration of proposed activities,
          Effects to sensitive resources,
          Calculations of impact areas, and
          A description of conservation measures to be implemented as part of the work.

   Use the OTIA III Project Implementation Form to document proposed modifications and
   provide complete copies of all required permit and clearance modification documentation to
   the Project Manager for approval at least two weeks prior to Project Manager’s submittal to
   Regulatory Agencies or The Services. Guidance on completing an in-water work window
   extension request can be found in In-Water Work Window Extension Guidance.

Do not negotiate with the Regulatory Agencies or The Services on behalf of the Agency on any
permits held in the Agency’s name but be available as support to the Project Manager during
any negotiations with the Regulatory Agencies or The Services.

All costs and expenses associated with obtaining permit and clearance modifications proposed
by the Contractor, including but not limited to any Agency costs and expenses associated with
negotiations with the Regulatory Agencies and The Services, shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. The Agency costs and expenses for which the Contractor would be liable include
but are not limited to any additional permit fees and compensation for the time spent by Agency
employees or consultants in preparing for and conducting such negotiations. The Agency costs
and expenses for which the Contractor is responsible shall be deducted from payments
otherwise due the Contractor.

Add the following subsection:

00290.03 Applicable Publications - To the extent referenced, the following publications form
a part of these Specifications:

                 OTIA III State Bridge Delivery Program Environmental Performance Standards

                 http://www.obdp.org/files/partner/environmental/EPS_REG.pdf

                 Materials and Contamination Performance Standards Manual

      http://www.obdp.org/files/partner/environmental/MaterialsandContaminationManual.pdf


Add the following subsection:

00290.04 Applicable Forms and Guidance Documents - The following forms and guidance
documents are referenced in these Specifications:


                 OTIA III Project Implementation Form


   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          31
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


                    http://www.obdp.org/site/download/?file=/files/partner/environmental/OTIA%
                    20III%20Project%20Implementation%20Form.doc

                 Construction Waste Management Contractor’s Resource Guide and Directory

                    http://www.obdp.org/site/download/?file=/files/partner/environmental/ODOT
                    %20Contractor%20Survey%20(2_4_08).doc

                 Contractor’s Construction Waste Management Directory

                    http://www.obdp.org/files/partner/environmental/ODOT%20CWM%20Directo
                    ry%20(Jan%202008).pdf

                 Contractor’s Construction Waste Re-use and Recycling Plan

                    http://www.obdp.org/files/partner/environmental/CWM%20Reuse%20and%2
                    0Recycling%20Plan%20(Final%20draft%20version%203_18_08).xls

                 Quarterly Re-use, Recycling and Disposal Form

                    http://www.obdp.org/files/partner/environmental/Quarterly%20Report%20(Fi
                    nal%20draft%20version%203_18_08).xls


00290.10 Staging and Disposal Sites – Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Provide signed and completed copies of all environmental site clearance forms for review
10 Calendar Days prior to activities requiring additional clearances as described in
00290.02(b). The prospective staging areas are shown on Project Plans.


00290.20 (b) Fuel Storage – Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Regardless of the quantities of fuel stored on-site, maintain a log of total gallons of the
following fuels used on the project:

       Gasoline
       Highway grade diesel fuel
       Ultra-low –sulfur diesel fuel
       Alternative fuels

Submit quarterly summaries of fuel usage quantities:

               By April 1st for the months of January, February, and March
               By July 1st for the months of April, May, and June
               By October 1st for the months of July, August, and September reporting period,
                and
               By January 1st, for the months of October, November, and December.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             32
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    00290.20 (c-1) Waste Management – Add the following to the end of this subsection:

    Submit copies of all analytical results from any hazardous waste determinations completed
    to the Project Manager within 10 Calendar Days of receipt from the analytical laboratory.

    00290.20 (c-3) Reuse, Recycle, and Dispose of Materials – Add the following to the end
    of the sentence which begins “Unless prohibited by Law…”

    “…and according to the Materials and Contamination Environmental Performance
    Standards.”

    Replace the bullet that begins "Reuse demolition…" with the following bullet:

         Reuse demolition debris.

    00290.20 (c-3-d) Concrete and Masonry – Replace the paragraph that begins "Concrete

and masonry…" with the following paragraph:

Concrete and masonry, that is not recycled and does not contain hazardous substances, may
be reused to fill basements or be buried in embankments on-site, provided that the materials are
broken into pieces not exceeding 15 inches in any dimension, and placed so that:

Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Uncover concrete pipe to be removed as shown. Before removing the pipe, perform the work
described in 00290.20(i). If analytical results show no asbestos, notify the Project Manager and
submit copies of analytical results. Within 7 Calendar Days of notification, the Project Manager
will notify the Contractor to resume work on the affected pipe.

Add the following subsection:

00290.20 (c-4) Construction Waste Management Reporting – Maintain a record of estimated
outgoing wastes, demolition debris material and salvage weights or volumes generated on-site.

Submit quarterly summaries of construction and demolition debris re-use, recycling or disposal
quantities to the Project Manager on a Quarterly Reuse, Recycling and Disposal Form as
follows:

               By April 1st for the months of January, February, and March
               By July 1st for the months of April, May, and June
               By October 1st for the months of July, August, and September reporting period,
                and
               By January 1st, for the months of October, November, and December.

Information on completing the Quarterly Reuse, Recycling and Disposal Form may be found in
the Construction Waste Management Contractor’s Resource Guide and Directory.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          33
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00290.20 (d) Hazardous Waste Management – In the paragraph that begins "In addition to
current Laws…", replace the two bullets that begin "If the quantity of hazardous waste projected
to be…" with the following three bullets:

                 • If the quantity of hazardous waste projected to be generated meets the
                     requirements for a LQG, prepare a full Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan
                     according to 40 CFR 265 Subpart D. Maintain a copy of the Contingency Plan
                     on-site at all times during construction activities, readily available to
                     employees and inspectors.

                 • If the quantity of hazardous waste projected to be generated meets the
                   requirements for a SQG, prepare a modified Hazardous Waste Contingency
                   Plan according to 40 CFR 262.34(d)(5) and 40 CFR 265 Subpart C. Maintain
                   a copy of the modified Contingency Plan on-site at all times during
                   construction activities, readily available to employees and inspectors.

                 • If the quantity of hazardous waste projected to be generated meets the
                   requirements for a CEG, follow the contingency planning and storage
                   requirements of the SQG unless the only potentially hazardous waste is
                   aerosol cans smaller than 20 ounces. Limit storage to 180 days and
                   2,200 pounds. Prepare a modified Hazardous Waste Contingency Plan and
                   keep a copy on-site with emergency response procedures and contact
                   information.

    00290.20 (g) Spills and Releases - Replace the lead-in paragraph that begins "In the
    event…," with the following lead-in paragraph:

    In the event of a spill or release of a hazardous substance or hazardous waste or the
    release of any other material that has the potential to harm human health or the
    environment, do the following:

    Add the following section:

    00290.20 (h) Incident and Complaint Tracking:

    00290.20 (h-1) Incident Tracking: Maintain a log on-site of all incidents and their
    resolution if the following applies:

         Consists of a fire, accident, explosion or a spill or release of a waste, hazardous
           waste or hazardous substance regardless of the quantity;
         Occurs during operations;
         Threatens or impacts surface waters, riparian areas, cultural sites or private property.

    00290.20 (h-2) Complaint Tracking: Maintain a log on-site of all public complaints
    regarding on-site management activities, including but not limited to:

            Date of complaint
            Accurate description of the activity prompting the complaint
            Location and activity prompting the complaint




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            34
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

        Name, address, and contact information of person(s) making complaint (if provided
         by complainant)
        Name and contact information for on-site contact responsible for addressing the
         complaint
        How and when the complaint was addressed.

00290.20(i) Asbestos: The project site has materials suspected to contain asbestos.
Asbestos reports may be obtained at the Project Managers office upon request. The
following are suspected containing materials (ACM):

             Abutment forms
             Electrical insulation
             Waterproof membranes (such as those installed between the concrete deck and
              the asphalt paving)
             Geotextiles
             Asbestos cement pipes and conduits
             Textured surfaces.

(1) Visual Inspection – Review the ODOT Asbestos Records Research Reports and
conduct a visual inspection of bridges including all suspected ACM identified above using
an Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) certified inspector prior to
disturbance or removal of such materials to determine if sampling of materials is warranted.
Sample all materials according to (2) below.

(2) Sampling – Sample all suspected ACM identified above by an Asbestos Hazard
 Emergency Response Act (AHERA) certified inspector prior to disturbance or removal of
 such materials. Complete all sampling according to 40 CFR 763.86 and OAR 340-248-
 0240. If the proposed work changes, re-assess the location of all suspected ACM and
 perform additional sampling as required.

(3) Abatement – Abate all ACM which may be disturbed during demolition, repair or
construction activities prior to disturbance. (See Materials and Contamination Performance
Standards Manual) At a minimum, the following shall apply:

    a. Minimum Requirements:

          Prepare and submit an Asbestos Abatement Plan using a certified abatement
             contractor prior to beginning demolition or renovation activities. A list of qualified
             asbestos abatement contractors is available on the ODEQ Website
             http://www.oregon.gov/DEQ/.

          Submit the Asbestos Abatement Plan to the Engineer at least 10 Calendar Days
             prior to beginning asbestos abatement activities. Do not begin work until the
             plan has been approved by the Engineer.

          All abatement activities shall be completed under the supervision of an ODEQ
             certified asbestos supervisor using ODEQ-certified asbestos workers. Required
             monitoring shall be according to OAR 340-248-0005 through -0290.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 35
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      b. Notifications – 10 Calendar Days prior to beginning asbestos abatement activities
      notify ODEQ and submit reports according to OAR 340-248-0260. Be responsible for
      and pay all associated fees. For more information on notification and reporting
      requirements      and    associated     fees     see     the    ODEQ      Website
      http://www.oregon.gov/DEQ/.

(4) Disposal – Dispose of all ACM according to OAR 340-248-0280 for friable asbestos
and OAR 340-248-0290 for non-friable asbestos. Document the transportation and disposal
of ACM on an Asbestos Waste Shipment Record (ASN-4). Submit to the Engineer
completed ASN- 4 forms within 7 Calendar Days of receipt from the disposal facility. For
copies of the forms see the ODEQ Website http://www.oregon.gov/DEQ/.

(5) Documentation - Provide the Engineer with the following information for any inspection
and sampling or asbestos abatement work on ODOT bridge construction and demolition
projects within 10 Calendar Days of receipt of analytical results and completion of asbestos
abatement activities (if applicable):

             Bridge identification and location
             An Asbestos Survey Report including a description of bridge inspection methods
              and results, a review of the ODOT Asbestos Records Research Reports in
              comparison to actual bridge findings, summary of observations and materials
              sampled, a map showing locations of materials sampled, and recommendations
              for asbestos abatement if applicable
             Approximate quantity and location of asbestos material removed if applicable
             Name and license number of the asbestos contractor
             Abatement report and all applicable ASN reports generated. See the ODEQ
              Website http://www.oregon.gov/DEQ/ for required reports. For technical
              assistance, contact ODEQ Air Quality Asbestos Program by e-mail
              airquality.info@deq.state.or.us or phone at (541) 388-6146, ext. 226, (541) 278-
              4626, or 1-800-304-351.

      (6) Unexpected Suspect Materials – Encountering unexpected ACM will be
      considered a differing site condition according to 00140.40. The Engineer will
      investigate the conditions, determine the extent of the unexpected ACM and affected
      area, and authorize the Contractor in writing to sample the unexpected ACM as in (1)
      above. Base Abatement, disposal and documentation of unexpected ACM on the
      results of (1) and (2) above. Payment will be made according to 00195.30.

      Delays to work due to the discovery of unexpected ACM will be considered for
      exclusion from Contract time according to 00180.50(e).


00290.20(j) Lead-containing materials – Striping paint grindings from asphalt pavement,
concrete, and metal guardrails on Bridge 07398 have paint that contains lead. Test results
are contained in the Hazardous Material Data Report, which is available for viewing at the
Project Manager's office.

     (1) Testing Requirements - Determine whether the waste is a characteristic
     hazardous waste as described in 00290.20 (c-1).




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            36
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

         (2) Removal - Remove lead-containing paint according to 29 CFR 1926.62 and other
         applicable Laws. Treat lead-containing paint as a hazardous waste unless analytical
         test results show otherwise. Use a binding agent during paint removal to encapsulate
         the lead-containing paint and render it non-hazardous if materials are not being sent to
         a lead recovery or recycling facility. (See Materials and Contamination Performance
         Standards Manual)

          (3) Handling and Storage - Label, store, and secure waste materials according to
          applicable Laws and the Materials and Contamination Environmental Performance
          Standards. Label wastes undergoing hazardous waste characterization as “Hazardous
          Waste Paint – Analysis Pending” until analytical test results are known.

    (4) Management - Recycle or dispose of lead-containing paint waste, including all loose
    paint chips, according to its hazardous waste determination, applicable Laws and the
    Materials and Contamination Environmental Performance Standards.

    (5) Documentation - Provide the Project Manager with the following information for any
    lead-containing paint waste generated within 10 Calendar Days of receipt of analytical
    results and receipt of disposal documentation:

                   Bridge identification and location.
                   Recycling/disposal receipts.
                   Estimated lead-containing paint waste weight. Include weight of spent blast
                    media if disposed of together with the lead-containing paint.
                   Copy of returned hazardous waste manifests signed by the destination facility
                    and LDR notification forms.
                   Analytical methods employed in testing the waste, analytical results, and
                    locations at which paint samples were collected.

00290.20(k) Disposal of Lift Station Water and Sediments: Water and sediments contained
within the existing lift station may contain hazardous concentrations of contaminants including
but not limited to heavy metals and petroleum hydrocarbons. Preliminary analytical data is
contained within the Hazardous Material Data Report, which is available for viewing at the
Project Manager’s office.

    (1) Visual Inspection – Conduct a visual inspection of water and sediments contained
    within the lift station prior to disturbance or removal of such materials to determine if
    sampling of materials is warranted. Sample all materials according to (2) below.

    (2) Testing Requirements – Determine whether the waste is a characteristic hazardous
     waste as described in 00290.20(c-1).

    (3) Handling and Storage – Label, store, and secure waste materials according to
     applicable Laws and the Materials and Contamination Environmental Performance
     Standards. Label wastes undergoing hazardous waste characterization as “Hazardous
     Waste – Analysis Pending” until analytical test results are known.

    (4) Management – Recycle or dispose of water and sediments removed from the existing
     lift station according to its hazardous waste determination, applicable Laws and the
     Materials and Contamination Environmental Performance Standards.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           37
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    (5) Documentation – Provide the Project Manager with the following information for waste
     water or sediment within 10 Calendar Days of receipt of analytical results and receipt of
     disposal documentation:
         Bridge identification and location.
         Recycling/disposal receipts
         Copy of returned hazardous waste manifests signed by the destination facility and
           LDR notification forms.
         Analytical methods employed in testing the waste and analytical results.


00290.30 (a-3) Equipment Fueling, Repair and Maintenance - Add the following bullets to the
end of the bullet list:

            Secure absorbent material (“diapers”) around all stationary power equipment (for
             example: generators, cranes, drilling equipment) operated within 150 feet of
             wetlands, waters of the State and U. S., drainage ditches, or water quality facilities
             to prevent leaks, unless suitable containment is provided to prevent spills from
             entering waters of the State and U.S.

            Place absorbent materials ("diapers") on equipment operating within 30 feet of the
             wetlands, waters of the State and U. S., drainage ditches, or water quality facilities
             to prevent leaks, unless suitable containment is provided to prevent spills from
             entering waters of the State and U.S.

00290.30 (a-4) Equipment Cleaning and Washouts - Add the following bullets to the end of
the bullet list:

            Document all equipment inspections and cleaning and maintain documentation on-
             site.

            Treat all construction discharge water, including equipment wash water, in
             accordance with 00290.30 (d).

00290.30 (a-6) Other Spill Prevention and Response Measures- Add the following to the end
of the first bullet:

        Document equipment inspections and maintain documentation on-site.

00290.30 (a) Pollution Control Measures - Add the following subsection and bullets:

        (7) Water Quality:

             • Do not discharge contaminated or sediment-laden water, including drilling fluids
               and waste, or water contained within a work area isolation, directly into any waters
               of the State or U.S. until it has been satisfactorily treated (for example: bioswale,
               filter, settlement pond, pumping to vegetated upland location, bio-bags, dirt-bags).
             • If construction discharge water is released using an outfall or diffuser port, do not
               exceed velocities more than 4 feet per second, and do not exceed an aperture
               size of 1 inch.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              38
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

             • If monitoring or inspection shows that the erosion and sediment controls are
               ineffective, mobilize work crews immediately to make repairs, install replacements,
               or install additional controls as necessary.
             • Implement containment measures adequate to prevent pollutants or construction
               and demolition materials, such as waste spoils, fuel or petroleum products,
               concrete cured less than 24 hours, concrete cure water, silt, welding slag and
               grindings, concrete saw cutting by-products and sandblasting abrasives, from
               entering waters of the State or U.S.
             • End-dumping of riprap within the waters of the state or U.S. is not allowed. Place
               riprap from above the bank line.
             • Cease project operations under high flow conditions that may result in inundation
               of the project area, except for efforts to avoid or minimize resource damage.
             • The Project Manager retains the authority to temporarily halt or modify the Project
               in case of damage to natural resources.

    00290.30 (b) Pollution Control Plan (PCP) - Add the following to the beginning of the
    bullet list:

       Contractor’s name and project identification information including those responsible for
        implementing the PCP.

    Replace the fourth bullet with the following four bullets:

       Include the results of waste determinations required by 00290.20 (c-1).

       Names and locations of disposal, re-use, or recycling facilities selected to receive
        construction waste and demolition debris from the project site. A directory of currently
        known local disposal, re-use and recycling facilities can be found in the Construction
        Waste Management Contractor’s Resource Guide and Directory.

       Provide an estimate of the quantities of construction waste and demolition debris to be
        generated from the project site. Complete a Contractor’s Construction Waste Reuse
        and Recycling Plan and submit with the PCP.

    Add the following subsection:

    00290.30 (c-4) Reporting- Document the number and percentage of project vehicles and
    equipment that meet or exceed applicable 2007 – 2008 USEPA emissions standards in
    accordance with 40 CFR 80 and 89. Submit this information to the Project Manager when
    the Project is 50% complete and again at Second Notification. If no project vehicles or
    equipment are equipped to meet these emissions standards, provide a letter to the Project
    Manager within 30 Calendar Days of the Pre-Construction Conference documenting this
    information.

00290.30(c-5) Truck and Equipment Fuel Types– Except where authorized by the Project
Manager in writing, use an ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel or a 20% blend of biodiesel (B20) with
ultra-low sulfur diesel fuels for all trucks and equipment used on the Project site.

Add the following subsection:




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            39
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00290.30(d) Construction Discharge Water – Upon written authorization of the Engineer the
Contractor may use available Agency-Controlled lands on which to construct required
construction discharge water treatment facilities, including but not limited to settling basins, if the
water would be muddied by excavating material from Agency-Controlled lands.

Obtain and comply with all required permits and facility approvals for discharges to surface
water, storm drains, or sanitary sewers or for land application.

Construct facilities to collect and treat, or collect and properly dispose offsite all construction
discharge water, including but not limited to concrete washout, hydromilling, pumping for work
area isolation, equipment wash water, drilling fluids, water made muddy by taking or washing
cobbles, gravel, sand or by placing earth or other materials in or near the water, to remove
debris, nutrients, sediment, petroleum hydrocarbons, metals and other pollutants.

If not recycling concrete washout water, address disposal options in the PCP. Dispose
according to specific NPDES or Water Pollution Control Facilities (WPCF) permit requirements
and local sanitary sewer requirements, if any.

Protect storm drain systems, drainage swales, and ditches. Clean out and restore storm drain
systems, drainage swales, and ditches to a fully functioning condition without delays.

00290.34 Protection of Fish and Fish Habitat - Add the following paragraph:

Meet with the Agency Biologist, Resource Representative, Project Manager, and inspector on
site, before moving equipment on-site or beginning any work, to ensure that all parties
understand the locations of sensitive biological sites and the measures that are required to be
taken to protect them.

00290.34 (b) Prohibited Operations - Add the following bullets to the end of this subsection:

                 • Do not allow entry within the ordinary high water mark of the Columbia River,
                   Hood River, or adjacent wetlands.

Add the following subsection:

00290.34 (c) Fish Protection Measures Required by Environmental Permits:

    (1) General Equipment Requirements - Use heavy equipment as follows:

        • Choice of equipment must have the least adverse effects on the environment (for
          example: minimally sized, low ground pressure).
        • Secure absorbent material around all stationary power equipment (for example:
          generators, cranes, drilling equipment) operated within 150 feet of wetlands, waters of
          the State and U. S., drainage ditches, or water quality facilities to prevent leaks,
          unless suitable containment is provided to prevent spills from entering waters of the
          state and U.S.
        • Do not cross directly through a stream for construction access, unless shown or
          approved.

          (2) Site Restoration




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 40
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           • Stabilize all disturbed soils, including obliteration of temporary access roads,
           following any break in work unless construction will resume in 4 Calendar Days.


00290.36 (a) Migratory Birds - Replace this subsection with the following:

Compliance with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (16 U.S.C. 703-712) shall be performed by
the Agency on behalf of the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager in
writing, a minimum of 10 Calendar Days prior to beginning clearing and grubbing, bridge
demolition or any other activity that has the potential to affect bird nesting habitat when
these activities occur from March 1 through September 1.

Immediately notify the Project Manager if nests are noted in the Project limits.

Unless authorized in writing by the Project Manager, return to the Project Manager, within
five Calendar Days of removal, all exclusionary measures applied by others prior to NTP for
the Project.

00290.80 Measurement – Replace this subsection with the following:

The quantities of environmental protection work performed under this Section will be
measured according to the following:

     (a) Lump Sum Basis – Under this method, no measurement of quantities will be made.
     (b) Unit Basis – Items will be measured on a unit basis, per each, by actual count of
         tests taken and performed.
     (c) Weight Basis – The quantities of asbestos and lead paint waste will be measured on
         a weight basis, per ton based on receipts received from the recycling or disposal
         facility.

00290.90 Payment - Add the following paragraphs to the end of this subsection:

No separate or additional payment will be made for any permit or clearance modifications or
additional permits or environmental clearances obtained according to these Special
Provisions.

No separate or additional payment will be made for any additional protective measures
required by the Regulatory Agencies or The Services as a condition of a permit or
clearance modification.

The completion of the re-use and recycling plan work will be paid for at the Contract lump
sum for the item “Re-use and Recycling Plan”. Payment will be payment in full for
furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work
as specified. Partial payments will be made as follows:

    When the initial re-use and recycling plan is approved ...............................................20%
    When 30 percent of the Contract is complete, excluding advances on materials..... 20%
    When 60 percent of the Contract is complete, excluding advances on materials..... 20%
    When 90 percent of the Contract is complete, excluding advances on materials..... 20%




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                            41
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      At completion of the Contract and all waste is removed from the Project site and all
       reports, receipts, and documents have been submitted...............................................20%

Payment includes the following:

            Contractor’s Construction Waste Re-Use and Recycling Plan,
            Quarterly Reuse, Recycling, and Disposal Forms,
            Incident tracking, and
            Complaint tracking.

    Pay Item                                                                          Unit of Measurement

   (a) Hazardous Material Disposal, Paint Waste……………………………………....Ton
   (b) Asbestos Abatement……………………………………………………….............Ton
   (c) Asbestos Testing………………………………………………………….…...........EA

Add the following subsection:

00290.92 Unit Price Basis:

The accepted quantities for visual inspection, sampling and analysis of suspected asbestos
containing materials will be paid for at the Contract unit price per sample for the pay item
“Asbestos Testing.” Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all materials, equipment, labor
and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified including reporting. No separate or
additional payment will be made for asbestos worker training and decontamination of
equipment.

The accepted quantities for abatement of known asbestos containing materials will be paid for at
the Contract unit price per ton of asbestos waste generated for the pay item “Asbestos
Abatement.” Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all incidentals necessary to complete
the work as specified including any plans, reporting and asbestos disposal. No separate or
additional payment will be made for asbestos worker training and decontamination of
equipment.

The accepted quantity of lead paint waste removal and disposal will be paid for at the Contract
unit price per ton of paint waste generated for the pay item “Hazardous Material Disposal –
Paint Waste.” Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all materials, equipment, labor and
incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified. No separate or additional payment will
be made for lead paint worker training and decontamination of equipment.


                           SECTION 00305 - CONSTRUCTION SURVEY WORK

Section 00305, which is not a Standard Specification, is included for this Project by Special
Provision.

                                                       Description

00305.00 Scope - This work consists of all surveying activities necessary to control the many
phases of work required to construct the Project to the lines and grades as shown, specified, or
established.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                       42
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Make all supporting computations and field notes required for control of the work and as
necessary to establish the exact position, orientation, and elevation of the work from control
stations, including furnishing and setting construction stakes and marks, reference marks,
and additional control stations.

Plans, specifications and other data necessary to lay out the work will be available for
inspection at the Project Manager’s office.

00305.01 Definitions:

Confidence Points - Random points measured in the field within the boundary of a digital
terrain model (DTM), the purposes of which are to verify the accuracy of the DTM and to
provide evidence just prior to construction that the DTM is a reasonable representation of
the original ground for computation of volumes and pay quantities. Similarly, confidence
points are used to verify that a constructed grade has been built according to the design
DTM. Additional information is available from the Engineer.

Confidence point locations follow these guidelines:

   •   Randomly selected without regard for the location of DTM points or triangles
   •   Evenly distributed over the entire DTM area to be validated
   •   Proportionately distributed between confidence point classifications as applicable
   •   At a density sufficient to validate the surface, generally ten per instrument location as
       used in collecting DTM data or if not applicable, as in data collected
       photogrammetrically, 2% of DTM points

Control Network - An array of control stations either established by the Contractor or
provided by the Agency.

Control Station - Any item identified in the Project records as having a position and/or
elevation on the Project datum and intended to be used to control the many phases of the
construction work.

Digital Terrain Model (DTM) - An electronic computer model of the shape of the ground.

Reference Stakes - Stakes set away from but with information relating back to the intended
location and/or grade.

Slope Catch - The location where a design slope intersects the existing ground and where
excavation or embankment work should begin to provide the intended earthwork.

Slope Staking - The process of using measurements and calculations in the field to
determine the slope catch. Slope staking shall normally include setting stakes to mark the
slope catch and setting a reference stake for every catch stake.

Stakes - Stakes, nails, marks, string lines, or other devices or mechanisms set or
established for the purpose of indicating or controlling the location, orientation, or grade of
any feature intended for construction, or for the purpose of limiting or influencing the
construction work.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              43
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

Staking - The act of placing stakes.

Survey Marker - Any survey monument, control station, or stake.

Survey Monument - Any natural or man-made item specified or identified in a property deed,
boundary survey, government document, or other instrument of public record, when the purpose
of said item is to mark or reference a property boundary, geographical location, elevation, or
other position.

Surveyor - The individual designated by the Contractor and licensed in the state of Oregon as a
Professional Land Surveyor and placed in "responsible charge" of the survey work as defined in
ORS 672.002(6)(b).

Temporary Bench Mark (TBM) - A control station established for the purpose of providing
vertical control for the Project. A TBM may or may not have an established horizontal position.

00305.02 Mandatory Pre-Survey Conference - The prime Contractor, subcontractors,
surveyor, survey crew leader, and all surveying personnel who are to be involved in the survey
work shall meet with the Project Manager two weeks prior to beginning survey work. The
purpose of this meeting will be to discuss methods and practices of accomplishing required
survey work.

00305.03 Review by the Engineer - The Engineer may periodically review the notes,
calculations and layout work, including field locations, for compliance with these specifications.
Survey work that does not meet the tolerances in 00305.40 may be rejected, and the work
redone at the Contractors expense to meet the tolerances.

Review by the Engineer does not constitute approval or acceptance of the work, nor does it
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performing work in conformance with the plans and
specifications.

00305.04 Agency Responsibilities:

       •   Provide copies of plans and specifications.
       •   Establish initial horizontal and vertical control stations in the proximity of the Project.
       •   Provide horizontal and vertical alignment data.
       •   Provide cross section finish grade elevations.
       •   Perform measurements and calculations for pay quantities.
       •   Perform final "as constructed" measurements.

00305.05 Contractor Responsibilities - Perform or provide the following items of work:

       • Make calculations, field notes and survey drawings for the layout and control of the
         work as are necessary to construct the Project as specified.
       • Provide original or copies of notes, calculations and drawings as requested.
       • Preserve survey monuments and control stations according to 00305.70 and as
         governed by applicable law.
       • Replace and augment control stations as necessary to control the Project.
       • Establish additional control stations as necessary to control the Project.
       • Perform slope staking necessary for construction of earthwork including intersections
         and matchlines.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                  44
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   • Set stakes defining limits for clearing. Set stakes defining approximate right-of-way
     and easements.
   • Set stakes to define construction centerline, centerline offsets, detour lines, or other
     lines necessary for control of the Project work.
   • Set stakes to define the work, that may include but is not limited to the following:

       •   Roadway location and grade.
       •   Fences and gates.
       •   Guardrail, barrier, barricades, and associated features.
       •   Traffic delineators, reflectors, and guide devices.
       •   Temporary and permanent signing *
       •   Temporary and permanent pavement striping and pavement marking devices.
       •   Poles and footings, cabinets, junction boxes, sensors, and other features
           associated with illumination and signal facilities *
       •   Curbs, walks, stairs, walls, mailboxes, and other miscellaneous structures *
       •   Pipes, manholes, inlets, weirs, settlement basins and other drainage and water
           quality structures and facilities *
       •   Landscaping items.
       •   Earthwork features including guardrail flares and mounds, berms, and mounds
       •   Buildings and other structures and facilities.
       •   Environmental impact mitigation features.

            * Including field verification of fit and functionality or as instructed by the Engineer.

       • Remove and dispose of all flagging, lath, stakes and other temporary staking
         material after the Project is completed

       • For bridge work, supply survey drawings depicting the location and elevations of
         the elements of substructure and superstructure and place stakes for features
         including but not limited to the following:

Substructure:

               •   Piling
               •   Footings
               •   Columns, walls, and abutments
               •   Pile caps and cross beams
               •   Bearing pads or devices

Superstructure:

               •   Horizontal alignment and deck edges
               •   Soffit grades
               •   Seismic restraints
               •   Wing walls and retaining walls
               •   Bridge end panels
               •   Deck elevations
               •   Railings
               •   Deck drains and other bridge drainage facilities




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                   45
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

             • Set reference stakes and elevations in the vicinity of the structure work, as are
               necessary for the Engineer to check the layout. This may include establishment
               of a control network.


00305.06 Survey Methods - Survey procedures shall be appropriate for the equipment being
used and be according to current Agency practices.

New survey procedures that are not according to current Agency practices shall be submitted to
the Engineer for review 21 days prior to conducting the work. The surveyor may be required to
demonstrate the capabilities, accuracy, and reliability of the intended procedure. The Engineer
will evaluate the procedure and intended application and provide approval or rejection within 21
days. Work may proceed immediately upon approval of procedures by the Engineer.

Test and adjust survey equipment according to Agency’s procedures and maintain records of
test results and submit copies to the Engineer upon request. Information on Agency test
procedures may be obtained from the Engineer.

00305.07 Survey Work Records - Contractor’s survey personnel shall maintain a Project daily
record of work performed by the survey crew. The daily record shall contain the date, crew
names, type and location of work, and work accomplished. Upon request, furnish a copy of
diary entries to the Engineer. Furnish a final copy of the diary when the Project is complete.

Contractor’s survey personnel shall make all field notes and calculations in a manner consistent
with current Agency practices and on forms provided or approved by the Engineer.
Computations, survey notes and other records necessary to accomplish the work shall be neat,
legible and complete. Furnish copies of computations, notes and other records when requested
by the Engineer.

When a Project affects any permanent change to vertical clearances within the traveled way,
complete and submit a Standard Vertical Clearance form (Form No. 734-2614) within 30 days of
the change to the vertical clearance.

When a Project temporarily restricts any vertical clearances, complete and submit a Standard
Vertical Clearance form (Form No. 734-2614) 28 days before the restriction takes effect.

For bridges, furnish computations, layout notes, and drawings of the structure to the Engineer
for review 7 days before beginning construction.

Upon completion of construction staking and prior to final acceptance of the Contract, furnish to
the Engineer, computations, survey notes, Project records and other data used to accomplish
the work. Include an itemized list of the data.

All data and original documentation associated with this Project will become the property of the
Agency.

00305.08 Communication With the Surveyor - The Engineer has the right to communicate
directly with the surveyor.

00305.09 Electronic Data - The Engineer will not be responsible for any data translations.
Compressed data provided by the Engineer or the Contractor will be in a "self-expanding



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           46
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

executable" format. The method of exchange of electronic data will be mutually agreed upon at
the pre-survey conference.

    (a) Data Formats Provided by the Engineer:

           •   CAD (graphics) Files - Microstation Design File (.DGN) format.
           •   Horizontal Control Coordinates - ASCII Coordinate File format.
           •   Elevations - ASCII Elevation File format.
           •   Horizontal Alignments - Intergraph Inroads ASCII Horizontal Alignment format.
           •   Vertical Alignments - Intergraph Inroads ASCII Vertical Alignment format.
           •   DTM Data - Intergraph DTM or Microstation Design File (.DGN) format.
           •   Cross Section Data - Cross Section or Station, Offset and Elevation (SOE) File
               Format.

    (b) Data Formats Provided by the Contractor:

           •   DTM Data - Intergraph DTM or Microstation Design File (.DGN) format.
           •   CAD (graphics) Files - Microstation Design File (.DGN) format.
           •   "As Staked" Coordinate Data - ASCII Coordinate File format.
           •   Confidence Points - ASCII Coordinate File format.
           •   Vertical Control Point Elevations - ASCII Elevation File format.
           •   Coordinates of Miscellaneous Survey Points Set - ASCII Coordinate File
               format.

    (c) Data Format Details - Data exchanged between the Agency and the Contractor will be
    in the following formats as referred to in this subsection:

           (1) ASCII Coordinate File Format:

           Point ID       Northing        Easting        Elevation        Feature        Description

                   • Point IDs are alphanumeric up to 8 characters long.
                   • Coordinates/Elevations are decimal numbers in the units required by the
                     Project.
                   • Feature names are up to 8 character alphanumeric codes.
                   • Descriptions may be up to 27 characters and may contain any combination
                     of printable ASCII characters.
                   • Columns may be separated by spaces or commas.
                   • Name all ASCII coordinate files with an extension of .CRD.

           Example: 105 216473.675 576231.905                        102.562          SET_NTW 1/2 inch iron rod

           (2) ASCII Elevation File Format:

           Point ID       Elevation        Description

                   • Point IDs are alphanumeric up to 8 characters long.
                   • Elevations are decimal numbers in the units required by the Project.
                   • Descriptions may be up to 27 characters and may contain any combination
                     of printable ASCII characters.
                   • Columns may be separated by spaces or commas.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                          47
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

               • Name all ASCII elevation files with an extension of .ELV.

  Example: 425          542.768 TBM12, n.w. bolt on lum.

 (3) Cross Section or Station, Offset and Elevation (SOE) File Format:

                   Station       Offset       Elevation        Pen Up (Pen Down)

               • The station values should be in ascending order.
               • For each station, the offsets should be in ascending order from left to right.
               • The pen up (pen down) column distinguishes one cross section from the
                 next.
               • The first point in each cross section should have a value of 1 in the pen
                 column.
               • The final point in each cross section should have a value of 2 in the pen
                 column.
               • All intermediate cross section points should have a value of 0 in the pen
                 column.
               • Name all cross section data files with an extension of .SOE.

  Example (This example shows metric units. Provide data in English units.):

                   Station             Offset          Elevation            Pen Up
                                                                          (Pen Down)

                   20+020            - 26.500           260.617                   1
                   20+020            - 10.606           268.664                   0
                   20+020              - 2.500          269.012                   0
                   20+020                0.000          269.045                   0
                   20+020                3.500          269.007                   0
                   20+020              12.650           263.004                   0
                   20+020              25.250           261.005                   2

 (4) Intergraph Inroads ASCII Horizontal Alignment Format:

  Records beginning with an "*" are ignored.
  The record beginning with "{" defines the format.
  Name all ASCII Horizontal Alignment files with an extension of .HAL.

  Example (This example shows metric units. Provide data in English units.):

        * INTERGRAPH HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT TO ASCII
        *
        * Alignment name: FRS_CON
        * Alignment description: 409 "FRS" construction centerline
        * Alignment preference: ALI1
        *
        { TYPESTATIONRADIUS       X_CRD        Y_CRD     DIRECTION SPI_LENGTH
        LIN 0+000.000 0.0000 2299517.9122 160263.0134 320^03'23.5393"    0.0000
        SPI 0+025.455 0.0000 2299501.5693 160282.5292 320^03'23.5393"   25.0000
        CIR 0+050.455 -40.0000 2299483.6919 160299.8495 302^09'05.7873"  0.0000




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             48
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

        SPI 0+090.052 0.0000 2299445.7747 160302.3626 245^25'56.3948"                     25.0000
        LIN 0+115.052 0.0000 2299425.7678 160287.5532 227^31'38.6429"                      0.0000
        CIR 0+139.727 60.0000 2299407.5675 160270.8918 227^31'38.6429"                     0.0000
        LIN 0+206.006 0.0000 2299345.7282 160259.0654 290^49'08.8378"                      0.0000
        SPI 0+217.793 0.0000 2299334.7113 160263.2545 290^49'08.8378"                     20.0000
        CIR 0+237.793 -45.0000 2299315.5846 160268.9480 278^05'12.2142"                    0.0000
        SPI 0+265.317 0.0000 2299288.8537 160264.5055 243^02'29.0797"                     20.0000
        LIN 0+285.317 0.0000 2299272.5967 160252.9315 230^18'32.4561"                      0.0000
        LIN 0+319.254 0.0000 2299246.4821 160231.2576 230^18'32.4561"                      0.0000

       (5) Intergraph Inroads ASCII Vertical Alignment Format:

       Records beginning with an "*" are ignored.
       The record beginning with "{" defines the format.
       Name all ASCII Vertical Alignment files with an extension of .VAL.

       Example (This example shows metric units. Provide data in English units.):

       * INTERGRAPH VERTICAL ALIGNMENT TO ASCII
       *
       * Alignment name: b1v1
       * Alignment description: Bikepath Finish Grade
       * Alignment preference: default
       *
         { TYPE       STATION            ELEVATION             SLOPE          VC_LENGTH
             LIN     10+006.142            32.6790            -0.002331          0.0000
             PAR     10+021.391            32.6435            -0.002331         15.0000
             LIN     10+036.391            32.4096            -0.028856          0.0000
             PAR     10+058.666            31.7668            -0.028856         20.0000
             LIN     10+078.666            31.4983             0.002002          0.0000
             PAR     10+123.970            31.5890             0.002002         44.3355
             LIN     10+168.305            32.7639             0.051001          0.0000
             PAR     10+183.208            33.5239             0.051001         25.0000
             LIN     10+208.208            34.1467            -0.001179          0.0000
             LIN     10+235.186            34.1149             0.000000          0.0000

       (6) Microstation Design File Format:

       Bentley Systems, Inc. / Intergraph Corporation proprietary format.

                                                     Materials

00305.10 Materials - Furnish all materials including supplies, clothing, and incidentals
required to accomplish the work. Use materials of good quality and suitable for the purpose
intended. Stakes, hubs, and guinnies are to be of sufficient length to provide a solid set in
the ground. Mark the stakes in such a way as to remain legible for the intended duration.
Provide and use safety equipment required by State and federal regulations.

                                                    Equipment

 00305.20 Survey Equipment - Furnish survey equipment required to accomplish the
 work that meets the following requirements:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     49
  I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
  Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

       •   Components designed to work together.
       •   Suitable for the purpose intended.
       •   Capable of achieving specified tolerances.
       •   In good operating condition.
       •   Maintained to meet manufacturers specifications.
       •   Kept in proper adjustment throughout the duration of the Project.

    Submit documentation on survey equipment that is new to the industry, to the Engineer
    for review 21 days prior to its use. The Engineer will evaluate the equipment and
    intended application and provide approval or rejection within 21 days. Equipment may be
    used immediately upon approval by the Engineer.

                                                         Labor

00305.30 Personnel - Provide technically qualified personnel capable of performing required
tasks in a timely and accurate manner. Perform work under the direction and review of the
Surveyor.

The Surveyor is responsible for:

       • Maintaining registration as a Professional Land Surveyor in the State of Oregon.
       • Performing or validating requirements for procedures and testing of equipment.
       • Maintaining familiarity with the site conditions and progress of the Project.
       • Becoming familiar with the plans and specifications.
       • Determining notes and documentation required for types of survey work.
       • Determining the accuracy required for each survey stake.
       • Using appropriate equipment and methods.
       • Keeping close communication with the Project inspector(s), Project Manager, and
         Agency survey crews working on the Project.
       • Being familiar with the varying construction survey requirements of each aspect of the
         Project, including the various bridge construction techniques when applicable.
       • Notifying the Project inspector of conflicts and changes necessary due to utilities,
         match point variations, design revisions, or other variables.

The survey crew leader is responsible for:

       • becoming familiar with the plans and specifications.
       • keeping close communication with the Project inspector(s), Project Manager, and
         Agency survey crews working on the Project.
       • Notifying the Project inspector of conflicts and changes necessary due to utilities,
         match point variations, design revisions, or other variables.

                                                    Construction

00305.40 Construction Staking Tolerances - Set stakes or other devices at an adequate
frequency and within the following tolerances:

Item                                                                 Horizontal      Vertical
Box Culverts                                                             0.10 ft.    0.05 ft.
Bridge Substructures                                                     0.03 ft.    0.03 ft.



  SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 50
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Bridge Superstructures                                              0.02 ft.    0.02 ft.
   Clearing and Grubbing Stakes                                        1.00 ft.        n/a
   Construction Centerline Control Points                              0.05 ft.        n/a
   Construction Centerline Station Points                              0.10 ft.        n/a
   Curbs, Walks, and Bikepaths                                         0.03 ft.    0.02 ft.
   Grade Stakes - Roadway Subgrade                                     0.20 ft.    0.05 ft.
   Grade Stakes - Top of Rock                                          0.20 ft.    0.03 ft.
   Grade Stakes - Roadway Finish                                       0.10 ft.    0.02 ft.
   Manholes, Inlets, and Culverts                                      0.10 ft.    0.03 ft.
   PCC Pavement                                                        0.10 ft.    0.02 ft.
   Slope Stakes and References                                         0.30 ft.    0.10 ft.
   Traffic Markings                                                    0.20 ft.        n/a
   Walls - Retaining, MSE, Sound, etc.                                 0.10 ft.    0.05 ft.
   Wetland Mitigation Control Stakes                                   0.20 ft.    0.20 ft.
   Luminaire and Signal Poles (incl. ftgs.)                            0.20 ft.    0.03 ft.

   Miscellaneous items not listed above will have a horizontal and vertical tolerance of
   0.20 foot, unless otherwise directed. Features that are to be constructed flush to another
   surface should take on the same tolerance as that surface.

   Tolerances for special circumstances will be discussed at the pre-survey meeting.


00305.41 Slope Stakes and References - Set slope stakes and references on both sides
of centerline at 50 foot stations and at terrain breaks and changes in the typical section.
Establish slope stakes in the field as the actual point of intersection of the design roadway
slope with the existing ground line. Direct staking of the theoretical (computer generated)
slope stake catch point requires prior approval of the Engineer.

Set slope stake references farther out from centerline than the actual catch point. Include
all reference point and slope stake information on the reference stakes.

If an automated slope staking routine is intended to be used, the system shall be able to
perform the proper superelevation, lane transitions, and benching, as well as duplicate
other details in the design surface. The system shall record field modifications made to the
final catch slopes. Any modifications shall be recorded and provided to the Engineer.

Record the actual as staked (three dimensional) position of the slope and reference stakes.
Prepare field notes showing slope stake and reference information, and provide to the
Engineer.

00305.42 Clearing Limits - Set clearing limit stakes according to Section 00320. Space
clearing limit stakes at intervals not greater than 50 feet or as directed.

00305.43 Grade Stakes - Set grade stakes or other control for grade elevation and
horizontal alignment. Set grade stakes at each grade break line. Set additional points at
intervals, as necessary, not to exceed the width of the grading equipment, or as approved
by the Engineer. Set these rows at 50 foot stations or as required in special situations, as
in road connections and other areas where conditions require tighter spacing of grade
stakes to assure grade and alignment.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 51
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Measure and record confidence points upon completion of each course and prior to the
placement of the next course. Location and spacing of these confidence points shall be such
that they provide a reasonable record of the grade as constructed and placed at a nominal rate
of one confidence point for every 2,000 square feet of grade.

Provide confidence point data in the form of an ASCII Coordinate File Format to the Engineer for
analysis. The Engineer may request additional confidence points if quantity, distribution, or
placement does not meet the stated criteria in this subsection and in the confidence point
location guidelines in 00305.01. The Engineer may choose to collect additional confidence
points using Agency personnel.

The Engineer will evaluate the grade using any combination of industry-standard techniques
and the standard Agency confidence point analysis procedure. The confidence point analysis
will use the tolerance value defined in 00305.40 for the particular course, and will be deemed
unacceptable if less than two-thirds of all confidence points meet the tolerance or if any
confidence points exceed the tolerance by a factor of three or more.

The Engineer will evaluate the grade and provide acceptance or rejection before the end of the
first business day following receipt of the confidence point data. Do not begin placement of the
next course until the Engineer has accepted the grade and approval is given to proceed.


00305.44 Walls - Set stakes or other devices to control the location and elevation of walls,
including retaining walls, geotextile walls, wing walls, sound walls and other walls as specified.
Provide horizontal and vertical control for elements of wall(s) including but not limited to
footings, leveling pads, batter slope and direction, and top elevation. Stake drainage facilities,
electrical conduits, water pipes and other items shown or identified that are to be integrated into
the construction of the wall(s).


00305.45 Pipes and Culverts - Stake pipes and culverts to fit field conditions. Their location
may be different from the plans. Perform the following:

       • Determine the roadbed slope catch points at the inlet and outlet of pipes and culverts.
       • Set reference point offsets to pipes and culverts. Record information necessary to
         determine structure length and end treatments.
       • Stake ditches or grade to make pipes and culverts functional.
       • Complete a Culvert Data Sheet (Form 734-3247) according to Agency standards.
       • Submit a copy of the field notes to the Engineer by the next working day following
         completion of the staking work.


00305.47 Manholes and Inlets - Determine the location of manholes, inlets, siphon boxes,
slope protectors, and other similar structures. This may require an approved field adjustment to
the planned location in order to avoid obstacles or assure placement at the low point.
Determine the elevation of the center of the grate.

Set a stake referencing the center of the structure.                    Set a guard stake with the following
information written on it:




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                      52
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

               •   Type of structure
               •   Centerline station
               •   Centerline offset
               •   Reference distance
               •   Cut or fill to top of structure
               •   Center of structure elevation

Establish a reference line to control the alignment of the structure. Record data on the
Culvert Data Sheet (Form 734-3247) containing staking information for the outlet pipe from
the specific drainage structure.

00305.49 Horizontal Control - Establish horizontal control stations using Theodolite/EDM
network or static GPS techniques. Least squares adjustments shall be applied to either
method. The use of traverses will be permitted only if approved by the Engineer.

Preserve all Agency provided and Contractor established horizontal control stations for the
life of the Project. If the horizontal control network cannot be preserved in its original
position during construction or if the Agency provided control stations are not of adequate
quantity or location, establish a secondary horizontal control network using the original
control as a basis. This secondary control network may then be used by the Contractor to
layout all construction items and may be used by the Agency for right-of-way
monumentation and for other purposes.

      (a) General Specifications - Horizontal control networks shall conform to these
      general requirements in addition to Theodolite/EDM or GPS specifications to follow.

       (1) Equipment:

           • Use tripods for all occupations with theodolite, target, or GPS antenna.
           • Test all components and adjust according to manufacturer specifications.

      (2) Procedures:

           • Include in field notes a detailed point description and vicinity sketch for each
             control station and survey monument established or used.
           • Perform a minimally and fully constrained Least Squares adjustment.
           • The line used for the basis of bearing shall be greater than 1,000 feet unless
             approved by the Engineer.
           • Prior to using 2 points for the basis of bearing, perform an analysis to verify that
             the points are actually those indicated in the record.
           • Control station monuments shall conform to the requirements of the Agency
             "Right-of-Way Monumentation Policy" available from the Engineer.
           • If available, include at least three existing control stations in establishing any
             control network.
           • Establish a point identifier for each control point within the range of 1 - 399.
             Alphanumeric point identifiers up to eight characters may be used. Inscribe the
             point identifier on the monument.

(3) Acceptance Standards - A least squares adjustment shall be accepted base on the
following criteria for all specified tolerances.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               53
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           • Two-thirds of all values shall be within the total tolerance.
           • 100% of all values shall be within 3 times the total tolerance.
           • Tolerance for confidence regions at the 95% level is 0.05 feet + 50 ppm based
             on the shortest distance to the nearest unadjusted control station.

(4) Data Requirements:

           • Field notes containing a detailed point description and vicinity sketch for each
             control station and survey monument established or used.
           • Minimally and fully constrained least squares adjustment reports.

   (b) Theodolite/EDM Networks:

      (1) Equipment:

           • Use Theodolites with a maximum angular standard of error no greater than
              6 seconds.
           • Use EDMs with a maximum distance standard error no greater than  0.02 feet
              5 ppm.
           • All components shall be of compatible accuracy and designed to be used
             together.

      (2) Field Procedures:

           • Include distance measurements with all observations unless impractical.
           • Have at least one redundant observation for every point in the network.
           • Triangulation, trilateration, and resection methods are acceptable.

      (3) Acceptance Tolerances:

           • Tolerance for angle residuals is  3 seconds.
           • Tolerance for distance residuals is  0.02 feet  2 ppm.

      (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network or
      circuit established:

           • Raw Data Files - These are electronic data files containing original
             measurements produced by the Theodolite (total station). The file shall contain:

               • Observation data for each measurement, including:

                   •   point identifier
                   •   direction, plate reading, or horizontal angle
                   •   vertical or zenith angle
                   •   slope distance

               • Supplemental measurement data, including:

                   • distance units recorded
                   • angular units recorded



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           54
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                   • curvature and refraction correction applied
                   • atmospheric correction applied
                   • prism correction applied

               • Codes or instructions to the processing software on how to process the data.
               • Atmospheric conditions at the time of the survey.
               • Angular and distance units recorded, and whether the distance has been
                 corrected for curvature and refraction and/or atmospheric conditions.

           • Set Reduction Report - This report summarizes the reduction of the angle sets
             and mean distances.

           • Least Squares Adjustment Reports - These reports contain details of the
             least squares adjustment, including a list of all angular and distance residuals,
             confidence region values at a 95% confidence level, and final adjusted
             coordinates.

         (c) GPS Networks:

            (1) Equipment:

           • GPS receivers shall be dual frequency geodetic receivers with a manufacturer-
             specified accuracy of  0.02 feet  1 ppm or better.
           • All components shall be of compatible accuracy and designed to be used
             together.

            (2) Field Procedures:

           • Ensure that satellite geometry during the field observation phase is sufficient to
             produce accurate results. The geometric dilution of precision (GDOP) shall not
             be greater than 8.
           • The number of healthy satellites being observed at any time shall be four or
             more.
           • The elevation mask shall be not less than 15 degrees.
           • Horizontal survey measurements, once completed, shall form a closed figure,
             and shall be connected to at least two existing horizontal control stations.
           • Network shall be comprised entirely of independent baselines.
           • Adjacent stations shall have direct connections.
           • Every station shall be connected to two or more stations.
           • Receiver documentation shall be followed for observation times and epoch
             intervals.
           • Each control station shall be occupied no less than twice, of which two
             occupations shall be separated from each other by time. Separation shall be
             measured start-time to start-time. Separation shall be 90 minutes or more from
             initial occupation and 90 minutes or more from any 12 hour multiple thereafter
             for 30 days. Additional occupations beyond two are not subject to time
             restrictions.
           • Back-to-back occupations of 90 minutes or more shall be separated by off
             leveling and re-setting the tripod and rotation of the tribrach or leveling
             equipment by 120 degrees or more.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             55
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           • Stations closer together than 1,500 feet shall be connected with terrestrial
             observations.
           • Inter-visible stations closer together than 3,000 feet shall be connected with
             terrestrial observations.

      (3) Acceptance Tolerances:

           • Tolerance for linear residuals in latitude, longitude, and elevation is  0.05 feet.

      (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network
      established:

           • Receiver Independent Exchange (RINEX) Data Files - These are
             industry-standard non-proprietary electronic data files containing original data
             collected by the receiver. The provided files shall contain all data supported by
             both the RINEX file format and the equipment and software employed in the
             survey. Files provided shall include as a minimum:

               • GPS observation data file
               • GPS navigation message file

           • Observation Log Sheet - This log includes, for each observation, start and
             stop times, and antenna height including measurement procedure.

           • Least Squares Adjustment Reports - These reports contain details of the
             least squares adjustment, including a list of all latitude, longitude, and height
             residuals, confidence region values at a 95% confidence level, and final
             adjusted coordinates.

      (d) Traverses:

      (1) Equipment:

           • Identical to requirements for Theodolite/EDM networks.

      (2) Field Procedures:

           • Include distance measurements with all observations unless impractical.
           • Close both traverse for angle and distance.

      (3) Acceptance Standards:

      Closure shall be a minimum of 1:20,000 after angular adjustment and prior to
      coordinate adjustment.

      (4) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each traverse
      established:

           • Adjustment Report - This report contains details of the traverse adjustment,
             including adjusted coordinates.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                56
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           • Other Reports - All data required for Theodolite/EDM networks except least
             squares adjustment report.

00305.50 Vertical Control - Establish vertical control stations using differential leveling
and third order or better equipment and techniques. The development of vertical control by
techniques other than differential leveling must be approved by the Engineer. A least
squares adjustment shall be applied to each network of acceptable level circuits.

The Agency provided and Contractor established vertical control stations shall be preserved
for the life of the Project. If the vertical control network cannot be preserved in its original
position during construction or if the Agency provided control stations are not of adequate
quantity or location, establish a secondary vertical control network using the original control
as a basis. This secondary control network would then be used to layout all construction
items and may be used by the Agency for other purposes.

(a) Field Procedures:

       • Use a compensated (or "automatic") optical level or compensated digital level.
       • Use precise non-adjustable rod(s) unless otherwise directed. Do not use "Lenker"
         or self-computing rods.
       • Use a rod level with each rod.
       • Include a minimum of two published bench marks in each circuit unless otherwise
         directed.
       • If the circuit between benches does not close within the tolerance stated below,
         close circuit back to the starting point.
       • If the use of one benchmark is approved, close circuit back to the starting point.
       • Select turning points that are firm, solid objects with a defined high point. Set a
         nail, spike, or stake if no existing items are acceptable. Turning plates with a
         weight of not less than 4.5 pounds may be used.
       • Balance backsight and foresight distances to within 30 feet on each setup and to
         within 30 feet on the entire circuit.
       • Make a record of the rod reading(s) and the observation distance on each sighting
       • Set TBMs near significant construction items (bridges, intersections, and other
         locations where elevations will be needed) and not more than 1,000 feet apart
         throughout the Project.
       • Select TBM monuments that are firm, solid objects with a defined high point, not
         likely to be moved by human or natural influences, readily identifiable, and out of
         the path of construction. Do not use fire hydrants, guardrails, highway signs, or
         nails or spikes in utility poles or fence posts.
       • Include detailed point descriptions and vicinity sketch in field notes.
       • Take field notes when recording measurements electronically. Include data and
         information not electronically measured and recorded.
       • Apply a vertical least squares adjustment to allowable errors. The use of
         proportional distribution of error may be used if approved by the Engineer.

(b) Acceptance Standards - Each leveling circuit shall be accepted based on the "point-
to-point" or "closed-loop" limits described below. A single least squares adjustment shall be
applied to the observations in the leveling circuits meeting the acceptance standards

       • Accept point to point circuit based on the following. Error of closure shall be no
         greater than:



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              57
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development



                Allowable Error  0.05 ft. D

                D = Shortest level line distance in miles

           • If a closed loop, the error of closure shall be no greater than:

                Allowable Error  0.035 ft. E

                E = Perimeter of level loop in miles

(c) Data Requirements - Provide the following to the Engineer for each network or circuit
established:

           • Raw Data - These are hand written field notes or hand written field notes
             accompanied by electronic data files containing original measurements produced
             by the level. The file shall contain:

               • Data for each measurement, including a:

                   • point identifier (within a range of 400 - 499 and also inscribed on the
                     monument)
                   • rod reading
                   • observation distance

               • Supplemental measurement data, including:

                   • distance units recorded
                   • curvature and refraction correction applied

           • Level Computation Report - This report contains the computation of unadjusted
             elevations, observation distance imbalances, computer allowable error, and
             closure error.

           • Level Adjustment Report - This report contains the adjustment details, including
             residual values, adjusted elevations and standard errors.

           • ASCII Elevation Data File



00305.51 Bridges - Set stakes, nails, or other devices to control the location and elevation of
the various parts of bridges and progressive phases of construction. Provide horizontal and
vertical control for all elements of bridge construction. Stake drainage facilities, electrical
conduits, water and sewer pipes, pedestrian and bicycle facilities, traffic signal and sign
supports, illumination devices, and other items shown or identified that are to be integrated into
the construction of the bridge.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            58
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

Identify marks or provide field notes or reports to the Engineer. Such provision of
information shall be adequate for the Engineer to review the location and elevation of the
mark for the intended purpose prior to incorporating material that is based on the mark.

(a) Bridge Survey Control Stations - Use the smallest number of original Project control
stations as is practical for establishing positions and reference points for bridge construction
on one bridge. Use of multiple control stations will increase the probability of incorporating
error into the construction. Use control stations that are as closely related mathematically
as practical. The Contractor may establish additional control stations as necessary to
complete the survey work. Additional control stations shall be established in such a manner
as to provide the accuracy needed to meet the tolerances in 00305.40.

Original Project control stations shall be used only after the following evaluation is
completed for each bridge:

       • Supply a list of original Project horizontal and vertical control stations intended by
         the Contractor to be used in establishing positions on a given bridge.
       • Measure relative positions of original Project horizontal control stations intended to
         be used.
       • Measure elevation differences between original Project vertical control stations
         intended to be used.
       • Supply horizontal and vertical measurement data to the Engineer.
       • Compare measured values with those computed from original horizontal network
         coordinates and vertical network elevations.
       • Any discrepancy of concern to either the Contractor or the Engineer will be
         resolved before that combination of control stations is used.

(b) Layout Marks and Reference Points:

    (1) Substructure - Stake, reference, or otherwise identify locations, orientations, and
    elevations necessary for placement of substructure components, including but not
    limited to cofferdams, pilings (including batter), footings, columns, abutments, caps,
    cross beams, bearing devices, temporary supports or falsework, and excavations and
    embankments associated with any of the above.

    Verify and document the locations, elevations and spatial relationships with adjacent
    substructure components. On bridges where prefabricated beams will be used,
    measure
    and document span lengths between bearing devices at each beam location as soon as
    practical. Supply a copy of such documentation to the Engineer for review before the
    next stage of construction.

    Compute the final elevations after studying the plans, specifications, and shop
    drawings. Adjust the grades as needed to compensate for camber of prefabricated
    beams, chording of beams across the low side of superelevations, width of flat beams
    on superelevated surfaces, and any other factor resulting from design or construction
    methods.

    (2) Superstructure - Stake, reference or otherwise identify locations, orientations, and
    elevations necessary for placement of superstructure components including but not
    limited to beams, girders, diaphragms, earthquake restraints, deck, rails, structure



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              59
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

        mounted traffic control and illumination devices, and concrete forms, temporary
        supports and falsework associated with any of the above.

Stake alignment of structure as needed at each stage of construction. Stake alignment of
poured-in-place items at 10 foot stations or as established by the Engineer. Stake alignment for
the following items as needed to maintain the horizontal tolerance defined in 00305.40:

               •   Outside edge of girder(s).
               •   Face(s) or centerline(s) of internal girders or stem walls.
               •   Edge of deck.
               •   Alignment of grade breaks.
               •   Pedestrian and bicycle facilities.
               •   Rails and railings.

Stake grades at each stage of construction. Stake grade of poured-in-place items at 10 foot
stations, or as established by the Engineer. Apply corrections to design grades based on the
dynamics of the evolving structure. Corrections that may be required depend upon the design
of the bridge and the construction methods employed. Provide correction values to the
Engineer at least 15 working days prior to incorporating into the structure. The following list is
examples of possible corrections:

               • Design camber (upward adjustment to compensate for anticipated deflection).
               • Structural deflection (deflection of the bridge under its own increasing weight).
               • Post tensioning lift (upward movement of the bridge under post tensioning
                 forces).
               • Structural shifting (dynamics of the bridge under eccentric loading).
               • Falsework deflection (deflection of falsework beams under increasing weight).
               • Falsework crush (compression of falsework supports under increasing weight).
               • Form crush (compression of forms under increasing weight).
               • Equipment deflection (deflection of deck finishing machine or deck rails).
               • Other adjustments to staked value to achieve the design grade.

(c) Bridge Deck Grades - Set stakes or other devices to control the deck grade elevations.
The exact process will depend upon the type of deck and the equipment being used. Stake and
construct finished deck grades within the tolerances of 00305.40.

           (1) Portland Cement Concrete Deck - The surveyor and survey crew leader shall
           attend the first of the two deck pre-placement conferences, described in 00540.02(a),
           required for each deck placement.

           Control of a PCC deck may involve significant work with the deck placement crew to
           establish control for a deck finishing machine. Rails for supporting the deck finishing
           machine are generally set up on either side of the deck. Each rail is held up by
           adjustable supports every 5 feet. Adjust the rail at each support to the desired grade
           while the rail is supporting the weight of the finishing machine. Corrections may need
           to be applied as listed in 00305.51(b-2).

           (2) Asphaltic Concrete Deck - Control of an AC deck will not generally involve as
           many variables as PCC. An AC deck serves as a wearing surface, but not a
           structural component. Asphaltic concrete will frequently be used as filler to create the
           desired superelevations when flat beams form the superstructure. Stake control of



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             60
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

          the finish grade like any asphalt finish grade. Under some circumstances, design
          camber and structural deflection may need to be considered.


    00305.52 Pavements - Set stakes or other control devices to control the location and
    elevation of asphalt and PCC pavement as shown. Provide surveying or survey-related
    activity necessary to control grade, thickness, and smoothness as required.

    00305.53 Signs, Signals, Illumination and Fabricated Items - Determine the exact
    location and their relative location to roadway and bridge features as appropriate such as
    edge of pavement, curbs, islands, sidewalks, sidewalk ramps, lane lines, bridge columns,
    bridge decks, and other existing features for the following items:

      •   Posts and poles including foundations.
      •   Cabinets.
      •   Junction boxes.
      •   Detectors.
      •   Sign Structures
      •   Other similar sign, signal, and illumination appurtenances.

    Provide the following documentation to the Engineer before submitting working drawings:

      • Field verified length of poles, posts, mast arms, and tenon locations.
      • Field verified orientation of triangular bases for poles.
      • Field verified measurements of all existing features including orientation and
        relationship to all other new appurtenances and new fabricated items.
      • Plan, elevation, and side views.
      • Identification of all obstacles.

    Field adjustment to the planned location may be required in order to avoid obstacles and
    to ensure its placement in a functional location. Do not submit working drawings until the
    Engineer returns the field verified documents. The Engineer will return field verified
    documents within 21 calendar days after receipt of the documents.

    Set a stake referencing the center of the item. Set a guard stake with the following
    information written on it:

      •   Description of item (by plan number if applicable).
      •   Centerline station.
      •   Centerline offset distance.
      •   Cut or fill from reference point (and what point the cut or fill is to).
      •   Intended elevation.

If the orientation of the item is significant and is not clear, establish a reference line for the
skew of the item.

Have bridge layout and roadway layout features staked, including referencing, no more than
seven calendar days before submitting field verification documents.

                                                       Temporary




   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             61
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00305.60 Temporary Protection and Direction of Traffic - Provide all work zone signing
conforming to "ODOT Signing and Flagging Standards for Short Term Work Zones 1998" and
"Short Term Traffic Control Handbook for ODOT Survey Crews 1998".

Signs for use by the survey crew may be constructed of plywood, sheet aluminum or fabric.
Signs, flaggers and flagger equipment shall conform to the requirements of Section 00225.

                                       Maintenance and Monumentation

00305.70 Preservation of Survey Markers:

(a) Project Control Points Established by the Engineer - Maintain, relocate or replace
existing survey monuments, control points, and stakes, as determined by the Engineer.
Perform the work to produce the same level of accuracy as the original monument(s) in a timely
manner, and at no additional cost to the Agency.

(b) Monuments of Record - Preserve survey monuments according to 00170.82(c), and
ORS 209.140 and ORS 209.150. If such monuments are to be disturbed or destroyed, comply
with requirements of these ORS at no additional cost to the Agency.

00305.71 Project Monumentation - The Contractor will not be responsible for performing
right-of-way monumentation.

                                                     Measurement

00305.80 Measurement - No measurement of quantities will be made for construction survey
work.

                                                        Payment

00305.90 Payment - The accepted quantities of performing construction survey work will be
paid for at the Contract lump sum amount for the item "Construction Survey Work".

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all material, equipment, labor, and incidentals
necessary to complete the work as specified.

No separate or additional payment will be made for all temporary protection and direction of
traffic measures including flaggers and signing necessary for the performance of the
construction survey work.

No separate or additional payment will be made for preparing surveying documents including
but not limited to office time, preparing and checking survey notes, and all other related
preparation work.

The amount to be allowed for "Construction Survey Work" in the progress payments will not be
in excess of the reasonable value of the surveying work performed under this specification as
said reasonable value is estimated by the Engineer.

Costs incurred as a result of survey errors will be borne by the Contractor. Such costs include
price adjustments for failure to meet requirements of the construction specifications, repair or
removal and replacement of deficient product, and over-run of material.



   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           62
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




           SECTION 00310 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS

 Comply with Section 00310 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

 00310.00 Scope – Add the following subsection at the end of the first paragraph:

 Includes removal and disposal of abandoned utility facility structures such as natural gas
 4-inch steel pipe (estimated 1000ft.), wiring, PVC conduit, and cast iron water pipe
 encountered during normal excavation.

 00310.41(a) General - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and
 title, with the following:

 Where an abutting structure or part of a structure is to be left in place, make clean,
 smooth, vertical cuts with a saw or other approved cutting device. Avoid operations that
 may damage any portion of the remaining structure.


 00310.80 Measurement - Add the following to the end of the length and area bullet:

 Asphalt pavement cutting will be the length of the actual cut based on a depth of 6 inches.
 If the depth is greater than 6 inches, the length will be adjusted by converting to an
 equivalent number of feet on a proportionate length basis.

 00310.91 Lump Sum Basis - Add the following paragraph:

 The estimated quantities of work included in “Removal of Structures and Obstructions” are:

                 Pay Item                                                         Quantity
          Removal of Fences                                                       391.5 LF
          Removal of Guardrail                                                    1173 LF
          Removal of Barriers                                                     3338 LF
          Removal of Pavement, AC/PCC                                             7962 SY
          Removal of Pipes                                                        477 LF
          Removal of Inlets                                                       3 EA
          Removal of Manholes                                                     2 EA

“Removal of Barriers” includes removal of existing concrete median barrier with grout pad
underneath the barrier as shown on the plans.

“Removal of Lift Station” includes excavation, dewatering, removal of existing housing
structure, wet well, pumps, manholes, retaining wall, pipes and associated mechanical and
electrical appurtenances. “Removal of Lift Station” also includes the characterization,
handling, management and disposal of water and sediments according to 00290,

00310.91 Lump Sum Basis - Update the pay item list with the following:

               (e) Removal of Lift Station                                           Lump Sum



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 63
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00310.92 Separate Item Basis - Add the following pay item to the pay item list:

                   (g) Asphalt Pavement Saw Cutting .................................... Foot

Item (g) applies to asphalt pavement saw cutting when shown.


                               SECTION 00320 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING

Comply with Section 00320 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as
follows:

00320.01 Areas of Work - Add the following at the beginning of this subsection:

Do not conduct clearing or grubbing beyond the area necessary for construction of the project.


00320.40 (a) Clearing Trees and Other Vegetation - Add the following after the first sentence
of this subsection:

Perform required clearing between September 1 and February 28, unless otherwise approved in
writing. Notify the Project Manager at least 10 Calendar Days prior to beginning clearing
operations. If clearing occurs in stages, notify the Project Manager at least 10 Calendar Days
prior to beginning each new stage of clearing.

Stabilize disturbed ground according to 00280.42.

00320.40 (b) Preserving and Trimming Vegetation - Add the following to the end of this
subsection:

    (4) Trees To Be Saved - The Engineer will identify and mark trees to be saved.
         Provide and place orange plastic mesh fencing, from the QPL, around critical root
         zones of marked trees or tree groups as directed. Do not begin construction activity or
         move equipment into existing tree areas until the plastic mesh fencing is in place.

          Do not work within the critical root zone of marked trees unless written approval is
          obtained from the Engineer. Be responsible for all damage to or for removal of marked
          trees. Tree damage will be determined by a certified arborist selected by the Engineer.

          00320.90 Payment - Add the following after the first paragraph of this subsection:
          No separate or additional payment will be made for plastic mesh fencing.



                                         SECTION 00330 - EARTHWORK

Comply with Section 00330 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             64
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    00330.03 Basis of Performance - Add the following paragraph to the end of this
    subsection:

    Perform all earthwork under this Section except for Placement of Riprap on the excavation
    basis.

    00330.20 Tamping Foot Rollers - In the paragraph, replace "115 tons" with "15 tons".

    00330.41(a-5) Waste Materials - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection
    number and title, with the following:

    Unless otherwise specifically allowed and subject to the requirements of 00280.03, dispose
    of materials, classed as waste materials in 00330.41(a-3) and 00330.41(a-4), outside and
    beyond the limits of the Project and Agency controlled property according to 00290.20. Do
    not dispose of materials on wetlands, either public or private, or within 300 feet of rivers or
    streams.

    00330.41(a-9) Excavation Below Grade - Delete the bullet that begins "Unstable
    Subgrade…".


    00330.42(c-3) Embankment Slope Protection - Add the following paragraph:

    Construct the outer 12 inches of embankments with suitable materials to establish slope
    stabilization through permanent seeding. If suitable material is not available, provide
    suitable materials from a Contractor-provided source which conforms to the requirements of
    00330.11 or 00330.13 and provides favorable conditions for germination of seed and
    growth of grass.


    00330.80 Measurement - Replace the bullet that begins "Volume basis, computed by…",
    with the following bullet:

       • Volume basis, based on the Agency's digital terrain model (DTM) calculated by End
         Area Volume, or by other methods of equivalent accuracy.


    00330.90 Payment – Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

    No separate or additional payment will be made for trenching, backfilling, coordinating and
    time allowed for the vault and conduits placed by others prior to completing roadway
    embankment.


00330.91(d) General Excavation - Delete the bullet that begins "Includes unsuitable
material…".

00330.92 Kinds of Incidental Earthwork - Delete the bullet that reads "If shown on the
plans.".




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             65
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                               SECTION 00331 - SUBGRADE STABILIZATION

Comply with Section 00331 of the Standard Specifications.


                                            SECTION 00340 - WATERING

Comply with Section 00340 of the Standard Specifications.


                            SECTION 00350 - GEOSYNTHETIC INSTALLATION

Comply with Section 00350 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


00350.10 Materials - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Provide manufacturer's            certifications       complying         with     02320.10(c)      for   the   following
geosynthetic(s):

                                                                          Certification
                                 Geotextile                          Level A       Level B


                            Drainage, Type 2....................... ...................... X

                            Riprap, Type 2 .......................... ...................... X
                            Subgrade .................................. ...................... X


                                 Geogrid

                            Drainage, Type 2....................... ...................... X
                            Riprap, Type 2 .......................... ...................... X


                                    SECTION 00390 - RIPRAP PROTECTION

Comply with Section 00390 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00390.11(b) Test Requirements - Under the "Requirement" column next to "Sediment Height"
replace 8" with 8.0".



               SECTION 00405 - TRENCH EXCAVATION, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL

    Comply with Section 00405 of the Standard Specifications.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                                  66
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                      SECTION 00440 - COMMERCIAL GRADE CONCRETE

Comply with Section 00440 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00440.10 Materials - In the list of materials, delete the "Aggregates....02690" line.


00440.14(a) General - In the work item list, replace the square tube sign support line with
the following line:

              Perforated Steel Square Tube Sign Support Footings .......... 00920



               SECTION 00442 - CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALS

Comply with Section 00442 of the Standard Specifications.


  SECTION 00445 - SANITARY, STORM, CULVERT, SIPHON, AND IRRIGATION PIPE

Comply with Section 00445 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00445.80(a) Pipes - In the length bullet, add ", to the nearest foot" after the word
"applicable".


00445.91 Payment – Add the following paragraph before the paragraph that begins “ In
Item (a)….”
Payment will be payment in full for HDPE pipe coming out of the lift station starting from 5
feet beyond the valve vaults for furnishing and placing all materials, and for furnishing all
equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.


00445.91 Payment – Add the following bullet to the bullet list:
          ..................... Pipe bends



                 SECTION 00470 - MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, AND INLETS


Comply with Section 00470 of the Standard Specifications.



                                    SECTION 00471 - LIFT STATIONS


                                                   Description




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           67
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00471.00 Scope - This section describes work necessary for constructing a storm water Lift
Station, including the wet wells, valve vaults, pumps and accessories, piping connections, and
all other work required for the installation, as shown on the drawings and specified herein,
complete. The work required for the Pump Station also includes all shoring, dewatering,
excavation, disposal of materials, and backfill needed for construction of the Pump Station.

This section also describes the temporary management of storm water during the period when
the existing storm water Pump Station is taken out of operation while the new Pump Station and
sewage piping are constructed.

References to Lift Station refer to standard structures of specific design and use, and are
identified on the plans. The term “concrete” refers to commercial grade concrete.

00471.01 General Description – The work items for the Stormwater Lift Station consist of work
to be performed by the General Contractor, work to be performed by a Mechanical
Subcontractor, and work to be performed by an Electrical Subcontractor. Coordination with the
utility (PP&L) is required.

          (a) General Contractor – This contractor shall be responsible for the complete and
          operational Lift Station system. The contractor shall make temporary storm water
          discharge provisions, provide all shoring, excavate, and backfill for installation of the
          pre-cast concrete structures, and coordinate and schedule the work.

          (b) Mechanical Subcontractor – This contractor shall provide the Pumps, the ductile
          iron piping and valves within and between the pre-cast concrete structures. This
          contractor’s responsibility ends 5 feet beyond the valve vaults.            Coordinate
          continuation by others. This contractor shall have an Electrical Controls Contractor as
          a third tier Sub-contractor. This third tier contractor will prepare the control shop
          drawings required by paragraph 471.04(c), install all control wiring, conduit and
          devices, and lead the testing and commissioning of the completed installation.

          (c) Electrical Sub-Contractor – This contractor will provide the 480 volt power and
          devices specified in the Appendix A (Division 16) specifications and shown on
          drawings. This contractor will coordinate the control connections to the motor starter
          required by the sequence of operations. This contractor will coordinate with PPL for the
          exact breaker to furnish power to the new MCC, and for a new power meter located at
          the MCC.


00471.02 Referenced Standards – As follows:

           AWWA             American Water Works Association
           ANSI             American National Standards Institute
           NEMA             National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association
           UL               Underwriters’ Laboratories
           UPC              Uniform Plumbing Code




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             68
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    00471.03       Precast Construction – Concrete Lift Stations shall be precast, as shown or
    specified.

    00471.04       Submittals

          (a) Product Data – Submit manufacturer’s technical product data and installation
          instructions for Pump Station materials pumps, controls, and accessories.

          (b) Vault Shop Drawings – Submit shop drawings for wet wells and valve vault
          construction showing reinforcing details, piping materials, size, locations, and
          elevations. Include details of structures, connections, and accessories. Show
          interface and spatial relationship between piping and adjacent structures. Include
          calculations as specified. Drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a
          registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Oregon.

          (c) Electrical Control Shop Drawings – Submit shop drawings.

                (1) Submit Wiring Diagrams for all panels: Show internal wiring. Show general
                physical arrangement of component devices installed in the panels. Provide
                elementary ladder diagrams to show the function of circuits employing switching
                logic for each electric motor operated unit.

                (2) Submit Interconnect Drawings. Show all field wiring for equipment and
                devices. Identify the type and size of wire and assign unique numbers to every
                wire. Identify equipment and devices by the reference designations shown on the
                drawings. Provide material list on each control drawing. Provide schematics
                showing the layout of controllers, wiring termination at device, panel, and MCC.
                The schematics shall include the system and component layout of any equipment
                that the control system monitors, enables or controls, even it the equipment is
                primarily controlled by packaged or integral controls.

                (d) Temporary Storm Water Management Plan – Submit plan for capturing,
                storing, loading, hauling, and disposing of storm water during the time the existing
                storm water Pump Station is not operational. Include all means and methods, as
                well as disposal location.

                 (e) O&M Manual Draft – At 50% of construction, submit a Draft O&M Manual
                for review. Submit Final O&M Manual prior to second notice.

                (f) Record Drawings – At third notification, submit record drawings, O&M
                manuals, and testing results from the controls construction and pump installation.

                                                         Materials

00471.10 General - Furnish only industrial quality materials and equipment. All items proposed
for use shall be submitted for approval as soon as practicable after Award and before
procurement of any materials. Submit per paragraph ”Submittals”.


00471.11 Submersible Pumps:




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              69
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      (a) General Requirements:

            (1)    Submersible Pumps: Shall be as manufactured by Hydromatic, Flygt, FM,
                   ABS, or equal. Pumps shall be designed for handling raw, unscreened
                   sewage. Pump impellers shall permit passage of 3-inch solids minimum and
                   shall have an open design which prevents clogging with rags.

            (2)    Pump Motors:        Shall be submersible rated suitable for sump pump
                   applications, and bear UL or FM label. Pump motor shall be capable of
                   intermittent duty in air, continuous load operation, and continuous on-off
                   cycling of 12 starts per hour. Provide each pump motor with sufficient length
                   of heavy-duty waterproof cable to reach adjacent junction box as shown on
                   the Drawings. Cable shall be suitable for installation in submerged wet well.
                   Coordinate exact length.

            (3)    All components of submersible pump systems, including pump, guide rails,
                   motor, and accessories shall be FM or UL Label.

            (4)    Each pump shall be connected to a discharge base and capable of being
                   removed and installed by use of guide rails and lifting cables and/or chains
                   without the need for personnel to enter the wet well. Each pump shall be
                   sealed to its discharge base by a machined metal-to-metal watertight
                   connection. No portion of a pump shall bear directly on the floor of the wet
                   well.

            (5)    Pumps shall be of standard manufacturer’s designs as shown in pump
                   manufacturer’s catalogs and publications. Modifications or alterations of the
                   standard manufacturer’s pump designs will not be allowed.

      (b) Pumps Operational Requirements - Four pumps are required with performance
      as indicated on the drawings. All pumps shall be totally submersible, non-clog, and
      designed for pumping water containing solids.

      (c) Pump Construction:

            (1)    Major pump components, including volute, impeller, motor housing, and
                   pump discharge base shall be grey cast iron, ASTM A 48, with smooth
                   surfaces devoid of blow holes or other irregularities.

            (2)    All metal surfaces coming into contact with sewage, other than stainless
                   steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory-applied coating system
                   consisting of prime and finish coats suitable for the environmental conditions
                   encountered within a submersible wastewater Pump Station. All nuts and
                   bolts in contact with wastewater shall be stainless steel or brass.

      (d) Impellers:

            (1)    Impellers shall be of non-clogging design capable of handling solids, fibrous
                   materials, heavy sludge, and other matter found in wastewater. Impellers
                   shall be capable of passing a minimum 3-inch diameter solid.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               70
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

            (2)    Impellers shall be cast iron, retained to shafts by means of a key and
                   fastener. Impellers shall be dynamically balanced.

            (3)    Wear rings shall be one of the following:

                       Hardened stainless steel wear rings on volute/case and impeller. ASTM
                        A 743-CA40 MOD (410 to 484 Brinnell), respectively. The difference
                        between the hardness of the volute wear ring and the impeller wear ring
                        shall be at least 50 Brinell in order to prevent galling between the wear
                        surface.

                       Nitrile rubber coated steel ring insert that is drive fitted to the volute inlet.
                        Pump shall also have a stainless steel impeller wear ring heat-shrink
                        fitted onto the suction inlet of the impeller.

      (e) Volute and Sliding Bracket:

            (1)    Volutes shall be constructed of cast iron and shall have smooth fluid
                   passages large enough to pass any size solid that can pass the impeller.
                   Volutes shall be centerline flanged discharge.

            (2)    Sliding bracket assembly shall be a part of the pumping unit constructed so
                   that the when lowered to the discharge base, the knifing action of the vertical
                   metal-to-metal seal provides a self-cleaning, non-clogging, UL-listed, non-
                   sparking assembly.

      (f)   Sealing Flange:

            (1)    A sealing flange shall be mounted on each pump discharge. It shall have a
                   machined mating flange which matches the base elbow discharge
                   connection.

      (g) Guide Rails:

            (1)    Guide rails used to direct the pump to proper alignment with the stationary
                   discharge piping shall be of a dual-rail design, with two guide rails provided
                   for each pump. Guide rails shall be Schedule 40 stainless steel pipe, with
                   lengths as required. Each pair of guide rails shall be positioned inside the
                   wet well such that the weight of the associated pump will be borne equally by
                   the two guide rails. All installations in which a pump cannot be slid freely up
                   and down the associated guide rails will be rejected. Guide rails and
                   brackets shall be suitable for the pumps specified or approved.

            (2)    Each pump shall be automatically connected to the discharge connection
                   elbow when lowered into place, and shall be easily removable for inspection
                   or service. There shall be no need for personnel to enter pump well.
                   Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection elbow shall be
                   accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                       71
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

(h) Carrier Guide Bracket - A sliding guide bracket shall be attached to the pump. The
    sliding carrier guide bracket shall be fabricated from stainless steel. The carrier shall
    be mounted on the pump so lifting is done from the carrier and no strain is placed on
    the pump or guide rails. Fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. Carrier shall be
    designed to lift from centered loop.

(i)   Discharge Base Elbow with Base Plate - The discharge base elbow furnished for
      each pump shall be attached to a flat steel fabricated base plate which rests squarely
      on the wet-well floor. The flat base plate shall assure the pump has a smooth surface
      on which to rest when lowered into position. The base plate shall include a leveling
      bolt adjustment as well as adjustable guide rail supports which hold the guide rail pipes
      at the bottom. The pump discharge with sealing flange shall align with the base elbow
      of the base plate assembly. The sealing face of the base discharge elbow shall be
      smooth and shall be heavily coated with zinc spray to provide a smooth corrosion
      resistant and abrasion resistant surface. All fasteners shall be 300 series stainless
      steel.

(j)   Lifting Chain/Cable – Each pumping unit shall be provided with a lifting chain or
      cable. The lifting chain or cable shall be of sufficient length to extend from the
      pumping unit at one end to the top of the wet well at the other end. The access frame
      shall provide a hook to attach the lifting chain or cable when not in use. The lifting
      chain or lifting cable shall be sized according to the pump weight.

(k) Pump Testing

            (1)     Each pump shall be factory tested by the manufacturer for capacity, power
                   requirement, and efficiency. Certified pump performance curves shall be
                   furnished for approval prior to delivery of the pumps.

            (2)    Start-Up and Field Testing: Start-up and operational field tests shall be
                   conducted by the pump manufacturer’s factory trained start-up
                   representative. The start-up and operational test shall be conducted as
                   scheduled by the contractor coordinated with Electrical controls installation
                   testing. Final site specific level control adjustments shall be made to ensure
                   proper functioning of the system.

(l)   Pump Motors:

            (1)    Each submersible pump shall be driven by a completely sealed, electric,
                   immersible, squirrel cage induction motor with minimum 1.15 service factor,
                   460 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz power. The pump shall operate below the rated
                   horsepower without utilizing the service factor over the entire range of the
                   pump curve.

            (2)    The immersible motor shall be FM or UL labled. Motor shall be capable of
                   continuous submersion in wastewater without loss of watertight integrity to a
                   depth of 65 feet.

            (3)    The stator winding and lead shall be insulated with moisture-resistant Class
                   F insulator for continuous duty in 40 degree C rise liquids. The motor shall
                   be designed for continuous duty capable of a minimum of 12 starts per hour.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               72
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


            (4)    Thermal switches shall be embedded in the motor windings to monitor the
                   temperature of each phase winding. These thermal switches shall be used
                   in conjunction with, and supplemental to, external motor overload protection
                   and shall be connected to the control panel. Thermal switches shall shut
                   down the pump if high temperatures are detected, and automatically reset
                   once temperature returns to normal. Thermal switches shall be set at a
                   temperature recommended by the pump manufacturer.

    (m) Pump Shaft – Pump and motor shaft shall be the same unit. Machine entire shaft
        of 416 stainless steel with shaft completely isolated from wastewater.

    (n)     Bearings – Pump shaft shall rotate on two bearings. Motor bearings shall be
            permanently grease lubricated. The upper bearing shall be a single row roller
            bearing, and the lower bearing shall be a two-row angular contact bearing to
            compensate for axial thrust and radial forces. Bearings shall have a B10 bearing
            life of 40,000 hours.

    (o)     Mechanical Seals:

            (1)    Pumps shall be provided with a tandem mechanical shaft seal system
                   consisting of two completely independent seal assemblies. The seals shall
                   operate in a lubricant reservoir that hydrodynamically lubricates the lapped
                   seal faces at a constant rate. The lower, primary seal unit shall contain one
                   stationary and one positively driven rotating tungsten carbide ring. The
                   upper seal shall contain one stationary tungsten carbide seal ring and one
                   positively driven rotating carbon seal ring. Each seal interface shall be held
                   in contact by its own spring system. The seals shall require neither
                   maintenance nor adjustment, and shall not depend on direction of rotation
                   for sealing.

            (2)    Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing
                   system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling and
                   to provide for lubricant expansion capacity.

            (3)    Seal lubricant shall be non-toxic.

            (4)    Provide a moisture sensor in the oil chamber to protect against damage from
                   water contamination.

       (p) Power Cables – Power cables shall be sized according to NEC and ICEA
           standards, and as specified. Cable shall be of sufficient length to reach
           disconnect without the need for splices, and with a minimum of 10 feet of slack.
           The outer jacket of the cable shall be oil resistant chloroprene rubber. Cable
           shall be capable of continuous submersion in wastewater without loss of
           watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet.

       (q) Cooling System – The motor cooling system shall allow for continuous pumping
           of wastewater with temperatures up to 40 degrees C, with the motor submerged,
           partially submerged, or in air. Motor cooling shall be obtained by providing an
           adequately rated motor with sufficient surface area for ambient cooling.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               73
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00471.12       Electrical and Instrumentation:

           (a) Electrical Power and Control Panel: The electrical power and control equipment
           for each Pump Station shall be housed in a NEMA-4X enclosure provided with hinged
           doors complete with handles and three-point latching devices. All wiring inside the
           panels shall be neatly bundled, tied, and supported at regular intervals. All wires shall
           be identified with sleeve type wire markers at each end. The panel shall be finished
           inside with two coats of white enamel over a rust-inhibiting primer. The panel
           construction and all interior wiring shall be in strict accordance with the National
           Electrical Code, State and Local codes, and in conformance with applicable
           specifications of NEMA, ANSI, UL, and ICEA. The panel shall bear a UL label stating
           "suitable for use as an industrial control panel." The drawings indicate (1) Water
           Quality Pump control panel, and (1) Conveyance pump control panel. At contractors
           option, furnish one panel to control (4) pumps.

           (b) Each panel shall be provided with an externally operable disconnect switch.
           Panel Relay contacts shall be wired to the Motor controllers located in an MCC to
           provide automatic control of the pumps as indicated on the drawings. Each panel shall
           include the following features:

               (1)    A 120 volt control power transformer and/or DC power supply to operate
                      panel controls.

               (2)    An elapsed time meter mounted on the door of the control panel. The
                      elapsed time meter shall be synchronous-motor-driven, nonrest type, with 0
                      to 99,999.9 hours range.

               (3)    A push-to-test, PUMP RUNNING, red indicating light mounted on the door of
                      the control panel.

               (4)    A HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch mounted on the door of the control
                      panel. When in HAND, the motors shall run based on the MCC HOA switch
                      being placed in HAND.

               (5)    Level switches shall operate pump start stop relays.

               (6)    Pump motor thermostats shall operate motor shutdown relay.


               (7)    Pump motor moisture sensors monitoring device designed to be compatible
                      with the pump oil chamber sensors. It shall operate a yellow indicating light
                      marked Warning – Moisture detected. Possible Pump Seal Failure.

               (8)    Red indicating beacon, HIGH WATER LEVEL, mounted on the control panel,
                      shall be energized upon high level. Automatically reset when level falls.




   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               74
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

 (c) Level Control – The electrical level control system of the pumps shall operate the
 pumps in a lead-Lag arrangement as indicated on the drawings.

 (d) Float Level Switches – Level detection in wet wells shall be provided by Float
 switches. Devices shall be of chemical-resistant and corrosion-resistant material suitable
 for use in sewage and sludge applications. Cable shall be rugged and flexible with heavy
 neoprene or PVC jacket. Switches shall be compatible with the approved pump control
 panel.

00471.13 Pipe and Fittings:

            (a) General - Furnish pipe and fittings as specified and conforming to the
            applicable portions of Section 00445. Use tees, ells, and other fittings for drop
            manholes made from the same material as the pipe connecting to the manhole.
            Provide ells, tees, reducers, couplings and other required piping and accessories
            for the Pump Stations and valve vaults with the types of ends required for the
            types of connections shown on the drawings. Pipe for the discharge force main
            shall be as specified below between the pump and the Valve Vault. Valve vault
            discharge HDPE piping is specified in Section 02410.65.


          (b) Ductile Iron Pipe for Pump Station Wet Well, Valve Vault and Force Main
           Relocation:

            (1)    Ductile iron pipe shall conform to provisions of ANSI A 21.51 (AWWA C
                   151). Unless otherwise indicated, ductile iron pipe shall be standard
                   thickness Class 53.

            (2)    Ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined according to ANSI A 21.4 (AWWA C
                   104).
            (3)    Ductile iron fitting shall conform to the provisions of ANSI A 21.10 (AWWA C
                   110) with lining to match the pipe.

            (4)    Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be flanged a shown on the drawings or as
                   required.

            (5)    Pipe Restraint: Install anchorage at all changes of direction in accordance
                   with AWWA Standards. Thrust Blocks or restrained joint fittings at
                   contractors option, (U.S. Pipe TR FLEX or equal). Thrust Blocks: Form and
                   place concrete for thrust blocks against undisturbed earth – Size based on
                   50 PSI pipe pressure. Restrained joint fittings: Install per mfr instructions.
                   Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-retarding material to
                   surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices.

          (c) Mechanical Couplings – Couplings shall be Romac Style 501 as
           manufactured by Romac Industries, Inc., or equal and shall have ductile iron
           center rings and end rings meeting ASTM A536-80, Grade 65-45-12. Center rings.
           Entire assembly shall be coated with Koppers Bitumastic No. 50, after installation.
           Each coupling shall allow up to 4 degrees of angular deflection.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               75
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

             (d) Flanges – Flanges shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi.
             Flanges shall be ANSI B 16.1, 125#, flat-faced.

             (e) Flanged Coupling Adapters and Ductile Iron Sleeve Couplings – Shall be
              Dresser, or equal, with a rated working pressure of 150 psi.

             (f) Gasket Material for Flanged Joints – Shall be cloth-inserted rubber
              conforming to AWWA C 207 and applicable parts of ANSI B 16.21. Gaskets shall
              be one-piece, full-cut, with holes to pass bolts. Gasket material shall be free from
              corrosive alkali or acid ingredients and suitable for use in sewage lines.

             (g) Pipe Supports – Shall be adjustable with stanchion and anchoring flange. All
              piping shall be supported in a manner which will prevent undue strain on any
              valve, fitting, or piece of equipment.

               (h) Air Vent – An air vent shall be provided, located as shown on the Contract
               Drawings, and shall be a combination air and vacuum valve type. The valve shall
               be a minimum 125 lb. class. An isolation ball valve shall be provided at the
               valve’s inlet. Materials of construction shall be cast iron for the valve body;
               stainless steel for the internal linkage, float, and float stem; and Buna-N for the
               needle and seat. The valve shall provide a dual function to release air during
               pump start-up and to permit air to re-enter to break the vacuum during pump
               shutdown. APCO Series 140, or equal.

               (i) Lift Station and Valve Vault Pipe Seals – At lift station pipe penetrations and
               valve vault pipe penetrations use a Kor-N-Seal, or equal.

00471.14       Valves:

               (a) General – All valves shall have a nonshock working pressure rating of 150
               psi within a temperature range of 30 degrees F to 150 degrees F.

               (b) Plug Valves – Shall have cast iron bodies with resilient plug facing as
               manufactured by Dezurick, or equal. Valves shall have flanged connections
               conforming to ANSI B 16.1, Class 125, and operators as indicated on the
               drawings.

               (c) Check Valves – Shall be iron body, bronze-mounted, swing check valves
               with outside lever and spring, limit switch, and flanged ends. Check valves shall
               be Mueller No. A-2600, or equal.

00471.15       Precast Concrete Manholes and Bases

               (a) Precast concrete structures and appurtences for the Water Quality pump
               station Manhole are covered by this paragraph.

               (b)    Refer to Section 00470 – Manholes, Catch Basins, and Inlets and the
               following:

                 (1) Submit Design calculations for Manholes the same as specified for PUMP
                     STATION VAULT.



   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             76
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

              (2) Vault Access Risers, Frame and Hatches – An access frame assembly
                  shall be supplied with separate hinged cover for removal of each pump.
                  Minimum opening shall be as shown on drawings and aligned to provide
                  unimpeded pump removal. Access frame and hatch shall be either
                  corrosion-resistant or coated with a permanent corrosion resistant coating.
                  Upper rail guide brackets shall be attached to the access frame as well as
                  the float switch holding bracket. Covers shall be self-sealing and be
                  provided with lifting handle, safety latch to hold cover in open position, and
                  locking hasp. Hatches shall have a load rating of H-20 traffic loading plus
                  impact, and shall be designed and warranted for use in traffic areas.

00471.16           Pump Station Vault:

           (a) Precast concrete structures and appurtences for the Conveyance Pump
           Station Vault are covered by this paragraph.

            (b) Precast concrete structures shall be designed to meet specified loading
            requirements as well as stresses imposed by lifting, transporting and installation,
            and shall conform to the dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All
            precast concrete sections necessary to build a completed structure shall be
            furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily, and all jointing and
            connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top of the upper precast concrete
            member shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and
            cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any
            connections for lateral pipe, including drops and leads that may be installed in the
            structure. The flow lines shall be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance
            to flow. The steps which are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned
            and placed at vertical intervals of 12 inches (300 mm). When a ladder replaces
            the steps, it shall be securely fastened into position.

(c) Design Requirements.

            (1)    The contractor shall provide drawings and calculations for the manholes, and
                   utility structures which are signed and sealed by a registered professional
                   engineer licensed in the state of Oregon.

            (2)    The design shall include the following loading, as applicable, at each
                   manhole, catch basin, trench drain or utility structure:

                       At-Rest soil pressures from the surrounding soils.
                       At-Rest surcharge pressures from anticipated vehicles which will load the
                        adjacent ground or pavement surface.
                       Wheel loading on top of the structure from anticipated vehicles.
                       Internal fluid pressures to the vault or structure shall be considered, or
                        neglected for all possible cases, whichever produces the more critical
                        design loading.
                       The design shall be confirmed for H-20 loading.

            (3)    The design shall satisfy the following criteria:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                77
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                          Design shall be per ACI 350 “Concrete Sanitary Engineering Structures”
                           with a maximum “Z” value of 95.
                          Sufficient structure weight shall be provided or additional concrete
                           “ballast” shall be added to the buried structure to eliminate the potential
                           for hydrostatic uplift, assuming the groundwater level to be at the top of
                           the ground surface and assuming the structure to be empty.

   (d) Vault Access Risers, Frame and Hatches – An access frame assembly shall be
   supplied with separate hinged cover for removal of each pump. Minimum opening shall be
   as shown on drawings and aligned to provide unimpeded pump removal. Access frame and
   hatch shall be hot-dipped galvanize finish. Upper rail guide brackets shall be attached to
   the access frame as well as the float switch holding bracket. Covers shall be self-sealing
   and be provided with lifting handle, safety latch to hold cover in open position, and locking
   hasp. Hatches shall have a load rating of H-20 traffic loading plus impact where not
   subjected to high density traffic.

00471.17       Valve Vault:

   (a) Precast concrete Valve vault shall be as indicated on the drawings and meeting the
   requirements specified in Section 00470 – Manholes, Catch Basins, and Inlets.

   (b) Valve Vault Manhole Frames and Lids – Torsion Assist Access lid over the valves
   shall have minimum opening as shown on drawings. Access frame and lid shall be hot-
   dipped galvanize finish. Covers shall be self-sealing and be provided with lifting handle,
   safety latch to hold cover in open position, and locking hasp. Access lids shall have a load
   rating of H-20 traffic loading plus impact where not subjected to high density traffic.

   (c) Piping – Piping shall include one swing check valve with outside lever and spring, and
   one plug valve. Piping shall include all necessary elbows and tees. All piping shall be
   coated with coal tar epoxy or equal for corrosion resistance. Where piping passes through
   a wall, provide sleeve and link-seal as shown on the drawings.

   00471.18 Pipe Base Drain Backfill – Furnish aggregate base or selected granular
   backfill material that is free from silts or other fines.

00471.17       Generator:

   (a) Generator – The packaged diesel-engine generator set shall provide backup power for
   pumps during power outages, see Appendix A (Division 16).



                                                                Labor

00471.30       General Description:

   (a) General – The Contractor shall provide all apparatus, tools, devices, materials, and
   labor necessary to expeditiously manufacture, ship, install, erect, align, adjust, lubricate,
   test, and paint the specified components.




   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 78
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      (b) Mechanical Subcontractor Qualifications – An Oregon licensed mechanical
          specialty subcontractor shall be utilized to perform the work items: “Pump and
          Mechanical Equipment Installation”. For this work, the subcontractor shall employ
          a crew supervisor with a minimum of three years of successful experience in the
          installation of industrial mechanical systems. This individual shall perform or
          closely supervise all portions of mechanical component installation.

    (c)     Electrical & Electrical Controls Subcontractor Qualifications – An Oregon
            licensed electrical specialty subcontractor shall be utilized to perform the work of
            this section. For this work, the subcontractor shall employ an Oregon licensed
            electrician with a minimum of three years of successful experience in the
            installation of industrial electrical systems. This individual shall perform or closely
            supervise all portions of electrical component installation.

    (d)     Manufacturer’s Qualifications – Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of
            storm water system products of types, materials, and sized required whose
            products have been in satisfactory use in 20 or more locations in similar sizes.

    (e)     Workmanship Quality – All mechanical and electrical components, including
            conduits and piping, shall be neatly arranged and securely connected to their
            mountings according to these plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be
            responsible for ensuring all mechanical and electrical work is performed by
            personnel meeting Oregon Revised Statute (ORS) licensing requirements.

            Workmanship and finish in fabrication processes shall be equal to the best general
            practices in modern welding, equipment manufacturing and steel fabrication shops
            and shall be in complete conformance with these specifications and plans.


                                                  Construction

00471.40       General:

    (a) Excavation, Backfill and Foundation Stabilization – Excavate and backfill
    according to Section 00405. When specified, or as directed, remove unstable material
    that will not support the manhole or other structure, excavate below grade and backfill
    with trench foundation stabilization material according to Section 00405.

            (1)    Perform all excavation of every description, regardless of the character,
                   nature, or condition of material encountered, as shown on the drawings, or
                   as required to accomplish the construction. Excavation shall conform to
                   applicable portions of Section 00405, Trench Excavation, Bedding, and
                   Backfill. All excess excavation shall be removed and disposed of by the
                   Contractor.

            (2)    The Contractor shall be responsible for designing, installing, maintaining,
                   and removing all shoring used in constructing the wet well, valve vault, and
                   associated internal and external piping.

            (3)    Dewatering of the excavation may be required. The Contractor shall be
                   responsible for designing, installing, operating, maintaining, and removing all



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 79
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                       dewatering systems and associated items. Water produced by dewatering
                       operations shall be treated to remove sediment prior to discharge, in
                       accordance with all applicable standards and regulations.

   (b) Pipe Connections – Place connecting pipe at the required alignment and grade. Set
   the connecting pipe through the full thickness of the wall flush with the inner face of the wall.
   Ensure that pipe connections to the structure are completely watertight. Connect all pipe to
   manholes according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.

   (c) Pavement – The Contractor shall be responsible for trenching and resurfacing of
   pavement according to 00495.


00471.41 Steps and Ladders - Faster steps and ladders to the manhole and vault walls
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and as shown.

00471.42 Drains – Provide valve vaults with base drains leading to gravel drainage.

Use non-reinforced concrete pipe, concrete drain tile, polyethylene pipe or polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) plastic pipe for basin drains. Place and compact backfill without damaging pipe or inlet.

00471.43 Pipe installation and Jointing

              (a) General - Keep interior of pipe and other accessories free from dirt and foreign
              matter.

              (b) Handling and Storage - All necessary precautions shall be taken in handling
              and storage of pipe and accessories to protect the lining and coating. The pipe
              and accessories shall at all times be handled using proper equipment, and shall
              never be dropped or dragged along the ground.

              (c) Installation:

              (1)      All pipe and fittings shall be installed and maintained to the required lines
                       and grades with fittings and valves at the required locations. All pipe and
                       appurtenances shall be carefully lowered into position to prevent damage to
                       materials, protective coatings and linings. Install pipe supports as required
                       to provide adequate support for the pipe, valves, and fittings.

             (2)       Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the
                       pipe while it is being placed. During laying operations, no debris, tools,
                       clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. At times when pipe
                       laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a
                       watertight plug.

             (3)       Cut pipe with milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter, or abrasive saw cutter.
                       Do not flame cut.

             (4)       Dress cut ends of pipe in accordance with the type of joint to be made, as
                       recommended by manufacturer. Remove sharp edges or projections of pipe
                       which may damage rubber gasket.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                80
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

               (5)       Jointing Flanged Pipe: Prior to connecting flanged pipe, the faces of the
                         flanges shall be thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease, and foreign
                         material. The rubber gaskets shall be checked for proper fit and
                         thoroughly cleaned. Care shall be taken to assure proper seating of the
                         flange gaskets. Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on the
                         gasket is uniform. Torque-limiting wrenches shall be used to ensure
                         uniform bearing insofar as possible. If joints leak when the hydrostatic
                         test is applied, the gaskets shall be removed and reset and bolts re-
                         tightened.

               (6)       Valves: Before installation, the valves shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
                         foreign material, and shall be inspected for proper operation, both
                         opening and closing, and to verify that the valves seat properly. Plug
                         valves shall be installed so that the stems are horizontal.

               (7)       Valves shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent pipeline is
                         tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage prior to final acceptance. If
                         there are any special parts of the operators that might be damaged by
                         the pipeline test, they shall be properly protected. The Contractor will
                         be held responsible for any damage caused by the testing.

               (8)       Install mechanical couplings                 in    strict   conformance   with   the
                         manufacturer’s instructions.

00471.44 Pumps - All pumping equipment shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations, and in accordance with the details shown on the
drawings. Bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Instructions for the Pump Station
shall be furnished along with the Maintenance Summary. A representative of the pump
manufacturer shall inspect the finished installed equipment and instruct the Port’s operator
in the operation of the Station.

00471.45 Electrical and Instrumentation - Electrical equipment and instrumentation
shall be installed and tested as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

    (a)     Prepare and submit Shop Drawings.

    (b)     Install all system components in accordance with the Drawings, manufacturers’
            recommendations and approved submittals.                   Provide all necessary
            interconnection, services, and adjustments necessary for complete, operational
            and fully functional installations. Obtain the required permits and have the power
            and gas service point-of-connection inspected by the utility providing power or
            natural gas. Arrange for each utility to make the electrical and natural gas hookup.
            Coordinate all applicable service agreements between Agency and locale energy
            service provider.

    (c)     All materials and electrical work shall be accordance with the applicable
            requirements of the NEC and Appendix A (Division 16) specification sections, and
            this section.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                           81
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

        (d)     Prepare and submit a Test plan: Including checking wire labels on the ends of
                each wire and Testing each function listed in the Sequence of operation on the
                drawings. Coordinate scheduling of pump mfr representative to participate in
                testing.

        (e)     Schedule personnel from each discipline required to conduct the testing per the
                approved Test plan. Document each test with detailed results. Include in the
                O&M manual.

        (f)     Prepare and submit Record Drawings showing all field modifications to the
                approved Shop drawings.

        (g)     As a part of each service installation, furnish and install a meter base approved by
                the serving utility (with cover, if required by the utility).


00471.50 Temporary Storm Water Management

    (a) The existing storm water pump station system will be taken out of service before the
    Contractor has completed construction and implementation of the new storm water pump
    station system. The Contractor shall be responsible for managing storm water drainage
    currently accommodated by the existing pump station system during the period between
    shutdown of the existing storm water pump station system and implementation of the new
    storm water pump station system.

    (b) Temporary storm water management will consist of pumping storm water from the low
    point of the existing system to the existing storm drain manhole located in Marina Way as
    shown in the plans. Storm water shall be pumped to this manhole through the existing
    piping that connects to this manhole or routed above ground to the manhole. The above
    ground routing may temporarily be installed through existing culverts at the ramps.

    (c) The volume of storm water flow will vary. Assume a peak flow of 1000 gallons per
    minute, and a minimum of two available pumps.

    (d) Do not allow the depth of the accumulated storm water in the existing wet well to
    exceed a depth of eight feet above the bottom of the wet well of the existing pump station.

    (e) Provide pumps, holding tanks, transfer equipment, and transport trucks as needed. All
    pumping, holding, transfer, and transport operations shall be accomplished using
    equipment suited for the purposes, and by qualified personnel.

    (f) Do not allow flooding onto the roadways. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
    costs of cleaning up all storm water related damage to the roadway.


                                      Maintenance, Cleanup and Testing


471.60 Cleaning – Upon completion, clean each structure of accumulated silt, debris or foreign
matter of any kind and keep clean until final acceptance of the work.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              82
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

471.61 Testing – Test and document with written results each component and each system.

                                                      Measurement

    00471.80 Measurement - There will be no separate measurement of work done under
    this Section.

                                                         Payment

    00471.90 Payment – Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum amount for the pay
    items listed below.:

       Pay Item                                                                  Unit of Measurement

        (a) Stormwater Lift Station General Construction . . . . . . . .                    Lump Sum
        (b) Stormwater Lift Station Mechanical Construction . . . . . .                     Lump Sum
        (c) Stormwater Lift Station Electrical Construction. . . . . . .                    Lump Sum

    Payment will be payment in full for furnishing all equipment, labor, and incidentals
    necessary to complete the work as specified. No separate or additional payment will be
    made for replacement of disturbed earthwork, base, and surfacing. Contractor is
    responsible for all permitting, inspection, and initial service connection fees. No separate or
    additional payment will be made for connecting energy services.




                                     SECTION 00480 - DRAINAGE CURBS


    Comply with Section 00480 of the Standard Specifications.




               SECTION 00490 - WORK ON EXISTING SEWERS AND STRUCTURES


    Comply with Section 00490 of the Standard Specifications.


                                     SECTION 00501 - BRIDGE REMOVAL

    Comply with Section 00501 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


    00501.00 Scope - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

    Remove the existing bridge, (Nos. 07398 & 07398A) Hwy 2 over Connector 2 in stages with
    approach roadway shoring, cribbing, dewatering and and structural shoring of the existing




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                    83
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    bridge and in accordance to all contract plans, specifications and applicable project permits.
    Coordinate bridge removal work with Section 00250, 00290 and 00310.

    Add the following subsection:

00501.02 Plans - Plans of the existing structure are available for viewing at the office of the
Engineer. Prints of these plans are available upon request.

Add the following subsection:

00501.03 Submittals - Provide stamped bridge removal plans according to 00150.35 twenty
eight (28) calendar days before beginning removal work. Submit and coordinate the bridge
removal plans with the required Work Containment Plan from Section 00290.42.

Include the following information in the submittal:

       •   Removal sequence, including contractor staging and traffic staging.
       •   Detailed schedule of bridge removal work.
       •   Type of equipment that will be used, including size and capacity.
       •   Equipment location during removal operations.
       •   Structural calculations for support of existing bridge at intermediate pier locations.
       •   Structural drawings for support of existing bridge at intermediate pier locations.

    Do not begin bridge removal work until the bridge removal plans have been approved.

00501.90 Payment - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Payment for work required under Section 00250 will be paid for separately, including providing
calculations for shoring the existing bridge and removal of the temporary detour bridge.

Payment for work under this section includes the removal, temporary storage and disposal of
the temporary crossframes as detailed in the plans and specifications.


                    SECTION 00510 - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

Comply with Section 00510 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


00510.80(b-1) Structure Excavation (Lump Sum) - Add the following to the end of this
subsection:

The estimated quantity of structure excavation is:

                     Location                                                 Structure Excavation
                                                                                  (Cubic Yard)
    Hwy 2 Over Hood River Bridge
    Connector (Conn 2)
       Bent 1                                                                          635
       Bent 2                                                                          765




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                  84
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00510.80(c-1) Structure Excavation Below Elevations Shown (Lump Sum) - In the first
bullet, replace "00190.10(f)" with "00190.10(h)".


   00510.80(d) Granular Wall/Structure Backfill - Replace this subsection, except for the
   subsection number and title, with the following:

   No measurement of quantities will be made for granular wall backfill or granular structure
   backfill. The estimated quantity of granular wall backfill or granular structure backfill is:

                    Location                                                Granular Wall Backfill
                                                                                (Cubic Yard)
   Hwy 2 Over Hood River Bridge
   Connector (Conn 2)
      Bent 1                                                                            95
      Bent 2                                                                            95


   00510.90(c-1) Structure Excavation Below Elevations Shown (Lump Sum) - In the
   sentence that begins "For excavation 0 to 3 feet…", replace "00190.10(f)" with
   "00190.10(h)".


   00510.90(d) Granular Wall/Structure Backfill - Replace this subsection, except for the
   subsection number and title, with the following:

   Granular wall backfill will be paid for at the Contract lump sum amount for the item
   "Granular Wall Backfill", as applicable.

                                        SHORING DESIGN CHECKLIST

   Instructions - This shoring design checklist was developed to facilitate the design, review,
   and erection of shoring to be used for ODOT bridge construction projects. This checklist is
   intended to act as a reminder to design or check for specific important aspects of this
   construction. It is not a substitute for plan and/or design criteria or specification
   requirements.

   The Checklist is to be completed and signed by the shoring design engineer. Answer every
   question. Attach to the Checklist an explanation of any negative responses.

   Submit the Checklist according to 00510.04.

                                                                                             YES     NO      N/A
   A.    Contract Plans, Specifications, Permits, etc.

         1.    Are the shoring plans prepared, stamped, and signed by an
               engineer registered to practice in Oregon?                                    ____    ____   ____

         2.    Have three copies (five copies if railroad approval is
               required) of the complete design calculations accompanied                     ____    ____   ____




   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                          85
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

            the shoring drawings submittal?

      3.    Are shoring plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the construction plans general notes?                                 ____   ____   ____

      4.    Are shoring plans in compliance with contract plan
            structural details?                                                   ____   ____   ____

      5.    Are shoring plans in compliance with the requirements of
            the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction,
            subsection 00150.35?                                                  ____   ____   ____

      6.    Are all existing, adjusted or new utilities in proximity with
            the proposed shoring shown on the shoring plans and is
            protection of these utilities addressed?                              ____   ____   ____

      7.    Are clearance requirements satisfied and shown on the
            shoring plans?                                                        ____   ____   ____

B.    Loads

      1.    Are the magnitude and location of all loads, equipment and
            personnel that will be supported by the shoring shown or
            noted on the shoring plans?                                           ____   ____   ____

      2.    Are design loads and material properties used to determine
            design stresses shown for each different shoring member
            shown on the shoring plans?                                           ____   ____   ____

      3.    Does the shoring design assume water saturated soil
            pressure acts on the full height of the shoring?                      ____   ____   ____

      4.    Has percolation into the excavation been addressed?                   ____   ____   ____

C.    Allowable Stresses

      1.    Have the design loads used for shoring design of all
            members been noted in the design calculations?                        ____   ____   ____

      2.    Are the allowable stress and the calculated stress listed in
            the summary for each different shoring member?                        ____   ____   ____

D.    Timber Construction

      1.    Are timber grades consistent with material to be delivered
            to the construction site and noted on shoring drawings and
            in accompanying calculations for all timber shoring
            material?                                                             ____   ____   ____

      2.    If "rough" lumber is specified for shoring by the shoring
            designer are the actual lumber dimensions used in
            calculations shown?                                                   ____   ____   ____




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 86
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

E.    Steel Construction

      1.    Are steel structural shapes and plates identified by ASTM
            number on the shoring plans and in the calculations?                  ____   ____   ____

      2.    Have steel beams been checked for bending, shear, web
            crippling and buckling of the compression flange?                     ____   ____   ____

F.    Compression Members, Bracing, Members and Connections

      1.    Has general buckling been evaluated for all compression
            members?                                                              ____   ____   ____

      2.    Has bracing been provided at all points of assumed support
            for compression members?                                              ____   ____   ____

      3.    Is bracing strength and stiffness sufficient for the intended
            purpose?                                                              ____   ____   ____

      4.    Have all connections been designed and detailed?                      ____   ____   ____


_________________________                       _______________
Designer's Signature                            Date




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 87
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                                         SECTION 00520 - DRIVEN PILES

Comply with Section 00520 of the nStandard Specifications modified as follows:

00520.11 Engineer's Estimated Length List - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The Engineer's estimated lengths of steel piling are:

         Location                                No.      Length Each (Feet)                      Kind

        Bent 1                                   30                  67                         PP 24”x0.5”
        Bent 2                                   30                  70                         PP 24”x0.5”


00520.20(c-4) Followers - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Followers are permitted.


00520.20(d-3) Wave Equation Method - Add the following paragraph and table(s) at the end
of this subsection:

The input values for the wave equation analyses are:


                                                          Quake (Inches)        Damping (sec./ft.)
                                      Pile Length *                                                  % skin     Rn
       Bent           Pile Type
                                          (Feet)                                                     (ITYS)   (kips)
                                                          Skin         Toe        Skin      Toe


         1          PP 24”x0.5”             67            0.10        0.20        0.10     0.15       30      880
         2          PP 24”x0.5”             70            0.10        0.20        0.10     0.15       30      880

    *These pile lengths are based on the top of the pile being at the finished cutoff elevation
    and the estimated pile tip elevation. All additional pile length above the cutoff elevation,
    that may be required to accommodate the Contractors pile installation method or site
    conditions, shall be added to the lengths listed above and appropriate changes made to
    the skin friction distribution input listed below.

    Use the relative skin friction distribution values listed below in the WEAP analysis:

                                      Bent 1                                   Bent 2
                            Depth             Relative              Depth               Relative
                            (Feet)          Distribution            (Feet)            Distribution
                               0                      0                0                   0
                              55                  0.2                  58                 0.2
                              67                  1.0                  70                 1.0




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                              88
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


These depths are referenced to the bottom of pile cap elevation and should be adjusted as
appropriate for the actual ground surface elevation the piles are being driven from.

00520.41(d) Preboring - Add the following sentence to the end of this subsection:

Use augering, wet-rotary drilling or other approved methods of preboring as directed.


00520.41(e) Jetting - Add the following sentence to the end of this subsection:

Jetting is not permitted.


00520.42(d) Set Period and Redriving - Add the following sentence to the end of this
subsection:

Piles may be redriven after being allowed to set.


00520.43(d) Reinforced Pile Tips - Add the following sentence to the end of this
subsection:

For steel pipe piling, provide inside fit, open end cutting shoes meeting the requirements of
02520.10(e).

00520.44(c) Strength Before Driving - Replace "00550.12(d)" with "00550.12(c)".



                 SECTION 00530 - STEEL REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE


Comply with Section 00530 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00530.80(a) Lump Sum - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The estimated quantity of reinforcement is:

                                                                                  Quantity
            Structure                                  Uncoated                               Coated
                                                        (Pound)                              (Pound)

Bridge No. 21218                                         166,000                             78,000


The weight of miscellaneous metal, based on weights listed in 00530.80(b) and Project
quantities, is included in the estimated quantity of uncoated reinforcement.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                        89
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                         SECTION 00535 - RESIN BONDED ANCHOR SYSTEMS


Comply with Section 00535 of the Standard Specifications.



                                SECTION 00540 - STRUCTURAL CONCRETE


Comply with Section 00540 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00540.10 General - Add the following sentence to the end of this subsection:

Furnish a concrete surface retarder from the QPL.

00540.15 Form Materials - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and
title, with the following:

Furnish wood, minimum nominal 5/8 inch thick APA exterior grade plywood, minimum nominal
5/8 inch thick APA plyform, metal, or other suitable form material. For round concrete columns,
provide either metal or other approved form material that produces a smooth and true surface
free from fins, joints and other irregularities. Use APA plyform for all decks and slabs.

00540.17(a) Aggregate - Delete the sentence that reads "Blend aggregates only as allowed in
02001.20."

00540.17(c) Hardened Concrete - In the paragraph that begins "Cast and cure test…", replace
"14 inch x 8 inch" with "4 inch x 8 inch".

00540.17(c-3) Acceptance - Replace the paragraph that begins "If an ASTV falls…" with the
following paragraph:

If an ASTV falls below ƒ'c, the Contractor may submit a written plan outlining a proposed
alternate method of evaluating compressive strength. Submit the plan for review by the
Engineer within three days of the test. Provide evidence that a reasonable 'cr (over-design)
was maintained and that there is credible evidence (besides low strength) which warrants
consideration of this option. The Engineer may allow an alternate method of acceptance if the
compressive strength test results are determined to be suspect from definable external factors.

00540.41 Design of Falsework for Vertical Pressures – Add the following paragraphs to the
end of subsection (a):

    All temporary works that support the deck plyform either independently or via transfer of
    load to the steel girders shall be considered falsework and shall be submitted for review
    and approval per this section.

Provide deck overhang falsework support that is consistent with the plans details and will not
overstress the girder webs, top flange and bottom flange. Deck overhang support shall be
posted up from the bottom flange to web as shown in the plans and not braced to the web
through overhang brackets.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009         90
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Do not support deck forming inside box girder cells via falsework posted off the bottom
flange of the steel girders.

00540.43(a) Construction Joints - Replace the paragraph that begins "Within 24 hours
after…" with the following paragraphs:

Apply a concrete surface retarder according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Remove surface mortar within the time period recommended by the manufacturer and
clean the joint surface and reinforcing steel by removing loosened particles of aggregate,
damaged concrete, unconsolidated concrete and surface laitance with a high pressure
washer conforming to 00540.28 to the extent that clean aggregate (free of surface mortar)
is exposed on 50% of the surface. Clean the joint surface again immediately prior to the
concrete placement to remove any subsequent deposits of dirt, debris or other foreign
materials. Saturate the joint surface with potable water immediately before resuming
concrete placement. Remove standing water in depressions or hollows of the joint surface.

Saw cut the top 1 inch of the deck joints with a straight vertical cut before subsequent
concrete placement and before saturating the surface with water. Where joints are straight
and without spalls, the Engineer may waive this saw cut requirement.

Hand rub or brush fresh concrete paste onto the existing surface of vertical deck joints
down to the top mat of reinforcing steel at the beginning of subsequent concrete placement.

   Stay in place joint forms are not allowed in bridge deck construction joints.

00540.43(c) Joint with Fillers - Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph:

   Provide a 3/4 inch chamfer on each edge of the joint unless otherwise noted.

00540.45 Construction of Forms – Replace the last sentence before subsection (a) with:

Permanent stay-in-place bridge deck forms are not allowed between steel box girders or on
deck overhangs. Permanent stay-in-place bridge deck forms may be allowed inside box
girders according to subsection 00540.45(e). Box girder cells are considered accessible
and all construction debris and form or falsework not part of the final in-place structure shall
be removed from the cells at no additional cost to the Agency.

00540.45 Construction of Forms – Add the following subsection:

(e) Stay-in-Place Steel Deck Forming – Permanent stay-in-place steel bridge deck forms
may be permitted on this project for use within each Trapezoidal Steel Box Girder with
Haunch at the Owner’s discretion, provided that:

     the forms do not interfere with steel crossframes or any other details in the plans;
     the forms are designed for a minimum service life of 75 years;
     the forms are provided at no additional cost to the Agency.

Stay-in-Place steel forms shall meet the following                      minimum design and construction
requirements:



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     91
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    (1) Minimum design requirements:

     Submit 5 copies of the stay-in-place steel form drawings and calculations for the
       Engineer’s approval according to Section 00540.41. These plans shall be designed,
       signed and stamped by a professional engineer licensed and registered in the State
       of Oregon.
     Steel for Stay-In-Place Deck Forms and support members shall conform to
       ASTM653, Structural Quality, with coating designation G165.
     The minimum steel yield strength shall be not less than 33 ksi.
     The steel form shall have a minimum thickness of gage 16 and support members
       shall have a minimum thickness of gage 12.
     Provide design and details that show all essential details of the proposed form
       sheets, closures, supports, connectors, special conditions and size and location of
       all welds.
     No welding to the girder flanges, webs, crossframes or other structural steel
       elements is allowed.
     Details shall clearly show girder flanges and other structural steel members and
       provisions for protecting the top flanges from welding notch effects by inclusion of a
       separating sheet metal or other positive protection methods.
     All material, labor, tools and incidentals necessary to form a bridge deck with Stay-In-
       Place forms is considered incidental to Section 00540 of the Standard
       Specifications.
     As a minimum, Stay-In-Place forms and support shapes shall be designed for the
       dead load of the form, reinforcing steel, concrete and a minimum of 20 psf of
       construction live load.
     Stay-in-place forms shall provide a minimum section modulus of 0.15 in^3 per ft and a
       maximum form height of 2.25”.
     Flexural stress for the design load is limited to 70% of the yield strength of the steel.
       The allowable stress for weld metal shall not exceed 12,400 psi.
     The minimum deck thickness shown on the plans is measured from the top of the
       form flutes. All concrete in the flutes is considered part of the stay-in-place form
       dead load, and is not considered in the structural deck calculations.
     The girders have been designed for 30 psf additional dead load between webs to
       account for stay-in-place forms. The form selected for use shall not add more than
       30 psf dead load between girders.
     The maximum deflection of the forms based on the load from the self-weight of the
       forms, reinforcing steel and concrete shall not exceed 1/180 of the form design span
       length and not more than ½”.
     The form design span length shall not be less than the clear distance between beam
       flanges, measured parallel to the form flutes.
     All sheet metal welding shall be in accordance with AWS D9.1, current edition
     Any welding on the structural steel shall be in accordance with AWS D1.5.

    (2) Construction Requirements:

     Use form supports for placing the Stay-in-Place forms. Do not place the Stay-In-Place
       forms directly on the flanges of the girders. Fasten the form sheets securely to the
       form supports and have a minimum bearing length of 1”.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             92
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

     Form supports and girder top flanges shall be in full contact and water tight. Make all
        attachments to the top flange with permissible welds, screws, bolts, clips or other
        sound engineering means shown on the submitted drawings. Use only welds or
        bolts to support vertical loads. Install all sheet metal assembly screws with torque-
        limiting devices to prevent stripping.
     Construction joints other than shown on the contract drawings are not permitted.
     Show a sequence for uniform vibration of concrete for the Engineer’s approval.
     Stay-in-place forms shall be hot-dip galvanized.
     Install stay-in-place forms such that the top of the form is at the design bottom of deck
        thickness.


00540.48(g) Bridge Decks - Add the following bullet to the bullet list:

   • Has saturated the tops of precast prestressed concrete members and formwork by
     applying continuous water for a minimum of 2 hours immediately prior to beginning
     deck placement.

00540.49(a-2-a) General - Replace the paragraph that begins "Do not place …" with the
following two paragraphs:

Do not place concrete if the air temperature is, or is forecast to be, below 40 °F the day of
placement or is forecast to be below 40 °F on any of the next seven calendar days
(14 calendar days for decks) after placement unless a Cold Weather Plan has been
approved by the Engineer.

To place concrete when the temperature is below 40 °F, submit a Cold Weather Plan that
identifies the methods that will be used to prevent the concrete temperature from falling
below 50 °F. Methods include heated enclosures and insulated forms. Also include in the
plan measures that will be taken if the concrete temperature falls below 50 °F. Provide a
24 hour continuous recording thermometer to verify the concrete temperature.

00540.49(b) Bridge Deck Placement - Add the following bullet before the first bullet:

   • Only if precipitation is not forecast between 2 hours before and 2 hours after the
     scheduled placement duration. An acceptable forecast will have less than 30%
     chance of precipitation for the entire placement window. Provide a forecast to the
     Engineer 1 hour before placement.

00540.50(c) Deck Roadway Texturing - In the bullet that begins "Unequally space…",
replace "Unequally space grooves from" with "Space groves randomly from".

Add the following bullet after the bullet that begins "Orient the grooves…":

   • Do not groove within 6 inches of joint blockouts and bridge ends. For skewed
     bridges, additional ungrooved portions at joint blockouts and bridge ends are allowed
     to accommodate the width of the gang saw.

00540.51(b) Curing Concrete Bridge Decks - In the bullet that begins "Provide wind
breaks…", replace "0.20 pounds per square foot" with "0.10 pounds per square foot".



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             93
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00540.53(a-1) On All Surfaces - In the bullet that begins "Fill holes and…", replace "1/2 inch"
with "1/4 inch".

00540.53(d) Concrete Coating – Replace with:

00540.53(d) Concrete Coating – Apply a concrete stain to the surfaces as shown or specified.
See 02210.30 and 02210.31.

00540.53(d-1) Concrete Paint - Delete this subsection.

00540.53(d-2) Penetrating Concrete Stain or Sealer – Delete this subsection.

00540.54 Crack Inspection and Deck Sealing - Replace the paragraph that begins
"Immediately after the cure…" with the following paragraph:

Before opening the bridge deck to traffic, the Engineer will inspect the deck for cracks.

00540.80(a-1) Lump Sum - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The estimated quantity of concrete for Bridge No. 21218 is:

                      Type and Class                                                  Quantity (Cu. Yd.)

          Foundation Concrete, Class 4000 (pile cap)                                          260
          Deck Concrete, Class HPC4000 (deck and end diaphragm)                               380
          General Structural Concrete, Class 4000 (stem wall and pylon)                       385


          Estimates for Foundation Concrete, Class 4000 includes pile caps. Deck Concrete,
          Class HPC4000 includes deck and end diaphragms. General Structural Concrete,
          Class 4000 includes stem wall and pylon.

The estimated quantity of textured concrete surface under the Section 540 pay item for General
Structural Concrete, Class 4000 is:

                          Structure                                                   Quantity (Sq. Yd.)

           Bridge No. 21218                                                                   300

The estimated quantity of textured concrete staining under the Section 540 pay item for General
Structural Concrete, Class 4000 is:

                          Structure                                                   Quantity (Sq. Yd.)

           Bridge No. 21218                                                                   300

The estimated quantity of concrete coating (stain) under the Section 540 pay item for General
Structural Concrete, Class 4000 is:

                          Structure                                                   Quantity (Sq. Yd.)



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                        94
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


       Bridge No. 21218                                                                   115

The estimated quantity of concrete coating (stain) under the Section 540 pay item for Deck
Concrete, Class HPC4000 is:

                      Structure                                                   Quantity (Sq. Yd.)

       Bridge No. 21218                                                                   155


00540.80(b) Saw Cut Texturing - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection
number and title, with the following:

The quantities of surface texturing will be measured on the area basis and will be the area
of each bridge deck or end panel shown less 16 inches along each curb. Field
measurement of surface texturing will not be made. The area will be calculated to the
nearest square yard for each bridge deck or end panel.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                        95
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                                      FALSEWORK DESIGN CHECKLIST

Instructions - This checklist was developed to facilitate the design, review, and erection of
falsework to be used for Oregon Department of Transportation bridge construction projects. This
checklist is intended to act as a reminder to design or check for specific important aspects of this
construction. It is not a substitute for plan and/or design criteria or specification requirements.

The Checklist is to be completed and signed by the Falsework Design Engineer. Answer every
question. Attach to the Checklist an explanation of any negative responses.

Submit the Checklist according to 00540.41(a).

                                                                                     YES    NO      N/A

   A.    Contract Plans, Specifications, Permits, Etc.

         1.    Are the falsework plans prepared, stamped and signed by
               an engineer registered to practice in Oregon?                         ____   ____   ____

         2.    Have three complete sets (five if railroad approval is
               required) of the design calculations been included with the
               falsework drawings submittal?                                         ____   ____   ____

         3.    Are falsework plans in compliance with the requirements of
               the construction plans general notes?                                 ____   ____   ____

         4.    Are falsework plans in compliance with contract plan
               structural details?                                                   ____   ____   ____

         5.    Are falsework plans in compliance with the requirements of
               the Oregon Standard Specifications for Construction,
               subsection 00150.35?                                                  ____   ____   ____

         6.    Are all existing, adjusted or new utilities in proximity with
               the proposed falsework shown on the falsework plans and
               is protection of these utilities addressed?                           ____   ____   ____

         7.    Are clearance requirements satisfied and shown on the
               falsework plans?                                                      ____   ____   ____

         8.    For construction in or over navigable waters have all
               requirements for construction of falsework that are called
               for in the Coast Guard Permit been incorporated in the
               falsework design?                                                     ____   ____   ____

         9.    Has possible damage from traffic been considered in the
               falsework design?                                                     ____   ____   ____




   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 96
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


      10.    Has damage from stream drift been considered in the
             falsework design?                                                    ____   ____    ____

      11.    Is the concrete placing sequence shown and is it
             consistent with the contract plans?                                  ____   ____    ____

B.    Foundation Requirements

      1.     Are driven falsework piling provided as called for on the
             contract plans?                                                      ____   ____    ____

             a.    Is a minimum pile tip elevation or penetration
                   indicated on the drawings?                                     ____   ____    ____

             b.    If timber falsework piles are specified, are the
                   recommended order lengths sufficient to virtually
                   eliminate the possibility of pile splices?                     ____   ____    ____

             c.    Is a detailed static pile capacity analysis included in
                   the calculations?                                              ____   ____    ____

             d.    If lateral loads are applied to the piling by equipment,
                   dead loads, flowing water, or drift, is a detailed lateral
                   load analysis included in the calculations?                    ____   ____    ____

             e.    When piling are in an active waterway, have the
                   potential effects of scour on axial and lateral pile
                   support been addressed in the calculations?                    ____   ____    ____

             f.    Does the proposed falsework pile hammer meet the
                   minimum field energy requirements as listed in
                   00520.20(d-2)?                                                 ____   ____    ____

             g.    Will a driving criteria graph [FHWA Gates Equation, in
                   00520.42(b)] plotting blow count versus stroke for an
                   acceptable pile hammer be provided for the project
                   inspector?                                                     ____   ____    ____

      2.     Is falsework supported on spread footings or mud sills?              ____   ____    ____

             a.    Are the spread footing elevations shown on the
                   drawings?                                                      ____   ____    ____

             b.    Has a rational method for determining the ultimate
                   bearing capacity of the foundation materials been
                   presented and described in the calculations?                   ____   ____    ____




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 97
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


             c.    Have the soil parameters used in calculating the
                   ultimate bearing capacity been listed and confirmed by
                   the designer?                                                  ____   ____    ____

             d.    Has an appropriate Factor of Safety been used for
                   calculating the allowable bearing capacity of the
                   foundation materials?                                          ____   ____    ____

             e.    Are spread footing settlement estimates included in the
                   calculations?                                                  ____   ____    ____

             f.    Have effective stresses been used in the calculations,
                   when applicable?                                               ____   ____    ____

             g.    When spread footings are founded near the top of a
                   slope or in a slope, have the ultimate bearing capacity
                   calculations been modified accordingly?                        ____   ____    ____

             h.    When spread footings may be subjected to flowing
                   water, have the potential effects of scour on ultimate
                   bearing capacity been addressed in the calculations?           ____   ____    ____

C.    Loads

      1.     Are the magnitude and location of all loads, equipment and
             personnel that will be supported by the falsework shown
             and noted on the falsework plans?                                    ____   ____    ____

      2.     Has the mass of specific equipment units to be supported
             by the falsework been included in the calculations or on the
             falsework plans?                                                     ____   ____    ____

      3.     Is the deck finishing machine supported in a manner that
             will not impose load on concrete forms except deck
             overhang brackets?                                                   ____   ____    ____

      4.     Are design loads and material properties used to determine
             design stresses for each different falsework member shown
             on the falsework plans?                                              ____   ____    ____

      5.     Is the worst loading and member property condition, rather
             than the average condition, used to obtain design loads?             ____   ____    ____

      6.     Are deck forms for concrete box girders supported from the
             girder stem and not from the bottom slab?                            ____   ____    ____

      7.     Are diaphragm loads or other concentrated loads included
             in the analysis of supporting beams?                                 ____   ____    ____




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 98
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      8.     If sloping structural members exert horizontal forces on the
             falsework, is bracing or ties used to resist these loads?            ____   ____    ____

D.    Allowable Stresses

      1.     Has the method used for falsework design of all members
             except for manufactured assemblies been noted in the
             design calculations?                                                 ____   ____    ____

      2.     Are manufactured assemblies identified as to manufacturer,
             model, rated working capacity and ultimate capacity?                 ____   ____    ____

      3.     Is the allowable stress and the calculated stress listed in
             the summary for each different falsework member, except
             for manufactured assemblies?                                         ____   ____    ____

E.    Timber Falsework Construction

      1.     Are timber grades consistent with material to be delivered
             to the construction site, and noted on falsework drawings,
             and in accompanying calculations for all timber falsework
             material?                                                            ____   ____    ____

      2.     If "rough" lumber is specified for falsework by the falsework
             designer are the actual lumber dimensions used in
             calculations shown?                                                  ____   ____    ____

      3.     If plywood spans are governed by the strength of the
             plywood, are the allowable stress and the calculated stress
             shown on the submitted calculations?                                 ____   ____    ____

      4.     If plywood spans are governed by the allowable spacing of
             supporting joists, are the allowable and the proposed
             spacing shown on the falsework plans?                                ____   ____    ____

      5.     Have timber stringers been checked for bending, shear,
             bearing stresses, and 1/240 of the span length deflection?           ____   ____    ____

      6.     Are joists identified as being continuous over 3 or more
             spans when they are not analyzed as simple spans?                    ____   ____    ____

      7.     Have stringers and cap beams been checked for bearing
             stresses perpendicular to the grain as well as for bending
             and shear stresses?                                                  ____   ____    ____

      8.     Have posts been checked as columns as well as for
             compression parallel to the grain?                                   ____   ____    ____




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 99
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


F.    Steel Falsework Construction

      1.     Are steel structural shapes and plates identified by ASTM
             number on the falsework plans and in the calculations?               ____   ____   ____

      2.     Have steel beams been checked for bending, shear, web
             crippling and buckling of the compression flange?                    ____   ____   ____

      3.     Has horizontal plane bracing been shown where required to
             limit compression flange buckling?                                   ____   ____   ____

G.    Deflections and Settlement

      1.     Is falsework deflection for concrete dead load shown on the
             plans for all falsework spans?                                       ____   ____   ____

      2.     Is falsework deflection from concrete dead load limited to
             1/240 of the span length for all falsework spans?                    ____   ____   ____

      3.     Do stringers supporting cast-in-place concrete compensate
             for estimated camber?                                                ____   ____   ____

      4.     For beam spans with cantilevers, has the upward deflection
             of the cantilevers due to load placed on the main spans
             been investigated?                                                   ____   ____   ____

      5.     Are provisions shown for taking up falsework settlement?             ____   ____   ____

H.    Compression Members, Connections and Bracing

      1.     Has general buckling been evaluated for all compression
             members?                                                             ____   ____   ____

      2.     Has bracing been provided at all points of assumed support
             for compression members?                                             ____   ____   ____

      3.     Was bracing in each direction considered in establishing
             the effective length used to check post capacity?                    ____   ____   ____

      4.     Is bracing strength and stiffness sufficient for the intended
             purpose?                                                             ____   ____   ____

      5.     If temporary bracing is required during intermediate stages
             of falsework erection, is it shown on the falsework plans?           ____   ____   ____

      6.     Have all connections been designed and detailed?                     ____   ____   ____

      7.     Are web stiffeners required on steel cap beams to resist
             eccentric loads?                                                     ____   ____   ____




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             100
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      8.     Are wedges required between longitudinal beams and cap
             beams to accommodate longitudinal slope or to reduce
             eccentric loading?                                                   ____   ____   ____

      9.     Has the width to height ratio of wedge packs been verified
             to fall within the limits given in the special provisions?           ____   ____   ____

      10.    If overhang brackets are attached to unstiffened girder
             webs, has the need for temporary bracing to prevent
             longitudinal girder distortion been investigated?                    ____   ____   ____

      11.    Have beams and stringers with height/width ratios greater
             than 2.5:1 been checked for stability?                               ____   ____   ____

      12.    Have sloping falsework members that exert horizontal
             forces on the falsework been braced or tied to resist these
             loads?                                                               ____   ____   ____

      13.    If beams supporting cast-in-place concrete have cantilever
             spans, have the falsework plans been noted to require the
             main spans be loaded before loading the cantilever spans?            ____   ____   ____

      14.    Have timber headers set on shoring towers been checked
             for eccentric loads, and for shear and bending stresses
             produced by the eccentricity?                                        ____   ____   ____

I.    Highway and Railroad Traffic Openings (For falsework over
      or adjacent to highway or railroad traffic openings.)

      1.     Do falsework plans satisfy construction clearances shown
             on the contract plans?                                               ____   ____   ____

      2.     Are posts designed for 150% of the calculated vertical
             loading and increased or readjusted for loads caused by
             prestressing forces?                                                 ____   ____   ____

      3.     Are mechanical connections 2,000 pounds minimum
             capacity shown at the bottom of posts to footing
             connections?                                                         ____   ____   ____

      4.     Are mechanical connections 1,000 pounds minimum
             capacity shown at the top of the post to cap connections?            ____   ____   ____

      5.     Are beam tie downs 500 pounds minimum capacity shown
             for all beams?                                                       ____   ____   ____

      6,     Are 5/8 inch or larger diameter bolts used at connections
             for timber bracing?                                                  ____   ____   ____

      7.     Are temporary erection and removal bracing shown?                    ____   ____   ____




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             101
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    J.    Additional Requirements for Railroad Traffic Openings

          1.     Do falsework plans show collision posts as shown on the
                 contract plans?                                                      ____   ____   ____

          2.     Do posts adjacent to the openings have a minimum section
                 modulus of?

                    a. steel - 9.5 cubic inches                                       ____   ____   ____
                    b. timber - 250 cubic inches                                      ____   ____   ____

          3.     Are soffit and deck overhang forming details shown?                  ____   ____   ____

          4.     Are falsework bents within 20 feet of centerline of the track
                 sheathed solid between 3 feet and 17 feet above top of rail
                 with 5/8 inch thick minimum plywood and properly blocked
                 at the edges?                                                        ____   ____   ____

          5.     Is bracing on the bents within 20 feet of the centerline of
                 the track adequate to resist the required assumed
                 horizontal load or minimum 5,000 pounds, whichever is
                 greater?                                                             ____   ____   ____



    _________________________ _________________
    Designer’s Signature      Date




                               SECTION 00542 - TEXTURED CONCRETE SURFACES

Section 00542, which is not in the Standard Specifications, is included for this project by special
provisions.
                                            Description

00542.00 Scope - This work shall consist of furnishing all materials and labor required for
constructing textured concrete surfaces.

                                                         Materials

00542.10 Textured Surface - This work shall consist of constructing textured surfaces (using a
form liner) on formed concrete surfaces in accordance with the provisions of the plan
documents, Section 00540, and these special provisions.

Textured concrete surfaces, except where otherwise specified, shall be constructed using form
lining materials and a pattern as described in these special provisions and approved by the
Engineer.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             102
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

The Contractor shall use a concrete form lining system made of high-strength urethane
elastomer materials capable of withstanding anticipated concrete pour pressures without
leakage or causing physical defects. Form liners shall attach easily to pour-in-place forms
and be removable without causing concrete surface damage or weakness in the substrate.
The liners shall be designed to avoid visible pattern repeats and form surfaces conforming
to the design intent of the shape, lines and dimensions shown in the Plan or on approved
drawings.

The additional concrete required to form the textured relief specified shall be considered an
incidental expense for which no direct compensation will be made.

The form liner manufacturer and pattern type shall be one of the following:

      1. Pattern #189 Teton Dry Stack by Scott Systems, Inc., 1778 Helena Street, Aurora,
      CO 80011, Tel: 303-341-1400.

      2. Pattern #439 Sierra Dry Stack by Greenstreak, Inc., 3400 Tree Court Industrial
      Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63122-6614, Tel: 1-800-325-9504.

The form liner shall be placed to avoid a repeating pattern effect in the texture.

Working drawings detailing the stone pattern for each wall shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval. No form liners shall be constructed until the Engineer has approved
the working drawings.


00542.14 Material Standards - Form liners shall be capable of withstanding anticipated
concrete pour pressures without leakage causing physical or visual defects and shall be a high
quality re-usable product which attaches easily to the forming system and shall not compress
more than 1/4-inch when poured at a rate of 10 vertical feet per hour.

Form liners shall be removable without causing concrete surface deterioration or weakness in
the substrate. Form release agents, form-stripping methods, patching materials, and other
related construction shall be mutually compatible with the coloring system to be applied.

                                                       Labor

00542.30 Experience and Qualifications – Products and work shall be supplied by a
contractor having a minimum of five consecutive years’ experience in textured concrete
surface construction. Contractor shall furnish evidence to the satisfaction of the Engineer of
the Contractor's successful experience with products and workmanship used in similar
applications in Oregon.

                                                  Construction

00542.40 Construction Standards - Form liner butt joints shall be carefully blended into the
approved patterns and finished off the final concrete surface. Visible vertical or horizontal
seams or conspicuous form marks created by butt joining form liners will not be allowed.
Finished texture and pattern shall be continuous with complete stone shapes constructed
around corners without visual disruption of the pattern.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          103
     I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
     Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

All expansion and contraction vertical joints for the concrete retaining walls shall be incorporated in
a near vertical rustication groove of the stone pattern at the edge of the pilaster and spaced as
shown on the contract plans.

Form tie holes shall be placed in the high point of the rustication groove between stone patterns. As
described elsewhere in this specification, the ties shall be so designed that all material in the device
to a depth of at least 1/4-inch back of the concrete face (back of rustication groove) can be
disengaged and removed without spalling or damaging the concrete.

00542.41 Installation Standards (Form Liner) - Form liners shall be cleaned, made free of build-
up prior to each pour, and visually inspected for blemishes and/or tears. If necessary, the form liner
shall be repaired per manufacturer's recommendation.

Adjoining liners shall be butted tightly together with less than 1/4-inch seams. Open cracks shall be
filled prior to pouring concrete. Securely attach liner to forms per manufacturer's recommendation.

Wall ties shall be coordinated with the form liner system and have set break-backs at 1-inch
minimums from the finished concrete surface.

                                                       Measurement

00542.80 Measurement – No measurement of quantities will be made for textured concrete
surfaces.

The estimated quantity of Textured Concrete Surface is shown in the respective specification for
the element in which the textured concrete surface is applied to.

                                                               Payment

00542.90 Payment - No separate or additional payment will be made for textured concrete
surfaces. This work is included in payment made for the applicable item(s) in which the form
liner is used.


                 SECTION 00545 - REINFORCED CONCRETE BRIDGE END PANELS


Comply with Section 00545 of the Standard Specifications.


                              SECTION 00560 - STRUCTURAL STEEL BRIDGES


Comply with Section 00560 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00560.44(b) Coatings – Replace with this subsection, except the heading, with the following:

Prepare and coat Structure No. 21218 girder ends at Bents 1 and 2 as detailed in the plans
according to Section 00594.




     SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               104
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    00560.46(b) Methods and Equipment – Replace this subsection, except the heading,
    with the following:

    Structural steel members shall be erected in a manner that will provide safety to the
    Contractor’s forces, inspectors and the traveling public. Structural steel members shall be
    erected in a manner to prevent damage to all elements of the structure. The primary
    members such as beams and girders shall be temporarily anchored and braced as they are
    erected to preclude detrimental movement in any direction, and to prevent overturning and
    buckling. Struts, bracing, tie cables, and other devices used for temporary restraint shall be
    designed to resist all loads imposed during each stage of construction until completion of
    the deck concrete.

    At least four weeks prior to erection, the Contractor shall submit Stamped Working Drawing
    showing the Erection Plan for Structural Steel in accordance with 00150.35 Plans and
    Working Drawings.

    The Erection Plan and procedure shall provide complete details of the erection process
    including but not limited to:

                    Temporary support, bracing, guys, deadmen, connection details and
                      attachments to other structure components or objects;
                    Procedure and sequence of operation including a detailed schedule that
                      shall comply with the working hour limitations;
                    Crane(s) make and model, weight, geometry, lift capacity, outrigger size and
                      reactions;
                    Girder weights, lift points, lifting devices, spreaders, and angle of lifting
                      cables.
                    Top lateral flange bracing at all lift points for all stages of construction and
                      transportation.
                    Assumed loads and girder stresses during progressive stages of lifting and
                      erection to substantiate the structural integrity and stability of the girders
                      prior to completion of the entire structure;
                    Girder launcher or trolley details and capacity (if intended for use);
                    Locations of cranes, trucks delivering girders, and the location of cranes and
                      outriggers relative to other structures, including retaining walls, wing walls
                      and utilities.
                    Material properties and specifications for temporary works.
                    Drawings, notes, catalog data showing the manufacturer’s recommendations
                      or performance tests, and calculations clearly showing the above listed
                      details, assumptions, and dimensions.

    A Pre-Erection Conference will be held at least two weeks prior to the beginning of erection.
    The Contractor and the Engineer shall attend the meeting.

The Contractor shall inspect and provide written documentation to the Engineer of each phase
of the installation prior to the allowing vehicles or pedestrians on or below the structure. The
Contractor shall submit all changes to the Erection Plan to the Engineer for record purposes
only. The Contractor shall demonstrate his knowledge and familiarity with the location of the
piece marks and the piece mark convention used by the girder fabricator at the Pre-Erection




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             105
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

Conference. This is required to assure the structural components are assembled in accordance
with the reviewed shop drawings.

The Contractor shall perform daily inspections of the erected girders until completion of the deck
concrete. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with written documentation of these
inspections.

All temporary struts, bracing, tie cables, other devices and extra material required shall be
removed upon completion of the structure.

Temporary external crossframes shall be removed as detailed in the plans with temporary
direction and protection of traffic. Temporary crossframes shall be kept intact and available until
the completion of the project at which time they may be disposed of according to Section 501.

00560.80 Measurement - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The estimated quantity of structural steel is:


           Structure                            Steel Type                                  Quantity (Pound)

    Bridge No. 21218                    ASTM A709 Grade 50W                                      350,000


00560.90 Payment - Replace the paragraph that begins "The accepted quantities…" with the
following:

The accepted quantities of work performed under this Section will be paid for at the Contract
unit price, per unit of measurement, for the following items:


                         Pay Item                                                     Unit of Measurement

                   (a) Trapezoidal Steel Box Girder with Haunch ............. Lump Sum



                                     SECTION 00582 - BRIDGE BEARINGS


Comply with Section 00582 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00582.90(b)         Elastomeric Bearing Pads – Add the following paragraph:

Payment for all work under this Section will be made at the contract lump sum amount for the
pay item "Trapezoidal Steel Box Girder with Haunch." Payment will be payment in full for all
materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals, including training and certification of
personnel, necessary to complete the work as specified.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                         106
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                  SECTION 00583 - ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IN STRUCTURES

Comply with Section 00583 of the Standard Specifications.



                                    SECTION 00587 - BRIDGE RAILS

Comply with Section 00587 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00587.42(e) Latex Paint Cure for PCC - Delete this subsection.

00587. 43(b) Coating – Replace the paragraph with the following:

For the metal portion of the Concrete Parapet with Steel Posts, galvanize after fabrication
all of the rail according to 02530.70 and coat according to Section 00594.

For the metal portion of the Curb Mounted Thrie Beam Rail, use weathering steel as
specified in Section 02810.


00587.80 Measurement - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The estimated quantity of bridge rail is:
                                                                                  Quantity
            Structure                               Rail Type                      (Foot)

Bridge No. 21218                      Concrete Parapet with Steel Posts             191
Bridge No. 21218                      Curb Mounted Thrie Beam Rail                  129
Bridge No. 21218                      Modified Type “F” Rail                        323

00587.90 Payment - Payment for all work under this Section will be made at the contract
lump sum amount for the pay items "Concrete Parapet with Steel Posts", “Curb Mounted
Thrie Beam Rail”, and “Modified Type “F” Rail”. Payment will be payment in full for all
materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals, including training and certification of
personnel, necessary to complete the work as specified.

Application of stain and paint to bridge rails is included in payment for the rails. See plans
for areas of application.

Replace the last paragraph of this subsection with the following:

Payment for connection plates, spacer blocks and other connection hardware will be
included in the payment for the guardrail transition item according to 00810.90. Payment for
guardrail terminal connectors will be included in the payment for the Curb Mounted Thrie
Beam Rail according to this subsection.

There will be no separate payment for any work for which a pay item does not appear in the
Bid Schedule. Any such work will be considered incidental to the items appearing in the Bid
Schedule.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              107
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                     SECTION 00589 - UTILITY ATTACHMENTS ON STRUCTURES


Section 00589, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
Provision.

                                                        Description

00589.00 Scope - This work consists of providing for attachment or installation of utilities on
new and existing structures as shown or as directed.


The following structures are designated "Special Structures":

            • Hwy 2 over Hood River Bridge Connector (Conn 2) Bridge No. 21218

Utility attachments to Special Structures shall not alter the appearance of the structure. Make
attachments only inside the girder line, as close as possible to the soffit, or as required to make
the installation as inconspicuous as practicable.

                                                          Materials

00589.10 General - Furnish utility attachment systems using materials from the QPL and
meeting the following requirements:

                  Structural Steel ................................................................ 02530
                  Forgings, Shafting, Castings, and Nonferrous Materials .. 02540
                  Fasteners ........................................................................ 02560
                  Reflective Sheeting ..................................................... 02910.30
                  Resin Bonded Anchor System .................................... 00535.10

Furnish brackets constructed of stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized structural steel.

                                                       Construction

00589.40 General - Provide sufficient space around utilities for maintenance activities.

Avoid drilling through reinforcing steel. If reinforcing steel is hit, move the anchor location and
patch the hole with an approved patching material from the QPL.

Attach conduits or brackets to concrete structures with resin bonded concrete anchors, unless
otherwise shown or approved.

00589.41 Natural Gas Lines - Conform to CFR 49 Part 192 in all aspects applicable to the
work. Provide isolation valving 200 feet from each end of the bridge.

00589.48 Labeling - Clearly label all piping or conduit systems according to the following
APWA color code:




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                          108
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                                                  Table 00589-1

                             Material                                 Marker Background Color
       Electrical Power Lines, Cables, Conduits,
                                                                                   Red
       Lighting Cables
       Gas, Oil, Steam, Petroleum, Gaseous
                                                                                  Yellow
       Materials
       Communications, Alarm, Signal Lines,
                                                                                  Orange
       Cables, or Conduits
       Potable Water                                                               Blue
       Reclaimed Water, Irrigation, Slurry Lines                                  Purple
       Sewers, and Drain Lines                                                    Green

Generate purple by placing purple transparent film over white reflective sheeting. The
purple tint of the transparent film shall match Federal Standard Color 595B No. 37100.

Minimum length of label shall be as shown in Table 00589-2.

                                                  Table 00589-2

             Pipe O.D. Min.           Pipe O.D. Max.          Length of Label       Width of Label

                    3/4"                    1 1/4"                      8"                 3/4"
                   1 1/2"                     2"                        8"                  1"
                   2 1/2"                     6"                       12"                  2"
                     8"                      10"                       12"                  2"
                    10"                       ─                        12"                  2"

Place labels on each pipe or conduit, on each side of every bent, and at each entrance to a
box girder.

Where piping is above or below normal line of sight, place pipe labels so that label may be
seen from normal eye height.

                                                  Measurement

00589.80 Measurement - No measurement of quantities will be made for work performed
under this Section.

                                                     Payment

00589.90 Payment - The accepted quantities of work performed under this Section will be
paid for at the Contract lump sum amount for the item "Utility Attachment on Structures".

Payment will payment in full for furnishing and placing all materials, and for furnishing all
equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                      109
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

               SECTION 00594 - PREPARING AND COATING METAL STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00594 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


00594.11(b) Manufacturing - Add the following sub-bullets to the 6th bullet in this subsection:

     Sherwin-Williams Otter (#6041) (provided for color intent only) for the metal portion of
    the Concrete Parapet with Steel Posts


00594.90(a) New Metal Structures – Replace this paragraph with the following:

No separate payment will be made for preparing and coating new metal work. Payment for this
work, including correction of damages, will be included in payment made for Concrete Parapet
with Steel Posts according to 00587.90 and the Trapezoidal Structural Steel Box Girders with
Haunch according to 00560.90.



                                     SECTION 00596 - RETAINING WALLS


Comply with Section 00596 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


Select a proprietary retaining wall, to be constructed at the following Stations:

               Name                           Begin Sta.                     End Sta.
           MSE Wall “1L”              “L” 221+26.85 Lt               “L” 221+56.32 Lt
           MSE Wall “1R”              “L” 221+23.19 Rt               “L” 221+52.80 Rt
           MSE Wall “2L”              “L” 222+58.08 Lt               “L” 222+87.53 Lt
           MSE Wall “2R”              “L” 222+55.20 Rt               “L” 222+84.81 Rt


    from the following list:

       • Eureaka TM Reinforced Soil Retaining Wall, provided by Hilfiker Retaining Walls,
         telephone: (800) 762-8962
       • Terratrel TM Retaining Wall, provided by The Reinforced Earth Company, telephone:
         (800) 446-5700
       • Or approved equal.



00596.13(d) MSE Retaining                  Wall     Cast-in-Place         Concrete    Facades - Replace   this
subsection with the following:

00596.13(d) MSE Retaining Wall with Cast-in-Place Concrete Wall Facing – Provide
commercial grade concrete according to Section 00440 and the following:



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                       110
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


   (1) Portland Cement Concrete -

   Use minimum Class 3300 - 1 1/2 or 3/4 concrete.

   (2) Casting -

   Set facing anchorage devices as provided by the proprietary retaining wall engineer and
   secure to prevent displacement during concrete placement and consolidation. Do not
   allow devices used to facing anchorage devices to contact the facing reinforcement.
   Place concrete in each wall segment without interruption and consolidate with an
   approved vibrator.

   (3) Curing -

   Fully support and do not strip the forms from the units until the concrete reaches a
    minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi.

   (4) Finish -

   Provide surface finish according to detail plans. See Sections 00540.53(d) and 00542.

   (5) Tolerance -

    a. Wall Facing Dimensions - Provide cast-in-place wall facing tolerances according to
       00540, unless otherwise specified.

    b. Facing Anchorage Devices:

   Facing Anchorage – Locate facing anchorage devices within 1 inch of the plan location.

   00596.16(c-1) Geotextile - For proprietary designs, provide a geotextile according to
   the proprietor's and the manufacturer’s specifications and preapproved for the
   proprietary system selected.


   00596.16(c-2) Geogrid - For proprietary designs provide a geogrid according to the
   proprietor's and the manufacturer's specifications and preapproved for the proprietary
   system selected.


   00596.41(b) Testing - Under the Density bullet, add the following bullet to the end of
   the list:

   • When base aggregate is used as MSE backfill according to 00596.11(g-1-b), compact
   the backfill material to 100% of relative maximum density as determined by
   AASHTO T 99 Standard Proctor Method D, with coarse particle correction according to
   AASHTO T 224.

   Add the following subsection:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009       111
 I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
 Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00596.46(a-3) Cast-in-place Concrete Wall Facing – Provide a cast-in-place concrete
leveling course. Cure cast-in-place leveling pads for a minimum of 12 hours before placing
the concrete for the wall facing.

  Add the following subsection:

00596.46(b-4) Cast-in-place Concrete Wall Facing – Do not install cast-in-place concrete
wall facing until all stages of the wall have been constructed and all backfill has been placed,
and Engineer reviews the settlement monitoring according to 00596.46(f).

Add the following subsection:

00596.46(f) Settlement Monitoring – Following completion of the permanent MSE wall, and
prior to construction of the cast-in-place concrete fascia, impact panel, and pavement,
establish a minimum of three survey control points located at approximate equal distance
along the top edge of the wall to monitor settlement. Following initial survey of the control
points, continue to survey at maximum one week intervals with accuracy of +/- 0.01 ft.
Provide survey data to Engineer following each survey for review. Construction of the cast-
in-place concrete fascia, impact panel and pavement can commence when, as determined by
Engineer, survey monitoring data indicates primary consolidation is about 90% complete
which is anticipated to be achieved within 2 to 4 weeks following construction of the wall.


00596.80 Measurement - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The estimated quantities, for estimating purposes only, of listed materials are as follows:


Structure Number                            Material                               Estimated Quantities

 MSE Walls:

            “1L”                            Excavation                                  140 cu. yd.
                                            MSE Granular Backfill                       188 cu. yd.
                                            Concrete                                     16 cu. yd.
                                            Steel Reinforcement                           1600 lb.
                                            Granular Drain Backfill                      14 cu. yd.
                                            Textured Concrete Surface                    48 sq. yd.
                                            Stained Textured Concrete Surface            48 sq. yd.

            “1R”                            Excavation                                  152 cu. yd.
                                            MSE Granular Backfill                       187 cu. yd.
                                            Concrete                                     16 cu. yd.
                                            Steel Reinforcement                           1600 lb.
                                            Granular Drain Backfill                      14 cu. yd.
                                            Textured Concrete Surface                    48 sq. yd.
                                            Stained Textured Concrete Surface            48 sq. yd.

            “2L”                            Excavation                                  164 cu. yd.
                                            MSE Granular Backfill                       188 cu. yd.
                                            Concrete                                     16 cu. yd.



 SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                      112
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                                           Steel Reinforcement                     1600 lb.
                                           Granular Drain Backfill                14 cu. yd.
                                           Textured Concrete Surface              48 sq. yd.
                                           Stained Textured Concrete Surface      48 sq. yd.

           “2R”                            Excavation                             166 cu. yd.
                                           MSE Granular Backfill                  187 cu. yd.
                                           Concrete                                16 cu. yd.
                                           Steel Reinforcement                      1600 lb.
                                           Granular Drain Backfill                 14 cu. yd.
                                           Textured Concrete Surface               48 sq. yd.
                                           Stained Textured Concrete Surface       48 sq. yd.


                     SECTION 00620 - COLD PLANE PAVEMENT REMOVAL


Comply with Section 00620 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


00620.42 Disposal of Materials - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection
number and title, with the following:

Dispose of all materials according to 00290.20.



           SECTION 00641 - AGGREGATE SUBBASE, BASE, AND SHOULDERS

Comply with Section 00641 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


00641.10 Materials - Add the following sentence after the first sentence:

Base aggregate shall be ¾”-0”_ size.

00641.12 Limits of Mixture - Replace this subsection, except the subsection number and
title, with the following two paragraphs:

Provide a mixture of aggregate and water having a uniform moisture content sufficient to
obtain the required compaction. Water may be introduced in a mixing plant or on the grade.
Proportions will be in percentages by weight and will be known as the Mix Design.
Determine the proportion of aggregate and water according to the MFTP. The amount of
water for the Mix Design will be based on the dry weight of the aggregate.

When introducing water at the mixing plant, furnish the mixture with a tolerance of  2% of
the optimum water content at the time of mixing. If approved, excess percentage of water
may be allowed. The Agency will treat excess percentage of water according to
00641.80(d).




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 113
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




00641.44(a-1) Dense-graded Aggregates - In the paragraph, replace "100%" with "95%".

00641.80 Measurement – Replace the first sentence with the following:

The quantities of aggregate mixture will be measured on the weight basis.


00641.90 Payment – Update the Pay Item list with the following :

(h) Aggregate Base, In temporary…………………………………..Ton


                          SECTION 00730 - EMULSIFIED ASPHALT TACK COAT

Comply with Section 00730 of the Standard Specifications.

                     SECTION 00745 - HOT MIXED ASPHALT CONCRETE (HMAC)

Comply with Section 00745 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00745.00 Scope - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Lime treatment of new aggregate is required on this Project.

00745.03 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) Material - In the paragraph that begins "The
amount of…", replace the sentence that begins "The amount of…" with the following sentence:

The amount of asphalt cement in the RAP shall be established in the mixture design phase
according to ODOT TM 319 and the ODOT Contractor Mix Design Guidelines for Asphalt
Concrete or other method if approved by the Engineer.

00745.10 Aggregate - In the paragraph that begins "Provide and stockpile…", remove the
words "and RAP aggregates".

00745.10(b-3) Grading - Replace the tolerance list with the following tolerance list:

                                                 Separated Sizes
            1 1/4" - 3/4"            3/4" - No. 4   3/4" - 1/2"  1/2" - No. 4

                                                 Percent Passing (by Weight)
                  Sieve Size                T             T            T              T

                     1 1/2"                1                                       
                     1 1/4"                5                                       
                         1"                10                1                 1   
                       3/4"                5                 5                 7   1
                       1/2"                                  8                 8   5
                       3/8"*                                                       



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009        114
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                No. 4                 3                  8                 8             8
                No. 8                                    5                 5             5
               No. 16*                                                      -              
               No. 30                 1                  3                 3             3
               No. 50*                                                                    
               No 100*                                                                    
               No 200                                    1.0               1.0           1.0

                * Report percent passing sieve when no tolerance is listed

00745.10(c-3) Grading - Replace the tolerance list with the following tolerance list:

                                                                 Separated Sizes
                                               No. 4 - 0          No. 4 - No. 8            No. 8 - 0

                                                         Percent Passing (by Weight)
                    Sieve Size                      T                 T                        T

                        3/8"                      1                      1                   
                      No. 4                       7                      10                 1
                      No. 8                       7                      7                  10
                     No. 16*                                                                 
                     No. 30                       7                      5                  8
                     No. 50*                                                                 
                    No. 100*                                                                 
                    No. 200                       3.0                    2.0                4.0

                * Report percent passing sieve when no tolerance is listed

00745.10(c-4) Combination of Fine Aggregate for Testing - Replace this subsection,
except for the subsection number and title, with the following:

Blend together fine aggregate produced in two separate sizes at a 1:1 ratio when testing for
sand equivalent.


00745.14 Tolerances and Limits - Replace the tolerance list with the following tolerance
list:

 Gradation          Dense-Graded HMAC Type                                         Open-Graded HMAC TYPE
Constituent    1"       3/4"       1/2"      3/8"                                 3/4"      1/2"     ATPB
    1 1/2" JMF ± 5%*
        1" 90 - 100% JMF ± 5%*                                              99 - 100%                  99 - 100%
      3/4" JMF ± 5% 90 - 100% JMF ± 5%*                                      85 - 96%    99 - 100%      85 - 95%
      1/2" JMF ± 5% JMF ± 5% 90 - 100% JMF ± 5%*                             55 - 71%     90 - 98%      35 - 68%
     3/8"**                            90 - 100%                                                       
    No. 4 JMF ± 5% JMF ± 5% JMF ± 5% JMF ± 5%                               JMF ± 5%     JMF ± 5%      JMF ± 5%
    No. 8 JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4%                               JMF ± 4%     JMF ± 4%      JMF ± 4%




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                             115
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

  No. 16**                                                               
  No. 30 JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4% JMF ± 4%                 
  No. 50**                                                               
 No. 100**                                                               
 No. 200 JMF ± 2.0% JMF ± 2.0% JMF ± 2.0% JMF ± 2.0% JMF ± 2.0% JMF ± 2.0% JMF ± 2.0%

   * Maximum not to exceed 100%
  ** Report percent passing sieve when no tolerance is listed

00745.16(a-1) Personnel Requirements - Add the following bullet to the end of the bullet
list:

   • Providing at least one CAT-1 full-time at each plant site when producing mixture for
     the Project.

00745.16(a-4) Testing Frequency - Delete the paragraph that begins "After the Mix
Design...".

Add the following subsection:

00745.16(a-5) Plant Calibration - Calibrate all meters and belt scales at the HMAC mixing
plant according to ODOT TM 322 prior to beginning production.

00745.16(b-1) MDV Quality Control - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

(1) MDV Quality Control:

a. General - Perform MDV testing on projects with Level 2, Level 3, or Level 4 dense
graded HMAC. Perform MDV tests on every sublot and as required at start up according to
00745.16(b-1-c) and the MFTP. Perform gradation and asphalt content testing with each
MDV test. Calculate the following values for each MDV test.

           •   Air Voids
           •   Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA)
           •   Voids Filled with Asphalt (VFA)
           •   P No. 200/Effective AC (Pbe) Ratio

The running averages of four MDV results shall be within the limits given below:

                                          Average of                              Limit

               Air Voids                   4 samples                  JMF Target  1.0%
               VMA                         4 samples                 11.5 - 17.0 (1" Mix)
                                                                     12.5 - 17.0 (3/4" Mix)
                                                                     13.5 - 17.0 (1/2" Mix)
                                                                     14.5 - 17.0 (3/8" Mix)
               VFA                         4 samples                   65 - 75 (3/4" and 1/2" Mix in
                                                                                 Level 2, 3 and 4)
                                                                       65 - 78 (3/8" Mix in



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                        116
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                                                                                   Level 2, 3 and 4)
                                                                        70 - 80    (1/2" and 3/8" Mix in
                                                                                   Level 1)
      Passing No. 200/Pbe                  4 samples                   0.8 - 1.6

       The CDT shall provide the results from the initial control strip to the CAT II for
       evaluation and comparison with the MDV results. If the MDV and density test results
       are contradictory, initiate an investigation. The CAT II shall recommend a plan to the
       Engineer for resolving the discrepancy based on the results of the investigation.

       Take corrective action when required by the MDV start-up process of
       00745.16(b-1-c). After the requirements of 00745.16(b-1-c) have been met, take
       corrective action if the MDV test results show that two consecutive running average of
       four samples are outside the above limits for air voids, VMA, VFA, or P No. 200/Pbe
       ratio. Document the corrective action and notify the Engineer. If test results continue
       to be outside the tolerance, stop production and make adjustments. Restart
       production only after the Engineer has approved the proposed adjustments. If the
       MDV test results are outside tolerance, but the mixture meets the current
       requirements for gradation and asphalt content, an adjustment to the JMF targets is
       required. Do not start a new lot as a result of the adjustment.

       A request for an adjustment to the JMF targets may be made to the Engineer by the
       Contractor’s CAT-II. The requested change will be reviewed and documented by the
       Engineer. If acceptable, a revised JMF will be allowed. Clearly document the sublot
       test for which the adjusted targets are in effect. Adjustments for gradation shall not
       exceed the tolerances specified for the original JMF limits. Adjustments for AC
       content shall be within 0.5% of the original JMF. The JMF asphalt content may only
       be reduced if the production VMA meets or exceeds the above requirements.
       Adjustments for RAP content shall be within 5% of the original JMF, but shall not
       exceed the requirements of 00745.03. Regardless of these tolerances, the adjusted
       JMF shall be within the mixture specification control points of 00745.12. If a redesign
       of the mixture becomes necessary, submit a new JMF according to the requirements
       of these specifications.

       Perform a Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) test (AASHTO T 283) on a sample obtained
       during the first two days of production after QC test results verify that HMAC
       constituents with a weighting factor greater than one according to 00745.95 are in
       tolerance. Provide test results to the Engineer within four working days of obtaining
       the sample. Stop production and make adjustments if the TSR is less than 70.
       Restart production only after the Engineer has approved the proposed adjustments.

       b. Laboratory Compactor Selection - Use a Gyratory compactor for MDV when a
       Gyratory compactor is used to develop the JMF. For all other cases, use a Gyratory
       compactor or Marshall compactor, as selected by the Contractor.

       c. MDV Requirements at Start-Up - Perform MDV testing at the start-up of the JMF
       production according to the following process:

           1. Obtain a sample during the first 100 tons of production and immediately
              perform MDV testing.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                            117
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           2. If air voids and VMA are within tolerance, then continue remaining MDV testing
              at the established random QC sublot interval. If not, then go to step "3".

           3. If air voids and/or VMA are out of tolerance according to 00745.16(b-1-a), then
              make adjustments and immediately obtain another sample and perform MDV
              testing. Go to step "4".

           4. If air voids and VMA from the MDV testing in step "3" are within tolerance, then
              continue remaining MDV testing at the established random QC sublot interval.
              If not, go to step "5".

           5. If air voids from step "3" are more than  1.5% from the target, then stop
              production immediately and make adjustments. If they are not, then go to
              step "6". Obtain approval of the Engineer before restarting production. Begin
              MDV testing again at step "1".

           6. If air voids from step "3" are out of tolerance and 1.5% or less from the target,
              or the VMA from step "3" is out of tolerance, then make adjustments and
              immediately obtain another sample and perform MDV testing. Go to step "4".

The initial MDV sample shall be used as the first random QC sublot test. Subsequent MDV
samples required due to failure of start-up criteria will be used for a sublot QC test if the
sample is taken within 100 tons of the scheduled random QC sample location. If not, the
MDV testing shall be performed separate from, and not included in, the random QC testing
program. Any required MDV testing will be completed at the Contractor’s expense.

Add the following subsection:

00745.16(b-3) MDV for Open Graded HMAC - Adjust asphalt content and gradation
targets for open graded HMAC during production as directed. The Engineer will document
the sublot test for which the adjusted targets are in effect.

00745.24(a) Steel-Wheeled               Rollers - Replace          this     subsection   with   the   following
subsection:

(a) Steel-Wheeled Rollers - Provide steel-wheeled rollers with a minimum gross static
weight as follows:

                                     Level 1 and Level 2                  Level 3          Level 4
Breakdown and
Intermediate                                   8 ton                      10 ton            12 ton
Finish 6 ton                                   8 ton                      10 ton

00745.40 Season and Temperature Limitations In the table, for Surface Temperature of
Dense Graded Mixes 2 inches to 2 1/2 inches, replace "50 °F" with 40 °F".


00745.46 Control of Line and Grade - Add the following paragraphs to the end of this
subsection:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                           118
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    Establish references at reasonable intervals for line and grade control of placement
    operations for the following:

       • Before placing each leveling lift.
       • Before placing the top base course for new construction.

    Line and grade for the top base course of new construction and top leveling lift shall be
    within 1/2 inch of design line and grade.


    00745.49(b-1) General - In the paragraph that begins "Compliance with the density...",
    replace the sentence that begins "Use the MAMD method..." with the following sentence:

    Use the MAMD method of compaction measurement.

    Replace the paragraph that begins "For Level 3 and Level 4..." with the following two
    paragraphs:

    For Level 2, Level 3, and Level 4 mixes, construct a control strip at the beginning of work on
    each JMF on the project according to ODOT TM 306. The purpose of the control strip is to
    determine the maximum density that can be achieved for the JMF, paving conditions, and
    equipment on the project. Additional control strips are necessary when there is a change in
    compaction equipment or when JMF targets are adjusted according to 00745.16(b-1-a).
    The Engineer may waive the control strip for irregular areas or areas too small to establish
    a reasonable roller pattern.

    Stop paving if three consecutive control strips fail to achieve the specified density. Take all
    actions necessary to resolve compaction problems. Do not resume paving until allowed by
    the Engineer.

    00745.49(b-3) Moving Average Maximum Density (MAMD) Method - Replace the table
    showing minimum density for various lifts and HMAC Levels with the following:

    Course of Construction                                                            Level 3HMAC

    First HMAC lift less than 3 inches placed on aggregate base                          91.0
    All other lifts                                                                      92.0

    00745.49(b-4) Control Strip Method - Delete this subsection.

    00745.49(b-5) Test Results - Renumber this subsection to b-4.


00745.80 Measurement - The quantities of HMAC shown in the Contract Schedule of Items
were computed on the basis of aggregates having a Specific Gravity of 2.7 .

00745.90 Payment - Replace the subsection with the following:

The accepted quantities of HMAC incorporated into the Project, whether or not recycled
materials are used, will be paid for at the Contract unit price, per unit of measurement, for the
following items:



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 119
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


                   Pay Item                                                           Unit of Measurement

                   (a)   Level 3, ½ inch Dense, Lime Treated, HMAC in Temporary…..Ton
                   (b)   Level 3, ½ inch Dense, Lime Treated, HMAC…………………..Ton
                   (c)   PG 70-28 Asphalt in HMAC ……………………..……………….Ton
                   (d)   Level 4, ½ inch Dense, Lime Treated, HMAC…………………...Ton
                   (e)   PG 70-22ER Asphalt in HMAC……………………………………Ton
                   (f)   PG 64-22 Asphalt in HMAC……………………………………….Ton

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing and placing all materials, and for furnishing all
equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.

00745.93 Other Items - Delete the bullet that begins "Anti-stripping…".

Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Antistripping additives will be paid for at the Contractor’s actual documented costs with no
percentage allowance or markup allowed.




    SECTION 00759 - MISCELLANEOUS PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE STRUCTURES


Comply with Section 00759 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


00759.90 Payment - Add the following pay items:

                         Pay Item                                                     Unit of Measurement


                   (k) Concrete Sidewalk Ramps............................................ Each

                    (l) Standard Curb Concrete Curbs .................................... Foot

                  (m) Concrete Curbs, Mountable Curb ................................. Foot


Delete the paragraph that reads "Items (e) and (f) include sidewalk ramps."

Add the following paragraph:

    Item (l) includes saw cutting and removing existing concrete walks, curbs, or ramps, and
    replacing them with new sidewalk ramps and curbs.


                                     SECTION 00810 - METAL GUARDRAIL



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                         120
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




    Comply with Section 00810 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


    00810.10 Materials - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

    Furnish metal rail and hardware meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 180 for
    “weatherized" Class IV rail.

    00810.11 Posts - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

    00810.11 Wood Posts - Furnish wood guardrail posts meeting the requirements of
    00810.10.

                                   SECTION 00820 - CONCRETE BARRIER

    Comply with Section 00820 of the Standard Specifications.

    00820.00       Scope – Replace this subsection with the following:

    This work includes removal of the existing barrier grout pad and the removal of HMAC
    pavement underneath barrier (when paving depth is less than six inches), according to
    details shown in the plans.

    00820.10       General – Add the following paragraph at the end of this subsection:

    Provide boiled linseed oil bond breaker conforming to ASTM D 260, type I or II.

    00820.11 Other Materials – Add the following subsection:

    (h) Stain – Provide stain, with a color closely matching Miller Paint Dapper (#0192)
    (provided for color intent only) to be applied to concrete barrier in accordance with
    00540.53(b).

    00820.12(a) New Barrier Used for Temporary Application – In the first sentence,
    replace “permanent installations” with “permanent precast installations”.

    00820.12(b)        Barrier Used on Previous Projects – Delete this subsection.

    00820.43(a)(2) Latex Paint Cure – Delete this subsection.

    00820.45 Surface Finishing – Replace the second paragraph with the following:

    Stain all permanent concrete barrier with a color closely matching Miller Paint Dapper
    (#0192) (provided for color intent only) in accordance with 00540.53(b).

Add the following paragraph:

Concrete barrier may be slip-formed.                 If slip-formed, perform and provide test section(s)
according to 00587.42(c).



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 121
     I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
     Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Add the following subsection:

00820.50 Test Section – Test a section of barrier with stain in accordance with 02210.31 of
these special provisions.

00820.90 Payment – Add the following pay item:

              Pay Item                                                           Unit of Measurement

     (e) Concrete Barrier, Modified (35”)                                                Foot
     (f) Concrete Barrier, Modified (35”) W/Scuppers                                     Foot

Add the following:

No separate payment will be made for removal of existing grout pad and the removal of HMAC
pavement underneath barrier, as this work will be considered incidental to and included in the
appropriate concrete barrier pay item.

Items (b), (e), and (f) include application of stain to concrete barrier.



                  SECTION 00840 - DELINEATORS AND MILEPOST MARKER POSTS

Comply with Section 00840 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00840.10 Materials - Replace the "Reflective Sheeting for Delineators" line with the following
line:

            Delineator Reflective Sheeting (Type III and Type IV) ............ From QPL

00840.11(e) Acceptance - In the paragraph that begins "Acceptance of target…", remove the
02850.20 reference.

00840.11(e-2) Target Members - Make the paragraph that begins "Accompany each
shipment…" a bulleted item of this subsection.

00840.43 Signs for Milepost Marker Posts - Replace this subsection, except for the
subsection number and title, with the following:

Assemble, fasten, set, and align milepost marker signs and object marker signs according to
Section 00940 and as shown.

00840.90 Payment - Replace the paragraph that begins "Milepost marker signs…" with the
following paragraph:

     Signs mounted on milepost marker posts will be paid for according to 00940.90.


               SECTION 00850 - COMMON PROVISIONS FOR PAVEMENT MARKINGS



     SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                   122
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    Comply with Section 00850 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

    00850.20(b) Equipment for Longitudinal Lines - Replace the paragraph that begins
    "Use equipment capable of…" with the following paragraph and bullets:

    Provide equipment that can:

      • Place two parallel lines simultaneously with 4 inch minimum to 12 inch maximum
        spacings between the two lines.
      • Place the entire width of a line in one pass.


    00850.46 Placement Tolerance - Replace the bullet that begins "Thickness of lines…"
    with the following bullet:

        •    Thickness of flat, surface applied lines: + 1/3 of the specified thickness,  1/10
             of the specified thickness

    00850.47(b) Curing of Material - Replace the sentence that begins "Rate the line…" with
    the following sentence:

    Rate the line, markings, and pavement marker adhesive at the time of installation to
    determine if the material has properly cured.

    00850.47(c) Retroreflectivity - Replace      the  sentence                        that   begins   "Use     a
    retroreflectometer…" with the following sentence:

    Use a 30 meter geometry retroreflectometer to measure the retroreflectivity within 48 hours
    of curing, except for paint applications:

    00850.70 Disposal of Waste - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

    00850.70 Disposal of Materials - Dispose of all materials according to 00290.20.



                                   SECTION 00855 - PAVEMENT MARKERS

    Comply with Section 00855 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

    00855.40(c) Installation - In the paragraph that begins "Do not install…", replace the
    sentence that begins "Adjust spacing between…" with the following two sentences:

    To avoid longitudinal cracks and joints, adjust pavement markers up to one half the width of
    the marker. To avoid transverse cracks and joints, adjust pavement markers ahead or back
    on line  5 inches.

                                       SECTION 00857 - RUMBLE STRIPS

Comply with Section 00857 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                          123
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00857.40 Construction - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title,
with the following:

Clean the pavement by sweeping to remove dust and other foreign matter. Dispose of all
materials according to 00290.20.

00857.80 Measurement - In the paragraph that begins "The quantities of…", replace the
sentence that begins "Measurement will be…" with the following sentence:

Measurement will be made along each continuous rumble strip run, regardless of location or
width of strip.


              SECTION 00865 - LONGITUDINAL PAVEMENT MARKINGS - DURABLE

Comply with Section 00865 of the Standard Specifications.


       SECTION 00867 - TRANSVERSE PAVEMENT MARKINGS - LEGENDS AND BARS

Comply with Section 00867 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00867.90 Payment - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with
the following:

The accepted quantities of work performed under this Section will be paid for at the Contract
unit price, per unit of measurement, for the following items:



                       Pay Item                                                          Unit of Measurement

                 (a)   Pavement Legend, Type B : Arrows ...................................... Each
                 (b)   Pavement Legend, Type B : "ONLY"..................................... Each
                 (c)   Pavement Legend, Type B : Bicycle Lane Stencil ................. Each
                 (d)   Pavement Bar, Type B ........................................................... Foot
                 (e)   Pavement Legend, Type B : Yield Line Triangle .................... Foot


Item (a) includes single or multiple headed arrows as required.

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing and placing all materials, and for furnishing all
equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.

    Payment for work under this Section will be limited to 75% of the amount due until the
    Agency has received the signed warranty.


                       SECTION 00902 - CROSSWALK CLOSURE BARRICADES




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                            124
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    Section 00902, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
    Provision.

                                                          Description

    00902.00 Scope - This work consists of constructing crosswalk closure barricades as
    shown.

                                                            Materials

    00902.10 Materials - Furnish materials meeting the following requirements:

                       Commercial Grade Concrete.................................... 00440
                       Steel ........................................................................ 02530
                       Signs........................................................................ 00940

                                                         Construction

    00902.40 General - Construct crosswalk barricades as shown or directed.

                                                        Measurement

    00902.80 Measurement - The quantities of crosswalk closure barricades will be measured
    on the unit basis.

                                                               Payment

    00902.90 Payment - The accepted quantities of work done under this Section will be paid
    for at the Contract unit price, per each, for the item "Crosswalk Closure Barricades".

    Payment will be payment in full for furnishing and placing all materials, and for furnishing all
    equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.


            SECTION 00905 - REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF EXISTING SIGNS


Comply with Section 00905 of the Standard Specifications.

00905.00 Scope - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Clean and paint the backs of all relocated existing signs, and all metal sign supports, according
to Section 00937.



                                      SECTION 00910 - WOOD SIGN POSTS

Comply with Section 00910 of the Standard Specifications.




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                           125
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                                SECTION 00920 - SIGN SUPPORT FOOTINGS

Comply with Section 00920 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00920.80 Measurement - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The estimated quantities of concrete for minor sign supports are:

             Support Type                                 Material                    Quantity

        2 - Triangular Base Breakaway                     Concrete                        2.5 cu. yd.
        6 – Multi-Post Breakaway                          Concrete                         10 cu. yd.

The estimated quantities of materials for major sign supports are:

               Location                                   Material                    Quantity
    Structure No. 21219
        “L” sta 225+50                              Excavation                             60 cu. yd.
                                                    Backfill                               16 cu. yd.
                                                    Concrete                               20 cu. yd.
                                                    Reinforcement                        2700 pound
                                                    Miscllaneous Metal                     20 pound



                                 SECTION 00930 - METAL SIGN SUPPORTS

Comply with Section 00930 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


00930.00 Scope – Add the following paragraph: This work includes removing and reinstalling
cantilever sign structure. The Contractor shall inspect and repair any damage that has occurred
during removal and storage at no cost to the Owner. Prior to reinstallation of the structure, the
     Agency shall inspect the structure for adequacy for reuse. The Contractor shall remove
     existing concrete sign structure footing to 3 feet below proposed grade.

    00930.01 Definitions and Terms - In the "Triangular Base Breakaway Sign Supports,
    Pipe Breakaway Sign Supports, and Square Tube Breakaway Sign Supports" definition,
    replace the words "Square Tube Breakaway Sign Supports" with the words "Perforated
    Steel Square Tube Breakaway Sign Supports".

    In the "Pipe Sign Supports and Square Tube Sign Supports" definition, replace the words
    "Square Tube Sign Supports" with the words "Perforated Steel Square Tube Sign
    Supports".

    In the "Minor Sign Supports" definition, replace the words "Square Tube Breakaway Sign
    Supports" with the words "Perforated Steel Square Tube Breakaway Sign Supports" and
    replace the words "Square Tube Sign Supports" with the words "Perforated Steel Square
    Tube Sign Supports".



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     126
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Add the following definition to the list of definitions:

Mast Arm Street Name Sign Mounts - This group includes the frame members,
attachment channel or bracket, steel bands or cables, and fasteners necessary to install a
street name sign on a signal mast arm.

00930.02 Working Drawings - In the paragraph that begins "Working drawings are not…",
delete the "Square Tube Sign Supports" bullet.

00930.10 Materials - In the paragraph that begins "Furnish galvanized bolts…", add the
words "for Minor Sign Supports" after the words "job site".

In the paragraph that begins "All components of…", replace the sentence that begins
"Galvanizing shall conform to…" with the following sentence:

Except for perforated steel square tube breakaway sign supports and for perforated steel
square tube sign supports, galvanizing shall conform to the requirements of Section 02530.
Galvanize perforated steel square tube breakaway sign supports and perforated steel
square tube sign supports according to ASTM A653 G140.


00930.80 Measurement - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The estimated quantities of structural steel are as follows:

                Item                                                              Estimated Quantity
                                                                                       (Pound)

    Bridge Structure Mounts                                                             450
    Multi-Post Breakaway Sign Supports                                                  3920
    Triangular Base Breakaway Sign Supports                                             1160
    Signal Pole Mounts                                                                  1050
    Adjustable Sign Mounts                                                               70



00930.90 Payment - Replace the paragraph that begins "No separate or additional
payment…" with the following paragraph:

No separate or additional payment will be made for route marker frames, wind bracing, pole
clamps, stainless steel clamps, mast arm street name sign mounts, or special sign
brackets.

00930.90 Payment – Add the following pay item:

            Item                                                                   Unit of Measurement
          Remove and Reinstall Cantilever Sign Structure                           Lump Sum




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                          127
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

          SECTION 00937 - PREPARING AND COATING METAL SIGN STRUCTURES


   Section 00937, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
   Provision.

                                                      Description

   00937.00 Scope - This work consists of preparing and coating metallic sign supports,
   including single post, multi-post, triangular base, and exit number supports, sign backs, and
   illumination poles and arms as shown or as directed and according to Section 00594.

                                                        Materials

   00937.10 Materials - Furnish materials meeting the requirements of Section 00594 and
   the following:

   (a) Manufacturing - Coat galvanized and aluminum surfaces with products from the same
   manufacturer, which are compatible with one another.

   Manufactures producing galvanized and aluminum surface coating products conforming to
   the above requirements include the following:

               Xymax                                            Wasser High-Tech Coatings
               Rodda Paint                                      8041 S 228th
               12000 SW Garden Place                            Kent, WA 98032
               Portland, OR 97219                               (253) 850-2967
               (503) 521-4300

Other coating products meeting the above requirements may be used with the approval of the
Traffic Engineer.

(b) Coating - The coating for all surfaces to be painted shall consist of one single-component,
moisture-cured aliphatic polyurethane.

For galvanized surfaces, provide coatings conforming to the following minimum requirements:

Topcoat - Matte Finish:

          Generic type:                  Micaceous iron oxide-filled, single-component, moisture-
                                         cured, aliphatic polyurethane
          Vehicle type:                  Moisture-cured aliphatic polyurethane
          Volume of solids:              50% minimum
          VOC content:                   2.8 lb/gal maximum
          Finish:                        Matte
          Pigment                        Minimum of 3.0 lb/gal of micaceous iron oxide
          Color*:                        Sign Back (including plywood): Sherwin Williams Otter (6041)
                                            Steel Sign Post: Federal Standard 595B color #30099

Topcoat - Semi-Gloss Finish:




   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               128
   I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
   Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

          Generic type:                  Single-component, moisture-cured, aliphatic polyurethane
          Vehicle type:                  Moisture-cured aliphatic polyurethane
          Volume of solids:              60% minimum
          VOC content:                   2.8 lb/gal maximum
          Finish:                        Semi-Gloss
          Color:                         Sign Back (including plywood): Sherwin Williams Otter (6041)
                                         Steel Sign Post: Federal Standard 595B color #30099

                                                     Construction

00937.40 General - Prepare metal                 sign    supports       and     apply   coatings   according    to
Section 00594 and the following:

    (a) New Galvanized Surfaces - Before coating, clean new galvanized surfaces with
    solvent (SSPC-SP1) followed by either a light brush blast (SSPC-SP7), surface etching
    with a 7% - 10% hydrochloric acid solution, or a vinyl wash material (designed to prepare
    galvanized surfaces for coating application) to produce a slightly abraded or etched
    appearance. Ensure that the surface is free of all debris or material resulting from the
    surface preparation procedures before painting. Take care that all oil, grease or similar
    contaminants are removed by the initial solvent cleaning before acid etching. If using
    abrasive blasting, do not destroy the integrity of the galvanized surface. If using vinyl
    wash, use material compatible with the applied coating.

    (b) Weathered Galvanized Surfaces - Lightly brush-blast (SSPC-SP7) existing
    weathered galvanized surfaces with a light abrasive to remove loose delaminating surface
    contaminants, corrosion, and other deleterious material. Perform the abrasive blasting in a
    manner that will properly clean the surface but not destroy the integrity of the galvanizing.
    Provide an adequate surface to which the coating system can adhere.

    (c) All Surfaces - Remove tears, slivers, and other surface defects, sharp edges, and
    edges hardened or damaged by flame cutting, shearing, or similar operations. Grind all
    welds smooth.

    Clean all surfaces of material detrimental to the application of the coating system as
    follows:

    (1) Cleaning Methods - Use one or any combination of these cleaning methods:

              •   high-pressure abrasive blasting
              •   surface etching with a 7% - 10% hydrochloric acid solution
              •   vinyl wash compatible with coating
              •   other means approved by the Engineer

    Use methods specified in SSPC-SP1 "Solvent Cleaning", SSPC-SP2 "Hand Tool
    Cleaning", or SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning", as necessary to augment primary
    cleaning procedures.

    (2) Abrasives - Perform blast cleaning using an abrasive of a size which does not destroy
    the integrity of the galvanized surface, but provides an adequate profile for proper
    adhesion. Remove all materials detrimental to adhesion of the coating system not
    removed by solvent cleaning.



   SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                             129
      I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
      Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


       Use abrasives having no corrosion products, water, oil, or any other material detrimental to
       the application and adherence of the coatings. Abrasive cleanliness will be tested using
       ODOT TM 616. Wet abrasives are allowed if wet abrasive blasting methods are used.

       (3) Air - For abrasive blasting or blowing down, use high-pressure air that is free of water,
       oil, or any other material detrimental to the subsequent application of the coating system.
       Provide adequate separators and traps. The cleanliness of the air will be tested using
       ODOT TM 618.

       (4) Cleaning Procedures - Perform abrasive blasting operations without damaging
       partially or entirely completed portions of the work. Do not use blast cleaning adjacent to
       areas being coated.

       Examine the prepared surfaces for corrosion, water, oil, grease, or any other material
       deposited during cleaning operations. Remove any detrimental material by solvent
       cleaning and reblast or re-etch if necessary.

       (5) Final Preparation - Immediately before coating, ensure that the prepared surface is:

                 • Blown down with high-pressure air supplemented by brushing if necessary
                 • Free of all residue
                 • Acceptable to the Engineer

                                                        Measurement

00937.80 Measurement - No measurement of quantities will be made for work done under this
Section.

                                                           Payment

00937.90 Payment - No separate or additional payment will be made for work done under this
Section. Payment will be included in payment made for the appropriate sign support items.



                                                SECTION 00940 - SIGNS



    Comply with Section 00940 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:


     00940.00 Scope - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

    Paint the backs of aluminum substrate signs, and all metal sign supports, according to Section
    00937.

    00940.46 Inspection - Replace the sentences that begin "Inspection will…" and "Testing
    for…" with the following sentence:




      SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          130
       I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
       Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    Inspection will be for conformance to the plans and Specifications, and for conformance to
    nighttime visibility.



                           SECTION 00950 - REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

    Comply with Section 00950 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

    00950.02 Definitions - Add the following after the electrical systems definition:

    The electrical system to be removed under this Contract includes:

    Existing flashing beacon system at the Button Bridge Road/Marina Way intersection

    Add the following subsection:

    00950.42 Salvaging and Stockpiling Materials - The following materials will remain the
    property of the Agency. Salvage the materials and stockpile them at the locations indicated.
    Contact Region 1 Electrical Crew at (503) 969-1031 or (503) 652-5683 to confirm delivery 48
    hours prior to delivery.

                             Materials                                         Stockpile Locations

           Existing flashing beacon system                                  ODOT District 2B
                                                                            9200 SE Lawnfield Rd
                                                                            Clackamas, OR 97015

    00950.90 Payment - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

    No separate or additional payment will be made for salvaging and stockpiling materials.


                 SECTION 00960 - COMMON PROVISIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS


Comply with Section 00960 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00960.41(f) Disposition of Waste Materials - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00960.41(f) Disposal of Materials - Dispose of all materials according to 00290.20.

Add the following subsection:

00960.47 Wood Poles - Submit wood pole designs according to 00960.02 including proposed
ANSI 05.1 wood pole Class, guy anchor and span wire designs, and pole setting depths.



             SECTION 00962 - METAL ILLUMINATION AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL SUPPORTS



       SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               131
       I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
       Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Comply with Section 00962 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

00962.10 Materials - Add the following to the end of the material list:

                          High-Strength Fasteners ...................................... 02560.20

00962.05(c) Illumination Supports - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The following standard illumination pole drawings are prequalified for use on the Project:

                  Ameron Pole Products Division                 Drg. OR7, Rev. C, 1/02
                                                                Drg. OR8, Rev. C, 1/02
                                                                Drg. OR9, Rev. E, 2/02

                  Union Metal Corp.                             Drg. 71049-B18 sh 1, R3, 2/99
                                                                Drg. 71049-B18 sh 2, R3, 2/99
                                                                Drg. 71049-B19 sh 1, R3, 2/99
                                                                Drg. 71049-B19 sh 2, R3, 2/99

                  Northwest Signal Supply                       Drg. NWS2285M, 9/00

                  Valmont Industries Inc.                       Drg. DB00386 sh 1, Rev. B, 3/12/03
                                                                Drg. DB00386 sh 2, Rev. B, 3/12/03
                                                                Drg. DB00386 sh 3, Rev. B, 3/12/03
                                                                Drg. DB00387 sh 1, Rev. B, 3/12/03
                                                                Drg. DB00387 sh 2, Rev. B, 3/12/03

00962.41(b) Disposition of Waste Materials - Replace this subsection with the following
subsection:

00962.41(b) Disposal of Materials - Dispose of all materials according to 00290.20.



                            SECTION 00963 - SIGNAL SUPPORT DRILLED SHAFTS

       Comply with Section 00963 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

       00963.10 Materials - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

       Provide the commercial grade concrete mixture with a slump of 8 inches  1 1/2 inches.


                           SECTION 00965 - CAMERA POLES AND FOUNDATIONS

                                                          Description

       Section 00965, which is not a Standard Specification, is included in this Project by Special
       Provision.




       SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               132
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00965.00 Scope - This work consists of furnishing and installing the structural portions of
camera poles and pole foundations.

00965.05 Design and Performance:

   (a) Design - Design poles and foundations according to the AASHTO "Standard
   Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals
   4th Edition" with all interim revisions. Design factors include:

       •   Basic wind speed (3 second gust)                   110 mph
       •   Gust factor (G)                                    1.14
       •   Importance factor (Ir)                             1.0 (50 year recurrence interval)
       •   Fatigue category                                   II

   Galloping and truck gust fatigue checks are not required.

   Submit for review before fabrication, all engineered details and drawings which are not
   prepared by the State, but are required as shown. Submit stamped working drawings
   according to 00150.35.

   Engineered drawings for the camera pole and mounting shall show all material
   descriptions, dimensioning, member size, and connection details. Include stress
   analysis calculations documenting that the pole meets all applicable codes, standards,
   and requirements that are shown.

   (b) Performance Calculations - Design the pole to support the specified camera and
   accessories. Include all portions of the effective projected area of the complete lowering
   system and camera equipment to be mounted on the pole along with the weight when
   designing the pole to meet the specified deflection performance criteria. The pole top
   deflection shall not exceed 1 inch in a 30 mph (non-gust) wind. The calculations shall
   include a pole, base plate, handhole, and anchor bolt analysis. The pole calculations
   shall be analyzed at the pole base, at 5 foot pole intervals/segments, hand hole
   locations, and at any other critical pole section. At each of these locations, provide the
   following information:

       • The pole's diameter, thickness, section modulus, moment of inertia, and cross
         sectional area.
       • The centroid, weight, projected area, drag coefficient, velocity pressure, and wind
         force of each pole segment.
       • The axial force, shear force, primary moment, total moment, axial stress, bending
         stress, allowable axial stress, allowable bending stress, and combined stress
         ratio (CSR).
       • The pole's angular and linear deflection.

   The weight of a slip base pole and its attachments above the anchor plate shall be kept
   to a minimum and shall not exceed 1,000 pounds. Determine the total weight of the pole
   with all appurtenances attached to the pole and submit this with the design calculations.

   Hand hole design requirements include:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                   133
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

       • Calculations for the moment of inertia, section modulus, and area at the hand hole
         centerline that show that these values are equal to or greater than the full pipe
         section properties without a hand hole.
       • Calculations that show that the net area of bar forming the hand hole frame is not
         less than 120% of pole cross section removed.
       • Calculations that show that the combined stress ratio (CSR) for the steel pole at
         the centerline elevation of the hand hole is less than or equal to 0.60.

                                                     Materials

00965.10 General - Furnish materials meeting the following requirements:

                   Commercial Grade Concrete .................................... 00440
                   Reinforcement .......................................................... 00530

00965.11 Metal Poles - Provide metal poles meeting the requirements of 02920.31 except
delete the reference to Section 00960.

00965.12 Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and Washers - Provide anchor bolts conforming to
ASTM F1554 Grade 55 for fixed base foundations and ASTM A449 Type 1 for Slip Base
foundations. Provide nuts and washer according to 02560.30. Galvanize anchor bolts,
nuts, and washers according to 02560.40(a).

00965.13 Base Plates - Provide base plates conforming to ASTM A572. Hot dip galvanize
base plates according to 02920.31(c).

                                                  Construction

00965.40 General - Construct camera poles and foundations as shown or directed.

00965.41 Foundations - Construct foundations for camera pole foundations according to
Section 00440. Place concrete:

   • With a continuous pour.
   • To the elevation shown or directed.
   • With conduit ends and anchor bolts held securely in proper vertical position, to proper
     height, with a manufacturer’s recommended template until the concrete sets.

Make no adjustment of anchor bolts after concrete has set. Any adjustment made may be
cause for rejection of the foundation.

Maintain rebar clearances during concrete pour.

Set forms square and true to line and grade. Construct forms of rigid materials that remain
in position until the concrete has set. Use a steel template to accurately locate the anchor
bolts and hold them plumb and in proper alignment. Out-of-position anchor bolts and
anchor bolts installed more than 1H:40V out of plumb are cause for rejection of the
foundation. Field bending of anchor bolts and field modification of the base plate are not
allowed.

Finish tops of foundations to roadway, sidewalk or curb grade, or as directed.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     134
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


Finish exposed concrete foundations to present a smooth, neat appearance. Fill all holes.

Where breakaway bases are specified, the post stub projection shall not exceed the limits
shown.

Where obstructions prevent the construction of planned foundations, construct the
foundations in the location directed. Any extra cost due to the site change will be paid
according to Section 00196.

00965.42 Metal Camera Poles - Camera poles include the pole shaft, hand holes, base
plate, pole top tenon plate, and anchor bolt assembly. Poles up to 50 feet in length shall be
one piece construction. Poles greater than 50 feet in length shall be of two piece
construction. Pole shafts shall be round, 8 sided, 12 sided, or 16 sided with a constant
linear taper of 0.14 inch per foot, and contain only one longitudinal seam weld.
Circumferential welded tube butt splices and laminated tubes are not permitted.

   (a) Welding - Weld steel structures according to sections 1 through 8 of the American
   Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 Structural Welding Code. Tackers and welders shall be
   qualified in accordance with the code. Tube longitudinal seam welds shall be free of
   cracks and excessive undercut, performed with automatic processes, and be visually
   inspected. Magnetic particle inspect longitudinal welds that are suspected to contain
   defects. Ultrasonically or radiographically inspect all circumferential butt-welded pole and
   arm splices. Longitudinal seam welds within 6 inches of complete penetration pole to
   base plate welds shall be complete penetration welds.

   (b) Hand Holes - The inside dimensions of the hand hole shall be 5 inches wide and
   28 inches tall. The hand hole location and all other dimensions shall be as shown. The
   hand hole shall have a tapped hole for mounting the portable winch.

   (c) Pole Top Tenon - The pole shall have a custom plate mounted tenon that allows the
   field modification of the arm/camera orientation up to 360 degrees. The tenon shall have
   mounting holes and slot as required for the mounting of the camera-lowering system.
   The tenon shall be of dimensions necessary to facilitate camera lowering device
   component installation. Each slot shall be parallel to the pole centerline for mounting the
   lowering device.

   (d) Base Plates - Integrally weld the base plates to the tubes with a telescopic welded
   joint or a full penetration butt weld with backup bar.

   (e) Grounding Connection - For standard four-bolt anchor base poles, provide a
   1/2 inch, Type 308, 309 or 310 stainless steel stud on the inside of the shaft. Locate the
   stud directly opposite and level with the handhole in the pole. Attach grounding
   electrode conductors and bonding conductors to the stud with a grounding wire clamp,
   "acorn style".

   (f) Deviation from Straightness - After the poles are delivered to the jobsite, and
   before they are erected on the foundations, the Contractor may be required to check any
   or all poles for deviation from straightness according to the following:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           135
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

       (1) Deviation in One Plane and One Direction Only - A straight line joining the
       surface of the pole at the base and the same surface of the pole at the top shall not
       be more than 1/2 inch from the surface of the pole for each 10 feet of length from the
       closest of these points. The opposite surface shall meet the same requirement.

       (2) Deviation in Any Plane - A straight line connecting the midpoint of the pole at
       the base, with the midpoint at the top, shall not pass through the surface of the pole
       at any intermediate point.

   Any pole not meeting these requirements will be rejected. If more than 25% of the poles
   fail to meet these requirements, sufficient cause exists to reject the entire shipment of
   poles for the Project.

   (g) Repair of Hot-Dip Galvanizing - Repair damaged hot-dip galvanizing according to
   ASTM A 780, Annex A1.

00965.43 Erecting Metal Camera Poles - Erect metal camera poles on concrete
foundations according to the recommendations of the pole manufacturer and as shown.
Exercise reasonable care to prevent marking the finish and damaging poles.

Bolt protrusion on slip base poles shall not interfere with the breakaway action of pole. File
sharp edges smooth, and paint the top of any steel bolt that has been cut off.

   (a) Pole Alignment - Erect traffic camera poles at a true vertical.

   (b) Assembly of Supports and Bolt Tightening - Nuts shall have full thread
   engagement.

   After foundation concrete strength and curing requirements are satisfied and after
   inspection of the foundation, pole installation may begin.

   Lubricate anchor rods, high-strength bolts, and nuts according to 02560.70. Lubricated
   fasteners that accumulate dirt shall be cleaned and relubricated according to 02560.70.

       (1) Anchor Bolts for Fixed Base Camera Pole Supports - Lift the pole into position
       on the leveling nuts and washers. Make sure all leveling nuts and washers are in full
       contact with the base plate.

       Install washers and lubricated top nuts, and bring to a snug tight condition. Snug tight
       is defined as the condition when all plies of the connection are in firm contact, and
       can be obtained by the full effort of a worker on the end of a 12 inch long wrench.
       Several passes may be required to obtain uniform snug tightness. As a safety
       measure, provide crane support of the pole until anchor bolt tightening is completed.

       Mark the position of each turned element (nut or bolt head) with a felt tip pen or
       similar marker. Rotate each top nut past snug tight by the amount shown in
       paragraph "(4)" below. Several passes may be required to obtain uniform final
       tightness. "Cheater" bars or slugging wrenches are allowed if required for large
       diameter anchor bolts.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           136
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

       (2) Anchor Bolts for Slip Base (Break-away) Camera Pole Supports - Install the
       anchor plate on the leveling nuts and washers. Make sure all leveling nuts and
       washers are in full contact with base plate.

       Install washers and lubricated top nuts, and bring to a snug tight condition. Snug tight
       is defined as the condition when all plies of the connection are in firm contact, and
       can be obtained by the full effort of a worker on the end of a 12 inch long wrench.
       Several passes may be required to obtain uniform snug tightness.

       When all anchor bolts are snug tight, proceed with the "Slip Base Bolting Procedure"
       as shown. When the "Slip Base Bolting Procedure" is complete, final anchor bolt
       tightening may begin. As a safety measure, provide crane support of the pole until
       anchor bolt tightening is complete.

       Mark the position of each turned element (nut or bolt head) with a felt tip pen or
       similar marker. Rotate the top nut of each anchor bolt past snug tight by the amount
       shown in paragraph "(4)" below. Several passes may be required to obtain uniform
       final tightness. "Cheater" bars or slugging wrenches are allowed if required for large
       diameter anchor bolts.

       (3) High-Strength Bolt Connections - Do not reuse galvanized high strength bolts.
       Other high strength bolts may be reused, if approved, but not more than once.
       Retightening previously tightened bolts that may have been loosened by the
       tightening of adjacent bolts will not be considered a reuse. Provide all high-strength
       bolts with hardened flat washers under the element turned during tightening.

       If arms or appurtenances are attached after pole erection, support them until bolts are
       snug tight.

       Install high-strength bolts to a snug tight condition. Snug tight is defined as the
       condition when all plies of the connection are in firm contact, and can be obtained by
       the full effort of a worker on the end of a 12 inch long wrench. Several passes may
       be required to obtain uniform snug tightness.

       Mark the position of each turned element (nut or bolt head) with a felt tip pen or
       similar marker. Rotate each top nut past snug tight by the amount shown in
       paragraph "(4)" below. Several passes may be required to obtain uniform final
       tightness.

       (4) Final Tightening - Required final tightening of anchor bolts and high-strength
       bolts is shown in the following Table:

                      Connection Type                                Rotation Past Snug Tight
                ASTM A 449 Type 1 Anchor Bolts                             60° (1/6 turn)
               ASTM F 1554 Gr. 55 Anchor Bolts                             60° (1/6 turn)
               ASTM A 325 Arm Connection Bolts                             60° (1/6 turn)

       (5) Bolt Inspection - The Engineer will observe the installation and tightening
       operations to insure that proper procedures are followed. All inspections will be
       visual and no testing will be conducted.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 137
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                                                  Measurement

00965.80 General - No measurement of quantities will be made for work performed under
this Section.

                                                     Payment

00965.90 General - The accepted work performed under this Section will be paid for at the
Contract Lump Sum amount for the item "Camera Poles and Foundations".

Payment will be payment in full for furnishing and installing all materials, and for furnishing
all equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.


                            SECTION 00996 - TRAFFIC CAMERA SYSTEM


Section 00996, which is not in the Standard Specifications, is included in this Project by
Special Provision.

00996.00 Scope - This work consists of furnishing and installing a new traffic camera,
including field equipment such as the camera assembly, pan/tilt units, and lowering device.

00996.01 Overview - The traffic surveillance video will enable traffic personnel to remotely
monitor the interchange. The video will eventually be transmitted to ODOT’s Traffic
Operations Center (TOC). The transmission of the video signal back to the TOC is outside
the scope of this contract.

00996.02 Required Submittals:

(a) General - Within 30 days after the contract is awarded, submit to the Engineer a
complete listing of all major components of the system and operational description for
approval. Include the manufacturer’s name, model numbers, catalog sheets and/or other
descriptive literature of proposed materials. The catalog sheets and literature shall include
technical data, physical properties and operational description in sufficient detail to
demonstrate the equipment meets these specifications. Submit installation details for the
camera cabinet and schematic drawings showing all proposed materials, dimensions, part
make, model, and quantity.

00996.03 Quality Assurance - Except as provided below, each electrical product shall be
listed for intended use in one of the following:

     Underwriters Laboratory Electrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment Directory
     Underwriters Laboratory Construction Materials Directory

Each product shall bear the listing organization’s label. In the absence of a label, provide
documentation verifying product listing.

For products not listed in the above directories, provide evidence that the product has been
tested and certified by a nationally recognized laboratory, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.7.
The following are acceptable evidence:



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           138
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


     OSHA documentation that demonstrates recognition
     Laboratory documentation that verifies testing in accordance with a recognized national
       code or standard

00996.04 Regulations, Standards, and Codes - The following documents and others
referenced therein form part of the Contract to the extent designated in this Specification.

Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)

         Title 29, Part 1910.7                  OSHA Recognition Process for Nationally Recognized
                                                Testing Laboratories

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE)

         C62.41 - 1991                          Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low
                                                Voltage AC Power Circuits

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

         70 - 2008                        National Electrical Code

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

         Electrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment Directory - 1998

         Electrical Construction Equipment Directory - 1998

         50 - 1996                              Enclosures for Electrical Equipment

         489 - 2002                             Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches,
                                                and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures

         498 - 2001                             Attachment Plugs and Receptacles

         508A - 2001                            Standard for Industrial Control Panels

         943 - 1993                             Standard for Safety for Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters

         1059 - 1993                            Terminal Blocks

         1449 - 1996                            Transient Voltage Surge Suppressers

         1950 - 1995                            Safety of Information Technology Equipment, Including
                                                Business Equipment


                                                     Materials

00996.10 General - Furnish materials meeting the following requirements:



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     139
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00996.11 Video Cable - Video cable is used between the camera housing and the camera
enclosure for the NTSC signal. Provide RG-59 coaxial cable, 75 ohms with 18 AWG solid,
bare copper center conductor with 95 percent or greater bare copper braided shield. Video
cable shall be suitable for wet locations. Video cable may be hybrid type combining the
coaxial video cable and multi-conductors meeting 00996.12 and 00996.13 in one single
cable assembly. Install nickel plated body, for corrosion resistant, BNC connector on end of
cable.

00996.12 PTZ Cable - Provide three pair, polyethylene insulated stranded copper 18 AWG
twisted shielded pair with a 20 AWG drain wire. Shield material shall be aluminum
polyester with a PVC outer jacket.

00996.13 Camera Power Cable - Provide one pair of UL 83 14 AWG THHW/THWN,
copper stranded conductors of type and size shown, otherwise size per camera
manufacturer’s recommendations.

         00996.14 Camera Grounding and Bonding - Provide one 8 AWG bonding
               conductor.

         00996.15 Fiber Optic Assemblies and Pigtails:

(a) General - Fiber optic assemblies and pigtails shall be made of fiber meeting the
following performance specifications:

                                             Fiber Characteristic Table

    Parameters                                 SingleMode
    Type:                                      Step Index
    Core diameter:                                 8.3 m (nominal)
    Cladding diameter :                            125 m  1.0 m
    Core to cladding offset:                   1.0 m
    Coating:                 dual layer, UV-cured acrylate strippable
      mechanically or chemically without                      damaging fibers
    Optical fibers:                                     doped silica core with concentric silica
                                                        cladding
    Coating diameter:                              250 m  15 m
    Cladding non-circularity defined as:           2.0%
    [1-(min. cladding diamax. cladding dia.)]x100
    FOP cable:                                 all dielectric, gel-filled, duct-type
    Proof/Tensile Test:                        345 MPa, min
    Attenuation at 1310 nm and at 1550 nm:            0.4 dB/km
    Test cable in accordance with:                 EIA-455-25 (FOTP-25)
                                            EIA-455-33 (FOTP-33 Condition II)
                                            EIA-455-41 (FOTP-41)
                                            EIA-455-81 (FOTP-81)
                                            EIA-455-82 (FOTP-82)
                                                        EIA-455-104 (FOTP-104 Conditions I
                                                        and II)
    Test optical fiber in accordance with:            EIA-455-3A (FOTP-3)



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            140
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    Attenuation at the Water Peak:                           2.1 dB/km @ 1383  3 nm
    Chromatic Dispersion
    Zero Dispersion Wavelength:                            1301.5 to 1321.5 nm
    Zero Dispersion Slope:                              0.092 ps/(nm2 *km)
    Maximum Dispersion:                                    3.3 ps/(nm2 *km) for 1285 – 1330 nm
                                                     0.092 ps/(nm2 *km) for 1550 nm
    Cut-Off Wavelength:                                    <1250 nm
    Mode Field Diameter                                    9.3  0.5 m at 1310 nm
    (Petermann II)                                         10.5  1.0 m at 1550 nm

(b) Color Coding - Each fiber shall be distinguishable from others in the same tube or cable
by means of color coding according to the following:

    1.   Blue (BL)                                   7. Red (RD)
    2.   Orange (OR)                                 8. Black (BK)
    3.   Green (GR)                                  9. Yellow (YL)
    4.   Brown (BR)                                  10. Violet (VL)
    5.   Slate (SL)                                  11. Rose (RS)
    6.   White (WT)                                  12 Aqua (AQ)

These colors shall be targeted in accordance with the Munsell color shades and shall meet
EIA/TIA-598.

The color formulation shall be compatible with the fiber coating and the buffer tube filling
compound, and be heat stable. It shall not fade, smear, or be susceptible to migration and it
shall not affect the transmission characteristics of the optical fibers and shall not cause the
fibers to stick together.

(c) Pigtails - Pigtails are a short optical fiber with a connector on a single end. Pigtails
shall be of simplex (one fiber) construction in 900 µm tight buffer form surrounded by
aramid for strength with a PVC jacket with manufacturer identification information and a
nominal outer jacket of 3 mm. Simplex cable jackets shall be yellow in color. All pigtails
shall be factory terminated and tested and a least six feet in length. Provide a pigtail cable
consisting of twenty four individual fibers for termination at the fiber distribution panel.

Pigtails will be spliced to the backbone fiber optic cable by others.

(d) Connectors - Connectors shall be ceramic ferrule LC type for single mode fiber optic
cabling. Connector body housing shall be glass reinforced polymer. The associated
coupler shall be of the same material as the connector housing. Each connector shall not
exceed 0.75 dB loss as specified by EIA/TIA 568-B.3.

00996.16 Receptacle - General purpose, UL 498 or NEMA WD 1 5-15R, duplex, white,
specification grade, rated 15A, 125 V, 3 wire, grounding type, with screw terminals. Mount
within receptacle box and install cover plate. Receptacle is to provide power to the power
strip.


                                                    Equipment




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                   141
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   00996.20 Camera, Lens, Housing and Pan/Tilt - The camera, lens, housing, and pan/tilt
   assembly shall integrate to form a complete functioning system. The minimum
   performance specifications for the camera and lens are:

       Video Signal Type:           NTSC
       Image Sensor:                ¼” CCD
       Pixels:                      724 min. Horizontal by 494 Vertical
       Horizontal Resolution:          470 TV lines
        Lens:                       f=4.1~68.4 mm optical minimum
       Zoom:                        18X optical minimum, 12X digital
       Zoom Speed:                  5.8 seconds maximum
       Horizontal:                  47 degrees at 4.0mm wide zoom
       Angle of View:               3 degrees at 68.4mm minimum telephoto zoom
       Focus:                       Automatic with manual override
        Max. Sensitivity at 35 IRE:        0.08 lux minimum at 1/2 sec shutter
        Shutter Speed:                 Automatic with manual override
                                 1/2~1/30,000
        Iris Control:               Automatic with manual override
        Synchronization:               Internal/AC line lock
        Signal to Noise Ratio:         Greater than 48 dB
        Gain Control:               Automatic/Off
        Video Output:                  1.0 Vp-p (75 ohms composite)
        Video Connector:               BNC bulkhead on rear of camera
        White Balance:              Automatic with manual override
        Power:                      24V AC, 60 Hz (nominal)
        Dome Pendant Construction: 316 SST or Steel (painted)
        Finish Color:               White
        Lower Dome Construction: Acrylic
        Pan Movement:               360 degrees continuous pan rotation
        Vertical Tilt:              Unobstructed 2 degrees to –92 degrees
        Manual Pan Speed:              0.1 to 80 degrees per second minimum
        Preset Pan Speed:           250 degrees per second minimum
        Manual Tilt Speed:             Variable, 0.1 to 200 degrees per second
        Present Tilt Speed:         200 degrees per second
        PTZ Protocol:                  Pelco’s P&D
        Communication:              RS-485
        Light Attenuation:             Clear, zero light loss
        Cable Entry:                1-1/2” (nominal) NPT connection
        Operating Temperature:         -45 to 50 degrees C
        Effective Projected Area:      1.2 ft2
        Power:                      24 VAC, 60 Hz (nominal)
        Environmental:                   NEMA Type 4X rated, sunshield, fan, and heater
                                         included
        Interior Pressurization:         Dry nitrogen gas, dual Schraeder valves for purging
                                         and pressurization, 8 lb/in2 minimum
        Listings:                   UL, FCC Class B
        Alarm Inputs:               4

   The Camera Housing and Pan/Tilt assembly shall                                 be   Pelco’s   Spectra    III,
   Honeywell/Ultrak’s UltraDome KD6-NP or approved equal.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                            142
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

00996.21 Camera Power Supply - Provide a power supply for the PTZ and camera. The
power supply shall provide surge protection for the camera power, video and PTZ control
connections. The supply shall convert the incoming 120V AC, 60 Hz to 24V AC output. The
entire assembly shall be housed in a NEMA Type 4 rated enclosure and mounted within the
camera cabinet.

00996.22 Fiber Distribution Panel:

(a) General - Provide an EIA 19” rack style fiber distribution panel within the traffic camera
cabinet. The fiber distribution cabinet shall house at least one splice tray. The fiber
distribution panel shall be capable of accepting twenty four LC connectors on the front face.
Fiber optic cable access shall have a rubber grommet or similar material to prevent the cable
from coming into contact with the fiber distribution panel’s frame. The fiber distribution panel
shall be hinged or have a coupler plate to provide easy access for maintenance purposes.
The fiber distribution panel shall have a storage area for accommodating excess fiber optic
cable storage assuring the fibers do not exceed a two inch bend radius.

(b) Splice Tray - The fiber distribution panel shall house at least one splice tray capable of
accommodating a minimum of twenty four fusion splices and must allow for a minimum bend
radius of two inches.

00996.30 Video Encoder - The camera cabinet shall come equipped with an MPEG-
2/MPEG-4 video encoder for transmitting video over IP/Ethernet networks. The encoder shall
also be capable of transmitting serial data, such as pan-tilt-zoom, over the same network.
The video encoder shall be capable of streaming multiple video feeds to different IP
addresses using multi-unicasting protocol. Each video stream shall be user selectable for
varying the resolution. The video encoder shall allow for the transmission of three high
quality video streams and one lesser quality video stream.

The encoder/switch shall meet the following minimum requirements:

           Video Inputs:                  1V peak to peak (75 ohms), NTSC

             Video Connector:         BNC
             Frame Rate:          30 fps NTSC
           Encoding:              MPEG-2 and MPEG-4
           Resolution:            H: 720, V: 480
           Bit Rate:            Variable, up to 8 Mb/s
           Other:                 JPEG capture supported
           Networking
               Physical:        100Base-TX (IEEE 802.3)
               Connector:         RJ-45
               Video Transport:   UDP/IP unicast and multicast
               Protocols:         SNMP v2, UDP, IP, TCP, HTTP, FTP
           Terminal Server
           Data Types:            RS-232, RS-422, RS-485
           Number of Data Ports:      2 minimum
           Data Connector:        RJ-45
           Bit Rate:            Up to 115 kbps
           Mounting:              Rack
           Operating Temp Range: -29° to 165° F



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            143
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           Storage Temp Range:   -40° to 165° F
           Relative Humidity:    0 to 95% non-condensing
           Power:              12V DC from converter

The video encoder shall be Teleste’s MPC-E4, Optelecom-nkf’s Siqura C-50 E-MC, or
approved equivalent.

00996.31 Video Decoder - Provide one video decoder and power supply matching the video
encoder submitted and approved. Provide the video decoder to the Project Manager to be
installed by others.

00996.32 Surge Protection Device - Provide parallel type surge protection which complies
with UL 1449 on the incoming service into the camera cabinet. The surge protection device
shall have a minimum surge current rating of 39,000 amperes minimum. The maximum line
to neutral Suppressed Voltage Rating (SVR) shall be 330V. The energy rating of the device
shall be 420 joules or more.

00996.36 Power Strip - A 19” EIA rack power strip shall be installed in the camera cabinet
for providing power to the video encoder equipment and ODOT’s networking equipment.

              Voltage (nominal):                                   120 VAC, 60 Hz
              Current:                                             15A
              NEMA Receptacles (5-15R):                            12 total; 8 rear, 4 on the front (minimum)
              Mounting:                                            Rack mounted, 19”
              Listing:                                             UL

00996.37 Camera Cabinet - Furnish and install a ground mounted traffic style (332) cabinet
with foundation as shown. The cabinet shall be UL 50 Type 3R listed. The cabinet shall
consist of Housing #1 and Mounting #1 Cage assemblies as defined in ODOT’s Standard
Specification for Microcomputer Signal Controller. Provide the housing requirements listed
in Section 2 with the exception of the police panel. The cabinet shall house the video
encoder, power strip, fiber distribution panel and associated camera equipment. The camera
cabinet assembly shall be assembled and listed by a certified UL 508A panel shop or have
the final assembly certified by an approved National Recognized Testing Laboratory.

The cabinet shall come equipped with a filtered, forced air ventilation system.

The cabinet shall have dataline surge protection meeting IEEE C62.41 for the Pan/Tilt/Zoom
data signals.

All incoming 120V circuits shall terminate on terminal blocks. All terminal blocks shall be UL
1059 listed. For No. 10 AWG conductors or smaller, use sectional, double terminal, barrier
type terminal blocks with binder screw terminals. Terminal ampacities shall be equal to or
greater than conductor ampacities. For No. 8 AWG conductors or larger, use either one-
piece for factory assembled, sectional, barrier type terminal blocks with box lug terminals
having a pressure plate between screw and conductor. Use terminals of the correct size for
the conductor to be connected.

Bus bars shall be sized to accommodate required connections and shall be amperage rated
for use.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                          144
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

Incoming power shall be protected by circuit breakers sized appropriately. All circuit breakers
shall be UL 489 listed. All equipment shall be protected by branch circuit breakers.

00996.40 Camera Lowering System:

(a) General Description - The camera lowering system shall be designed to support and
lower a traffic surveillance camera, lens, Pan/Tilt mechanism, associated cabling and
connectors, and other supporting field components without damage or causing degradation of
camera operations. See the Bridge Engineering plans for the description of the camera pole.
The lowering system shall consist of a suspension contact unit, divided channel support arm,
and a pole adapter for attachment to a pole top junction box and camera connection box.
The divided support arm and receiver brackets shall be designed to self align the contact unit
with the pole centerline during installation and insure the contact unit cannot twist under high
wind conditions.

(b) Lowering Tool - The camera lowering system shall be operated by the use of a portable
lowering tool. The tool shall consist of a metal frame winch assembly with a cable, a quick
release connector, and adjustable clutch and a variable speed heavy duty electric motor.
This tool shall be compatible with accessing the support cable through the hand hole of the
pole. The lowering tool shall have a reduction gear for ease of service and operation. The
tool shall be equipped with a positive braking mechanism to secure the cable reel during
raising and lowering operations and to prevent freewheeling. The use of a strap to attach the
lowering device will not be accepted.

(c) Materials - All pulleys shall have sealed, self lubricating bearings. The lowering cable
shall be stainless steel cable with a minimum breaking strength of 1700 lbs.

All electrical and video connections between the fixed assembly and the lowering portion of
the connection block shall be protected from exposure to the weather by a waterproof seal.
The electrical connections (contacts) shall be designed to minimize loss. The ground wire or
pin shall be the last electrical connection to disengage when servicing.

(d) Suspension Contact Unit - Provide a suspension contact unit that allows the camera,
Pan/Tilt Unit and dome assembly to easily separate from the camera pole for lowering
purposes. The only cable permitted to move within the pole or lowering device during
lowering or raising shall be the stainless steel lowering cable. There shall be a locking
mechanism between the fixed and moveable components. When latched, all weight shall be
removed from the lowering cable. The suspension contact unit shall have a heavy duty cast
tracking guide to allow latching in the same position every time. The suspension contact unit
shall be housed in a weatherproof enclosure with a gasket to seal the interior.

(e) Factory Assistance - The camera lowering system manufacturer shall furnish a
representative to assist the Contractor with the assembly and testing of the Traffic Camera
System. The manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer documentation detailing the
Contractor has been instructed on the installation, operation, and performance of the camera
lowering system prior to installation. The manufacturer shall also train ODOT maintenance
staff on the use of the system. Provide two weeks notice to ODOT’s technician when
scheduling the testing of the system.


                                                  Construction



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            145
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00996.50 Installation - Install materials and equipment as shown on the plans, according
to these specifications, and in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

00996.55 Identification and Marking - All cables and wiring between subsystems shall be
clearly and permanently labeled. All conductors shall be marked by means of imprinted
tubular white or yellow plastic wire markers at termination points within 51 mm of wire
terminations. Marker nomenclature shall be visible without moving wires or markers.

00996.60 Nameplates - All major components within the cabinet assemblies shall be
identified by a nameplate. The nameplates shall be 2 mm thick laminated plastic stock with
white surface and black core. Letter height of the inscription shall be 6 mm minimum.

00996.65 Covers and Guarding - Provide covers or guarding for live parts of terminations
on circuits of 50 V or more to ground.

00996.70 Site Acceptance Testing - The Contractor shall demonstrate the Pan/Tilt/Zoom
functionality, camera lowering functionality, and video quality performance for each camera
site. The Contractor shall present an acceptance test to the Engineer for approval at least 30
days prior to scheduling the test.

00996.75 Warranty - Provide a one year Contractor warranty according to 00170.85(b).
This Contractor warranty does not replace or reduce other warranties, including
manufacturer's warranties, that are longer than one year. Warranty period shall begin on
the date of the Third Notification.


                                                  Measurement

00996.80 Measurement (Lump Sum Basis) - There will be no separate measurement of
work done under this Section.

                                                     Payment

00996.90 Payment (Lump Sum Basis) - The following items will be paid for at the
Contractor Lump Sum amount:

a) CCTV Camera Cabinets - Payment for the bid item "CCTV CAMERA CABINETS",
accepted in place, includes video encoders and decoders, camera cabinets, power strips,
fiber distribution panels and associated cabling, lights, fan assemblies, circuit breakers,
receptacles, cabinet assemblies, incidental materials, and installation as shown on the
plans.

b) CCTV Camera Equipment - Payment for the bid item "CCTV CAMERA EQUIPMENT",
accepted in place, includes the PTZ cameras, camera lowering devices, and acceptance
testing.

c) CCTV Electrical Work - Payment for the bid item "CCTV ELECTRICAL WORK"
includes conductors, circuit breakers, enclosures, transformer, safety switch, junction boxes
and hand holes, conduit, horizontal directional drilling and trenching, and any backfill
needed. Work shall be completed as shown on the plans and per Special Provision 00960.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          146
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

    Payment will be in full for all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to
    complete the work.


                                 SECTION 00970 - HIGHWAY ILLUMINATION

    Comply with Section 00970 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

    00970.00 Scope - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title,
    with the following:

    In addition to the requirements of Section 00960, Section 00962, and Section 02926, install
    highway illumination according to the following Specifications.

    Add the following subsection:

    00970.50 Grounding and Bonding - In addition to the requirements of 00960.50 and
    00962.50, ground and bond metal illumination poles and high mast towers according to the
    following:

    Install 1 inch non-metallic conduit from the pole base to the concrete and polymer concrete
    junction box at each pole. Install a ground rod in each junction box and install No. 6 AWG
    copper ground wire from the ground stud in the pole base to the ground rod in the junction
    box. The ground rod may be installed in the same junction box that provides illumination
    circuitry to the pole, however, provide a separate and independent conduit for the ground
    wire. Bond all metal conduit and metal junction box covers, if used, together to the ground
    rod.

    On the inside of high mast tower shafts, weld a 1/2 inch Type 308, 309, or 310 threaded
    stainless steel stud for a grounding lug. Locate the grounding lug 90 degrees from and
    level with the bottom of the handhole.

    00970.80 Measurement - In the paragraph that begins "The estimated quantities of…",
    replace the sentence that begins "The estimated quantities of…" with the following
    sentence:

          The quantities of lighting poles and arms are listed on the Project plans.

    00970.90 Payment - Add the following pay item to the list:

           (h) Underdeck Low Mount Luminaires…………………………………..Lump Sum

    Add the following paragraph at the end of this Subsection:

    Item (h) includes all luminaries, lamps, junction boxes and ballasts for the underdeck low
    mount luminaires.


                                      SECTION 00990 - TRAFFIC SIGNALS

Comply with Section 00990 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           147
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


00990.00 Scope - Replace this subsection, except for the subsection number and title, with the
following:

In addition to the requirements of Section 00960, Section 00962, and Section 02925, install
traffic signals according to the following Specifications.

00990.70(h) Testing and Turn-On - Add the following paragraph to the end of this subsection:

Before implementing the operation of a new traffic signal or the removal of an existing "STOP"
sign, protect traffic by installing “TRAFFIC CONTROL CHANGE AHEAD" (CW20-10-48) signs.
Install one sign per approach approximately 500 feet in advance of the intersection, facing all
incoming traffic. These signs shall remain in place for approximately 30 calendar days after
completion of the modifications to the traffic control device.

00990.75 Warranty - Replace this subsection with the following:

Provide a two year Contractor warranty according to 00170.85(b). This Contractor warranty
does not replace or reduce other warranties, including manufacturer's warranties, that are longer
than two years.

The warranty period will begin on the date of the Second Notification.

00990.90 Payment - Add the following paragraph before the paragraph that begins "No
separate or additional…":

    Standard mast arm pole foundations will be paid for according to 00963.90.

Replace the sentence that begins “Item (a) includes furnishing and installing…” with the
following sentence:

Item (a) includes furnishing and installing all items of the traffic signal system, including the fire
preemption system, the controller, the controller cabinet equipment, the signal pole-mounted
luminaires, and the detection system.


                                            SECTION 01030 - SEEDING

Comply with Section 01030 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as
follows:

01030.13(a) Label - Replace this subsection, except for the heading, with the following
subsection:

Deliver all seed in standard, sealed containers meeting the requirements of the Oregon Seed
law. See ORS 633.520 and OAR 603-056 for specific labeling requirements.

In addition to the labeling requirements of the Oregon Seed Law, label all native seed containers
with the date and location of where the original stock seed originated. Seed whose origin cannot
be traced may not meet the definition of "native". For native seed collected for direct use on a
Project, label containers with the date and field location of collection of each seed type.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              148
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




01030.13(f) Types of Seed Mixes - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

    Provide the following seed mix formulas for temporary and permanent seeding of uplands,
    roadsides, and erosion control:

         Permanent Seeding: Seeding rate 2 lbs/1,000 sq ft.

             Botanical Name                PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =                Amount
             (Common Name)              (lb/acre) (minimum)    (minimum)                     (lb/acre)
             Achillea millefolium___
             (Yarrow)                   __0.1__      ____         ____                        ____
             Poa sandbergii
             (Sandberg’s Bluegrass) __2.5__          ____         ____                        ____
             Festuca idahoensis_
             (Idaho Fescue)             _ 7.0__      ____         ____                        ____
             Agropyron spicatum
             (Bluebunch Wheatgrass)___21.0__         ____         ____                        ____
             Festuca occidentalis
             (Western Fescue)              1.5       ____         ____                        ____
             Elymus elymoides
             (Bottlebrush Squirreltail)    7.0       ____         ____                        ____

    Provide the following seed mix formulas for water quality seeding at the water quality swale:

         Water Quality Seeding: Seeding rate 1 lb/1,000 sq ft.

             Botanical Name            PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =                    Amount
             (Common Name)          (lb/acre) (minimum)    (minimum)                         (lb/acre)
             Deschampsia caespitosa___
             (HairGrass)            __1.5__      ____         ____                            ____
             Festuca rubra_
             (Red Fescue)          __12.0__      ____         ____                            ____
             Sitanion hystrix_
             (Squirrel-tail)       __2.10__      ____         ____                            ____
             Elymus glaucus
             (Wild Rye)            ___2.55__     ____         ____                            ____
             Glyceria occidentalis
             (Mannagrass)               1.5      ____         ____                            ____
             Bromus carinatus
             (Native Brome)            4.75      ____         ____                            ____
             Agrostis excarata
             (Spikegrass)              0.60      ____         ____                            ____

         Lawn Seeding: Seeding rate 8 lbs/1,000 sq ft.

             Botanical Name                      PLS ÷ (% Purity x % Germination) =          Amount
             (Common Name)                    (lb/acre) (minimum)    (minimum)               (lb/acre)

             Fine Fescue**                    __0.20__           ____                 ____    ____


    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                  149
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                Perennial Ryegrass** __0.30__             ____               ____         ____
                Kentucky Bluegrass**      _ 0.20__        ____               ____         ____
                Colonial Bentgrass**      __0.30__        ____               ____         ____
                ** Acceptable varieties (All of these varieties are trademarked):

                Fine Fescues:
                   Creeping Red Fescue: Fortress, Ensylva
                   Chewings Fescue: Banner, Highlight, Koket, and Jamestown. Pennlawn and
                   Cascade are acceptable only in Eastern Oregon.

                Perennial Ryegrass:
                   Citation, Derby, Diplomat, Manhattan, Omega, Pennfine, Regal, and
                   Yorktown II.  Only Manhattan and Pennfine are acceptable east of the
                   Cascades.

                Kentucky Bluegrass:
                   Adelphi, Baron, Ben-Sun, Birka, Bonnieblue, Fylking, Galaxy, Glade, Majestic,
                   Merion, Monopoly, Primo, Sydsport, and Victa.

                Colonial Bentgrass:
                   Highland, Astoria, Exeter, and Holfior.


01030.14(b-3) Statewide, Near Water – Replace this subsection with the following.

01030.14(b-3) Statewide, Sensitive areas and Near Water - Do not apply fertilizer to Sensitive
Areas or within 50 feet of waters of the State or U.S.

01030.15 Mulch - Add the following paragraph and bullets to the end of this subsection:

Furnish straw mulch for all roadside erosion control seeding except hydromulch may be used
under the following conditions:

                Spring planting west of the Cascades between March 1 and May 15.
                Slopes are steeper than 1V to 1.5H and longer than 16 feet.
                Residential or commercial sites with low erosion potential such as sidewalk,
                 median, or parking lot planter strips.

Projects that have variable slopes may include straw mulch and hydromulch when approved.

01030.42 Weed Control - Add the following paragraph and bullets before paragraph (a) of this
subsection:

Where identified, kill and remove weeds in accordance with Section 1040.48

Oregon Department of Agriculture (ODA) listed noxious weed species found on site include the
following:

               Diffuse knapweed (Centaurea diffusa)
               Rush skeletonweed (Chondrilla juncea)



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              150
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

        Canada thistle (Cirsium arvense)
        Scotch Broom (Cystus scoparium)
        St. John’s wort/Klamath weed (Hypericum perforatum)
        Japanese knotweed (Polygonum cuspidatum)
        Himalayan blackberry (Rubus discolor, Rubus armenica).

In addition to the above and those mentioned in the statutes and regulations, include the
following plants:

        Reed Canary Grass (Phalaris arundinacea)
        Cutleaf blackberry (Rubus laciniatus)
        Tree of heaven (Alianthus altisima), and
        others that may be identified on site.


01030.60 General - Replace this subsection with the following:

01030.60 General- Ensure that each seeded area has a uniform, healthy and weed-free
stand of grass or other seeded plants growing at the end of the establishment period. The
minimum living plant coverage standards for acceptance of seeding in a planted area are
as follows:

        Temporary Seeding - 70% coverage of ground surface.

        Permanent Seeding - 90% coverage of ground surface.

        Water Quality and Lawn Seeding - 100% coverage of ground surface.


                                       SECTION 01040 - PLANTING


Comply with Section 01040 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

01040.14(a) Selected Topsoil – In the paragraph beginning “Furnish native topsoil…”
replace the second sentence with the following “The general limits of topsoil materials shall
originate from areas along the new and existing eastbound on-ramp excavations.”

01040.14       Topsoil - Add the following subsections:

(e) Water Quality Swale Topsoil – Topsoil used in the lining of water quality swale shall
consist of 33% sandy loam topsoil, 33% coarse sand and 34% compost material
conforming to 01040.15(b). Topsoil shall be a sandy loam as defined by the USDA soil
texture classification and be evaluated by an accredited soils testing laboratory and
approved by the project engineer prior to use. Thoroughly mix components of water quality
swale topsoil prior to use.


01040.20(e) Wood Chip Mulch - Add the following to the end of this subsection:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009         151
      I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
      Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

      Provide wood chip mulch in the following size range:

      For mulch applications use fir or hemlock bark, medium grind. Ninety-five percent of the
      material shall pass through a 1-1/2 sieve and no more than 55 percent, by loose volume,
      shall pass through a U.S. No. 4 sieve.
      Bark dust is not acceptable.


01040.20(f) Re-used River Rock- Existing river rock within the project limits shall be salvaged,
stockpiled and re-used as indicated on plans. River rock shall be screened and washed prior to
replacement. River Rock material shall be free of fines and other non-rock related materials.

01040.22 Water - Provide timed release water on this project. Use 1 Quart Gel Packs of timed-
released water at the rate of 4 per 1” Cal. deciduous tree and 4 per 3’ Ht. conifer tree.


01040.48(a) Method "A" (Cultivated Planting Areas, Non-lawn) - In the paragraph that
begins "Cultivate plant beds…", replace "2 inches" with "12 inches in the first sentence and
replace "52 inches" with "2 inches" in the second sentence.


01040.49 General Planting - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The following watering frequencies are required:

             • Deciduous trees that are 1 1/2 inch and larger, water at a frequency of 1 time per
             week or as needed depending on weather/drought conditions.
             • Conifer trees that are over 4 feet tall, water at a frequency of 1 time per week or as
             needed depending on weather/drought conditions.


01040.53(b) Non-Ornamental Plant Bed Areas – Change nominal depth of mulch from a
nominal 2 inch to a nominal 3 inch depth.

01040.80 Measurement- Add to the following subsection:

01040.80(f) Re-used River Rock - Re-used River Rock will be paid for on a lump sum basis
with an estimated quantity of 395 cubic yards.

1040.90 Payment – Update the Pay Item list with the following:

Conifer Trees, 5 Ft Height .................................................................................... Each

Deciduous Trees, ¾ Inch Caliper ………………………………………………Each

Shrubs, No. 1 Container………… ………………………………………………..Each

Bark Mulch…………………………..………………………………………………Cubic Yard

Reused River Rock ……………………………………………………………….Lump Sum




      SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                                  152
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


01040.90(b) Topsoil and Wetland Topsoil – In the first paragraph, change “Topsoil” to “Water
Quality Pond Topsoil”.

01040.90(f) Mulch- Add the following to the pay item list: Re-used River Rock



                                  SECTION 01050 - FENCES
    Comply with Section 01050 of the Standard Specifications.


                       SECTION 01140 – POTABLE WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS

    Comply with Section 01140 of the Standard Specifications.


                               SECTION 01150 – POTABLE WATER VALVES

    Comply with Section 01150 of the Standard Specifications.



                        SECTION 01092 - STORMWATER CONTROL FACILITIES

    Section 01092, which is not a Standard Specification, is included for this Project by Special
    Provision.

                                                       Description

    01092.00 Scope - This work consists of furnishing and installing a stormwater biofiltration
    swale as shown or directed.

                                                         Materials


    01092.11 Blended Compost and Topsoil Mixture - Furnish composted yard debris
    meeting the requirements of 01040.15(b).

    Furnish topsoil meeting the requirements of 01040.14.

    Blend the composted yard debris and topsoil so that the mixture:

       • Is composed of between 40% and 50% composted yard debris material and between
         50% and 60% topsoil material.
       • Has a pH between 5.5 and 8.0.
       • Does not have clumps greater than 3 inches in any direction.

    01092.13 Concrete - Furnish concrete meeting the requirements of Section 00440.

    01092.17 Riprap - Furnish riprap meeting the requirements of 00390.11.



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          153
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    01092.18 Manholes, Catch Basins, and inlets - Furnish manholes, catch basins, and
    inlets meeting the requirements of 00470.10.

    01092.19 Storm Sewer Pipe - Furnish storm sewer pipe meeting the requirements
    of 00445.11.

                                                      Construction

    01092.40 General - Construct water quality facility as shown or directed. Perform swale
    excavation work only when the biofiltration swale area is dry. Do not stockpile excavated
    material in the biofiltration swale area. Scarify the subsoil area a minimum 12 inches deep.
    After scarification, place the blended compost and topsoil mixture in maximum 12 inch lifts.
    Compact each lift by saturating it with water.

                                                      Maintenance

    01092.70 Cleaning - If a stormwater control facility is used for erosion and sediment
    control, remove all accumulated sediment and debris before completing the facility.

                                                      Measurement

01092.80 Measurement - No measurement of quantities will be made for work performed
under this Section.


                                                         Payment

01092.90 Payment – No separate or additional payment will be made for work that is required
to be done under these specifications that does not appear as a separately listed item in the
contract Schedule of Items.


                            SECTION 02110 - POSTS, BLOCKS, AND BRACES

Comply with Section 02110 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

02110.40(a) Grading - Replace the Douglas Fir and Hem-Fir grading requirements with the
following grading requirements:

    Species                               4" x 4"                      4" x 6"          6" x 6"
                                                                                      and Larger

    Douglas Fir 124-c WCLIB 123-c WCLIB                           131-cc WCLIB
                            42.12 WWPA                            62.12 WWPA          80.12 WWPA

    Hem-Fir                           124-c WCLIB                  123-c WCLIB        (not allowed)
                                      42.12 WWPA                   62.12 WWPA         (not allowed)


                    SECTION 02210 – MATERIALS FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                   154
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    Comply with Section 02210 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

02210.30 Coating Materials for Concrete - Replace subsection with the following:

 (a) Textured Concrete Surfaces - The color shall closely match Sherwin-Williams Black Fox
(#7020). This stain should act as the base color, with the use of at least 3 shades similar to
Sherwin-Williams Black Fox (#7020) to create a match to the median shades of the basaltic rock in
the surrounding area.

The Contractor shall submit color samples of the proposed coatings for the Engineer’s approval.
Obtain written approval for the proposed coating application system and color prior to ordering
material.

    (b) Non-Textured Concrete Surfaces - The color shall match Miller Paint “Dapper” (#0192) to
    the Engineer’s approval.

    02210.31 Coating Requirements for Concrete - Add the following subsection:

    Use 100% acrylic, water repellent, vapor permeable, UV resistant concrete stain intended
    for exterior use on new concrete surfaces from one of the following Manufacturers:

             Kwal Paint
             3900 Joliet Street
             Denver, CO 80239
             Telephone 1-800-383-8406

             The Sherwin-Williams Company
             101 Prospect Avenue NW
             Cleveland, OH 44115
             Telephone 1-800-321-8194

             United Coatings
             19011 E. Cataldo Avenue
             Spokane Valley, WA 99016
             Telephone 1-800-541-4383

             Miller Paint Company
             12812 NE Whitaker Way
             Portland, OR 97230
             Telephone 503-255-0190

    All concrete stains shall meet the following minimum requirements:

             Requirement                                                              Test Method

             Total Weight – 10.3 lb/gal minimum                          ASTM D1475
             Solids by Weight – 40% minimum                              ASTM D2369
             Volatile Organic Compounds - 2.9 lb/gal (350 g/L) maximum** ASTM D3960




    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 155
     I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
     Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

              ** This limit correlates to the amount of volatile organic compounds less exempt
              compounds and water if present.

     The concrete surface stain shall be provided by the following firm:


                    Livingston Construction, Inc.
                    7619 Lakeside Avenue, SW
                    Olympia, WA 98512
                    Telephone 360-754-8235

     The concrete surface stain shall be applied in accordance to the manufacturer's written
     instructions for application, qualification of applicator, rate of application, and number of coats
to apply. Stain shall be applied only at the manufacturers recommended air temperature range. It
shall not be applied upon damp surfaces, in high humidity, or otherwise unsatisfactory for the work
in the opinion of the manufacturer or the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit five copies of the
manufacturer's written specifications to the Engineer three business days prior to the start of
staining work.

At boundaries between two color tones or between surfaces receiving color at different times, care
shall be taken and protection provided to avoid over-spray and color overlap.
Test areas will be required prior to performing the coloring work of the finished structure. Test
areas shall be a minimum of 405 square feet each and include all operations and preparations
herein specified. The location of the test areas shall be selected from surfaces of low visibility and
shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer prior to proceeding with the remaining coloration.
Retesting will be required where results do not meet the requirements of these special provisions.
All work shall conform to the approved test area, which will serve as the basis for determining the
appropriate stain application. The approved test areas shall become part of the work.


                           SECTION 02450 - MANHOLE AND INLET MATERIALS

Comply with Section 02450 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

02450.30 Metal Frames, Covers, Grates, and Ladders - Under the Projects on State
Highways requirements, replace the "Inlet frames and grates" line with the following lines:

                  Inlet frames and grates                   M 306                      Class 35 B
                                                            M 227 (A 663)                  65
                                                            M 270 (A 709) A 36             36
                                                            M 103 (A 27)                 65 - 35


                              SECTION 02520 – STEEL AND CONCRETE PILES

Comply with Section 02810 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified as
follows:

02520.10(b) Steel Pipe Piles - Replace Grade 2 with Grade 3.




     SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                156
     I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
     Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                                      SECTION 02630 - BASE AGGREGATE

 Comply with Section 02630 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

 02630.10(a) Grading - In Table 02630-01, add the following sieve size line before the No. 10
 sieve size line and add the following footnote at the end to the table:

 No. 4 *                                                                               

* Report percent passing sieve when no grading requirements are listed


                                             SECTION 02810 - BRIDGE RAIL

     Comply with Section 02810 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
     as follows:

     02810.50       Metal Thrie Beam Rail - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

     02810.50 Metal Thrie Beam Rail – Provide metal thrie beam rail meeting the
     requirements of AASHTO M 180 for "weathering" Type IV rail. Rail shall be Class A.
     Hardware shall meet the requirements of 02820.30.


                                      SECTION 02820 - METAL GUARDRAIL

     Comply with Section 02820 of the Standard Specifications supplemented and/or modified
     as follows:

     02820.10       Metal Beam Rail - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

     02820.10 Metal Beam Rail – Provide metal beam rail meeting the requirements of
     AASHTO M 180 for "weathering" Type IV rail. Rail shall be Class A.

     02820.20 Metal Guardrail and Median Barrier Posts – Replace this subsection with the
     following:

     02820.20 Metal Guardrail Posts – Metal posts shall be weathering steel.

     02820.30(a) General - Replace the sentence beginning “All bolts, nuts, washers” with the
     following sentence:

     All bolts, nuts, washers and other fittings for beam-type guardrail shall be weathering steel
     meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 180.


                          SECTION 02920 - COMMON ELECTRICAL MATERIALS

     Comply with Section 02920 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

     02920.22 Cable - Add the following sentence to the end of the "Loop Feeder Cable" bullet:



     SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           157
    I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
    Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


    When shown, construct loop feeder circuits of two-conductor No. 18 AWG twisted pair
    shielded cable with drain wire conforming to IMSA 50-2.



                              SECTION 02925 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS

    Comply with Section 02925 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

    02925.42 Traffic Signal Control Devices - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

The following changes are made to the September 2001 Standard Specifications for
Microcomputer Signal Controller:

3.1.6.1 Replace "15 amps" with "10 amps"

6.1.1.1 Add the following to the listed items: Auxiliary output file

6.1.1.4 In the first sentence, remove "with Model 400 Modem".

6.5.2.1 Replace the last sentence with the following:

All spade connectors on wires connecting to the input panel (terminal blocks TB1 through TB10
and DC ground bus) and/or input files (terminal blocks T1 through T15) shall be crimped and
soldered to the wires.

Add the following new Section to Chapter 8:

                                SECTION 3 - TELEPHONE EQUIPPED CABINETS

8.3.1   General Requirements

        8.3.1.1 Data transmission between the controller and the remote control locations shall
        be by standard dial-up telephone line. Transmission rate shall support a variable
        transmission rate determined by autosyncing of the modem. The modem shall operate
        with the controller at any speed or settings the modem establishes with the external
        source. The remote station shall have a dial-up telephone line at the remote control.
        Provide one auto-dial/auto-answer external modem (28,000 bps minimum) for the
        controller.

Add the following new Chapter 9:

                              CHAPTER 9 - MODEL 2070 CONTROLLER UNIT

                                  SECTION 1 - MODEL 2070L CONTROLLER

        9.1.1          Unit Chassis

        9.1.1.1        The 2070L Controller shall consist of a 2070 Chassis meeting the following
                       requirements:



    SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          158
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


                   1.   Lite Cage
                   2.   2070-1B CPU Module
                   3.   2070-2A C1 Field I/O Connector Module
                   4.   2070-4A or 4B Power Supply Module
                   5.   2070-3B 8x40 LCD Display Module
                   6.   2070-6A 1200 baud Modem Module
                   7.   Two 2Mb Data Key

    9.1.2          Controller and Module

    9.1.2.1        The 2070L Controller and module shall meet the following specifications:

                   1. Caltrans 2002 TEES
                   2. TEES Errata 1, October 27, 2003
                   3. TEES Errata 2. June 8, 2004
                   4. Caltrans QPL Listed
                   5. OS-9 Operating System version 3.3 (Ethernet Capable)
                   6. Controller Boot Code Compatible with NW Signal Voyage Controller
                      Firmware and all included features
                   7. Tested and approved Boot Codes are:

                        a. Econolite - Boot Code 2002 V1.01.08.02b or later
                        b. Simens/Eagle - Boot Code OS0 V3.3.0 Operating               System
                           7.0.0.0.0.15 or later
                        c. McCain - Boot Code 01.92

02925.51 Traffic Signal Lamps - Add the following to the end of this subsection:

Provide the following LED modules:

                                          Vehicle Signals

                     Indication             8 Inch Lens              12 Inch Lens
                     Color                      Type                     Type

                     Red                         LED 1                    LED 1
                     Yellow                      LED 1                    LED 1
                     Green                       LED 1                    LED 1

                                      Pedestrian Signals 2

                     Indication             Side by Side              Countdown
                     Color                     Type                     Type

                     Hand                        LED 3                    LED 4
                     Walking Man                 LED 3                    LED 4
                     Numbers                                             LED 4
    1
        Flange mount LED modules.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               159
      I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
      Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

          2
              Pedestrian signal LED modules may be a combination of indication in one module or
              single indication in separate modules.
          3
              Side by side LED modules are a combination of indication (both the hand and walking
              man in one module).
          4
              Countdown LED modules are a combination of indication (both the hand and walking
              man overlaid on the left with numbers on the right in one module).

              02925.65(a-1) Standard - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

              (1) Standard - The standard light source shall meet the requirements of 02925.51.

02925.65(a-2) Count Down - Replace this subsection with the following subsection:

              (2) Count Down - The count down shall meet the requirements of 02925.51.

              Add the following subsection:

02925.68 Signal Head Covers - Provide signal head covers that:

                 •   Are yellow prefabricated nylon.
                 •   Completely cover the head, visors, and backplate.
                 •   Include a fine mesh insert for signal testing.
                 •   Have integral elastic bands and clips to secure the covers to the signal.



                         SECTION 02926 -           LAMPS, BALLASTS, AND LUMINAIRES

Comply with Section 02926 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows:

Add the following subsection:

02926.53(c) Underdeck Low Mount Luminaires - Add the following subsection:

The luminaire shall include a completely pre-wired integral ballast and optical assembly. The
ballast housing shall feature a die-cast aluminum finish with baked gray electrocoat paint.

The luminaire shall be UL listed suitable for wet locations; weatherproof, dustproof and corrosion
resistant. Gaskets shall be provided at all points where water entry is probable. All exposed
screws and/or rivets shall be or corrosion resistant material.

The optical assembly shall include a refractor made of a high-impact resistant composition of
polycarbonate resin.

      (1) Performance of Underdeck Low Mount Luminaires - Add the following subsection:

      When equipped with a 6300 lumen lamp (70 watt), each luminaire shall provide the
      following performance:




      SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             160
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

A minimum of 73 percent of the lamp lumens shall be transmitted downward.               Total
efficiency shall be a minimum of 76 percent.

   Minimum initial illuminance (in foot-candles) on the pavement at the following points shall
   be:

                Degrees from                Minimum                    Maximum
    Point         Nadir                    Candlepower                Candlepower

    A                0                      945                          1050
    B               15                     970                             -
    C               25                     1121                            -
    D               35                     1165                            -
    E               50                     1171                            -
    F               65                       -                            665




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          161
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                                         APPENDIX A




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009   162
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development


            SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS



PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes the following:

           1.      Electrical equipment coordination and installation.
           2.      Sleeves for raceways and cables.
           3.      Sleeve seals.
           4.      Common electrical installation requirements.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: For each type of product indicated.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Test Equipment Suitability and Calibration: Comply with NETA ATS, "Suitability of Test
        Equipment" and "Test Instrument Calibration."

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
         NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
         jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.


1.4        WARRANTY - Reserved


1.5        COORDINATION

   Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment:
        1.    To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum
              interference to other installations.
        2.    To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope.
        3.    So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be
              clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other
              equipment.

   Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place
        concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed.

   Coordinate electrical testing of electrical, mechanical, and architectural items, so
        equipment and systems that are functionally interdependent are tested to
        demonstrate successful interoperability.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009       163
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

   Comply with NECA 1.

   Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
        components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect
        in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with
        other items in the vicinity.

   Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.


PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT


4.1        MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

   All electrical work shown on drawings 2B-9 and 2B-10 and described in Appendix A of
          these Special Provisions shall be included in the lump sum pay item “Stormwater
          Lift Station Electrical Construction” indicated in “Section 00471 Lift Stations”.


END OF SECTION 16050


                            SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Requirements
        specified in this Section may be supplemented by requirements of other Sections.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: For ground rods.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009        164
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled under UL 467 as
         defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities
         having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
         offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
         limited to, the manufacturers specified in this Section.

           1.      Apache Grounding/Erico Inc.
           2.      Boggs, Inc.
           3.      Chance/Hubbell.
           4.      Copperweld Corp.
           5.      Dossert Corp.
           6.      Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group.
           7.      Framatome Connectors/Burndy Electrical.
           8.      Galvan Industries, Inc.
           9.      Harger Lightning Protection, Inc.
           10.     Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc.
           11.     Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co.
           12.     Ideal Industries, Inc.
           13.     ILSCO.
           14.     Kearney/Cooper Power Systems.
           15.     Korns, C. C. Co.; Division of Robroy Industries.
           16.     Lightning Master Corp.
           17.     Lyncole XIT Grounding.
           18.     O-Z/Gedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group.
           19.     Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell.
           20.     Robbins Lightning, Inc.
           21.     Salisbury, W. H. & Co.
           22.     Superior Grounding Systems, Inc.
           23.     Thomas & Betts, Electrical.


2.2        GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

   For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

   Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation.

   Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.

   Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009         165
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Bare, Solid-Copper Conductors: ASTM B 3.

   Assembly of Bare, Stranded-Copper Conductors: ASTM B 8.

   Bare, Tinned-Copper Conductors: ASTM B 33.

   Copper Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor.

   Copper Bonding Jumper:       Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors,
       terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

   Tinned-Copper Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided copper conductors,
        terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.

   Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulated
        spacer.

   Connectors: Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes,
       and combinations of conductors and connected items.


2.3        GROUNDING ELECTRODES

   Ground Rods: Copper-clad


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

   Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct
        contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials.

   In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.

   Exothermic-Welded Connections:                   Use for connections to structural steel and for
        underground connections.

   Equipment Grounding Conductors: Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes,
        and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger
        sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated.

           1.      Install insulated equipment grounding conductors in feeders.

   Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other
        and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes.

           2.      Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade,
                   unless otherwise indicated.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                166
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           3.      Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors.        Use
                   exothermic welds, except as otherwise indicated. Make connections without
                   exposing steel or damaging copper coating.

   Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless
        otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they
        may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

   Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration
        isolation hangers or supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use
        exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type
        connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic
        structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in
        locations accessible for maintenance.

   Connections: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is
       minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection
       methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible.

           4.      Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and
                   to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series.
           5.      Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
           6.      Exothermic-Welded Connections:         Comply with manufacturer's written
                   instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces
                   indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
           7.      Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger,
                   use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding
                   conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors.
           8.      Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at
                   metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing,
                   terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding
                   bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in
                   housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at entrances and exits
                   with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise
                   indicated.
           9.      Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and
                   terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If
                   manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
                   UL 486A.
           10.     Compression-Type Connections:         Use hydraulic compression tools to
                   provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use
                   tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer.                Provide
                   embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication
                   that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.
           11.     Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to
                   ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal
                   against moisture penetration of insulation and cable.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             167
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

3.2        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:

           1.      After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry
                   has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.
           2.      Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum
                   ground-resistance level is indicated and at service disconnect enclosure
                   grounding terminal. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days
                   after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by
                   any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical
                   treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance.
                   Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.
           3.      Provide drawings locating each ground rod, ground rod assembly, and other
                   grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to
                   the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and
                   their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other
                   phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to
                   improve test results. Nominal maximum values are as follows:

                   a.     Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.
                   b.     Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.
                   c.     Equipment Rated More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.
                   d.     Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms.


END OF SECTION 16060



          SECTION 16072 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes the following:

           1.      Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.
           2.      Seismic restraints for electrical equipment and systems.
           3.      Construction requirements for concrete bases.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and
        finish for each type and size of seismic-restraint component used.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              168
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           1.      Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers
                   and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an agency
                   acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
           2.      Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance
                   with requirements.

   Shop Drawings for Seismic Restraints: For restraints and their attachments to structure
        not defined on Drawings, identify hardware, and indicate analysis, forces,
        strengths, materials, and dimensions, signed and sealed by a registered
        professional engineer licensed in the State of Oregon.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the UBC unless requirements in this
       Section are more stringent.

   Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
        Welding Code - Steel."


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
         requirements apply to product selection:

           1.      Available Manufacturers:         Subject to compliance with requirements,
                   manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
                   include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified in this Section.


2.2        SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS

   Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads
        calculated or imposed under this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of
        five times the applied force.

   Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-3, factory-fabricated components
         for field assembly, and provide finish suitable for the environment in which
         installed.

           1.      Manufacturers:

                   a.     Cooper B-Line; a division of Cooper Industries.
                   b.     ERICO International Corporation.
                   c.     Allied Support Systems; Power-Strut Unit.
                   d.     GS Metals Corp.
                   e.     Michigan Hanger Co., Inc.; O-Strut Div.
                   f.     National Pipe Hanger Corp.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             169
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                   g.     Thomas & Betts Corporation.
                   h.     Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd.
                   i.     Wesanco, Inc.

           2.      Channel Dimensions: Selected for structural loading and applicable seismic
                   forces.

   Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1.

   Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints:                       ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel
         plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

   Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items
       or their supports to building surfaces include the following:

           3.      Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use
                   in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout
                   capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which
                   used.

                   a.     Manufacturers:

                          1)      Cooper B-Line; a division of Cooper Industries.
                          2)      Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
                          3)      Hilti, Inc.
                          4)      ITW Construction Products.
                          5)      MKT Fastening, LLC.
                          6)      Powers Fasteners.

           4.      Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron slotted-support-system units
                   similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-3 or MSS SP-58.
           5.      Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type
                   suitable for attached structural element.
           6.      Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, high strength. Comply with
                   ASTM A 325.
           7.      Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.


2.3        SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS

   Rated Strength, Features, and Application Requirements for Restraint Components: As
        defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

           1.      Structural Safety Factor: Strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of
                   components used shall be at least five times the maximum seismic forces to
                   which they will be subjected.

   Angle and Channel-Type Brace Assemblies: Steel angles or steel slotted-support-
        system components; with accessories for attachment to braced component at one
        end and to at the other end.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     170
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

2.4        FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES

   Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit
        dimensions of supported equipment.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        APPLICATION

   Comply with NECA 1 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment
       and systems, unless requirements in this Section or applicable Code are stricter.


3.2        SUPPORT/INSTALLATION

   Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements, except as specified in this Article.

   Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, conduits may
       be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.

   Install seismic-restraint components using methods approved by the evaluation service
          providing required submittals for component.

   Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so
        strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads
        within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength
        determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb.

   Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and
       fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the
       following methods, unless otherwise indicated by Code:
       1.    To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
       2.    To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
       3.    To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, with
             lock washers and nuts. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.

   Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid
          reinforcing bars.


3.3        CONCRETE BASES

   Concrete Bases:     Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment
        manufacturer's written instructions.

   Contractor shall submit plans for review and approval of concrete bases, signed and
        sealed by a licensed engineer in the State of Oregon, at least 15 days prior to
        installation.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             171
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

3.4        INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS

   Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for pad-mounted equipment, arranged to
          provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base.

   Restraint Cables: Provide slack within maximums recommended by manufacturer.


3.5        ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION

   Make flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and
       busways where they cross expansion and seismic-control joints, where adjacent
       sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where
       they terminate with connection to electrical equipment that is anchored to a
       different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach
       equipment.


END OF SECTION 16072



                           SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES



PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and
         terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Field quality-control test reports.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
         NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
         jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

   Comply with NFPA 70.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009       172
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
         requirements apply for product selection:


2.2        Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
           offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
           limited to, the manufacturers specified in this Section. CONDUCTORS AND
           CABLES

   Manufacturers:

           1.      Alcan Aluminum Corporation; Alcan Cable Div.
           2.      American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company.
           3.      General Cable Corporation.
           4.      Senator Wire & Cable Company.
           5.      Southwire Company.

   Refer to Part 3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable
        construction, and ratings.

   Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5 solid conductor for
       No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

   Conductor Insulation Types: Type XHHW complying with NEMA WC 5.


2.3        CONNECTORS AND SPLICES

   Manufacturers:

           1.      AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
           2.      AMP Incorporated/Tyco International.
           3.      Hubbell/Anderson.
           4.      O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC.
           5.      3M Company; Electrical Products Division.

   Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material,
        type, and class for application and service indicated.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          173
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

   Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound
        used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's
        recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

   Use pulling, means including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips,
        that will not damage cables or raceway.

   Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural
          members, and follow surface contours where possible.

   Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
        Methods."

   Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic
          Electrical Materials and Methods”

   Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess
       equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced
       conductors.

           1.      Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum
                   conductors.

   Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack.


3.2        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   Testing: Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in
         NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters.

   Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:

           1.      Test procedures used.
           2.      Test results that comply with requirements.
           3.      Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken
                   to achieve compliance with requirements.


END OF SECTION 16120




                              SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             174
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical
        wiring.

   See Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for supports, anchors,
        and identification products.

   See Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor-box
        service fittings.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover
        enclosures, and cabinets indicated.

   Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details of components for raceways,
        fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
         NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
         jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

   Comply with NFPA 70.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
         requirements apply for product selection:

           1.      Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
                   by the manufacturers specified in this Section.


2.2        METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING

   Manufacturers:

           1.      AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
           2.      Alflex Inc.
           3.      Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009         175
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           4.      Electri-Flex Co.
           5.      Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div.
           6.      LTV Steel Tubular Products Company.
           7.      Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex.
           8.      O-Z Gedney; Unit of General Signal.
           9.      Wheatland Tube Co.

   Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

   LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.

   Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials.


2.3        NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING

   Manufacturers:

           1.      American International.
           2.      Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
           3.      Arnco Corp.
           4.      Cantex Inc.
           5.      Certainteed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group.
           6.      Condux International.
           7.      ElecSYS, Inc.
           8.      Electri-Flex Co.
           9.      Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
           10.     Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex.
           11.     RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc.
           12.     Spiralduct, Inc./AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
           13.     Thomas & Betts Corporation.

   ENT: NEMA TC 13.

   RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC.

   ENT and RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.

   LFNC: UL 1660.


2.4        BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS

   Manufacturers:

           1.      Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc.
           2.      Emerson/General Signal; Appleton Electric Company.
           3.      Erickson Electrical Equipment Co.
           4.      Hoffman.
           5.      Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
           6.      O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009     176
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           7.      RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc.
           8.      Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division.
           9.      Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM Division.
           10.     Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.
           11.     Thomas & Betts Corporation.
           12.     Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The).
           13.     Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary.

   .


2.5        FACTORY FINISHES

   Finish: For raceway, enclosure, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's
         standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        RACEWAY APPLICATION

   Outdoors:

           1.      Exposed: Rigid steel or IMC.
           2.      Concealed: Rigid steel or IMC.
           3.      Underground, Single Run: RNC.
           4.      Underground, Grouped: RNC.
           5.      Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic,
                   Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.

                   a.     Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R.

   Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size

   Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.


3.2        INSTALLATION

   Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.

   Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
        Methods."

   Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so
        curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab.

   Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in same plane and
       keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009        177
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints
         tight.

           1.      Use insulating bushings to protect conductors.

   Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools.

   Terminations:

           2.      Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways
                   to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two
                   locknuts, one inside and one outside box.
           3.      Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or
                   fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where
                   chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten
                   chase nipple so no threads are exposed.

   Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with
          not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end
          of pull wire.

   Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to
        freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside
        for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid
        steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches above the floor. Install screwdriver-
        operated, threaded plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections.

   Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit; for equipment
         subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use
         LFMC in damp or wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible
         connections.


3.3        PROTECTION

   Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and
         cabinets are without damage or deterioration until final acceptance.

           1.      Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
                   manufacturer.
           2.      Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
                   recommended by manufacturer.


END OF SECTION 16130



SECTION 16231 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATORS




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             178
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes packaged gas-engine generator sets with the following features
        and accessories:

           1.      Battery charger
           2.      Engine-generator set
           3.      Muffler
           4.      Exhaust piping external to set
           5.      Outdoor enclosure
           6.      Starting battery

   See Division 16 Section "Transfer Switches" for transfer switches including sensors and
        relays to initiate automatic-starting and -stopping signals for engine-generator sets.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: For each generator set and each accessory.

   Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads,
        required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size
        of each field connection.

   Certified summary of prototype-unit test report.

   Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not
          identical, to those tested on prototype unit.

   Source quality-control test reports.

   Field quality-control test reports.

   Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NFPA 110.

   Operation and maintenance data.

   Special warranty specified in this Section.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and
          approved for installation of units required for this Project.

   Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 200 miles of
       Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency
       maintenance repairs.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          179
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
        Vessel Code: Section IX for welding exhaust system piping.

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
         NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
         jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

   Comply with NFPA 37.

   Comply with NFPA 70.

   Comply with NFPA 99.

   Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for emergency power supply system.


1.4        WARRANTY

           Provide a one year Contractor warranty according to ODOT Standard Specification
           Section 00170.85(b-1). This Contractor warranty does not replace or reduce other
           warranties, including manufacturer’s warranties, that are longer than one year. The
           Warranty shall cover the materials and installation described in this Section. The
           warranty period will begin on the date of the Second Notification. When the
           Agency makes written request to the contractor for repair or replacement, the
           warranty period will stop until the requested repair(s) or replacement(s) are made
           and accepted.

           Upon notification by the Engineer of a failure of the generator set to supply
           appropriate power to operate the storm sewer lift station and the storm water
           treatment facilities before, during, and after any rainfall event, provide the following
           remedy:

                 Repair or replace failures within 90 days of notification

                 Remedy work shall include removal of failed materials, and the cost and
                  installation of replacement materials at no additional cost to the Agency

                 Use materials and procedures meeting these Appendix A Specifications. All
                  repairs and replacement materials shall be warranted for the remaining
                  warranty period.

                 Coordinate timing of repair work with the Engineer

           At the discretion of the Agency, a temporary generator set may be required, at the
           Contractor’s expense, to protect traffic until repairs can be made.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               180
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
       manufacturers specified in this Section.

           1.      Caterpillar; Engine Div.
           2.      Generac Power Systems, Inc.
           3.      Kohler Co; Generator Division.
           4.      MagneTek, Inc.
           5.      Onan Corp./Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group.


2.2        ENGINE-GENERATOR SET

   Packaged engine-generator set shall be a coordinated assembly of compatible
        components.

   Power Output Ratings: Nominal ratings as indicated, with capacity as required to
       operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing.

   Output Connections: Three-phase, three-wire.

   Safety Standard: Comply with ASME B15.1.

   Nameplates: Each major system component shall be equipped with a nameplate to
       identify manufacturer's name and address, and model and serial number of
       component.

   Mounting Frame: Adequate strength and rigidity to maintain alignment of mounted
       components without depending on concrete foundation. Mounting frame shall be
       free from sharp edges and corners and shall have lifting attachments arranged for
       lifting with slings without damaging components.


2.3        GENERATOR-SET PERFORMANCE

   Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 4 percent of rated output voltage from no
        load to full load.

   Steady-State Voltage Modulation Frequency: Less than 1 Hz.

   Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step-
        load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-
        state operating band within three seconds.

   Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no
        load to full load.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009      181
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at any constant load within
        the rated load, there shall be no random speed variations outside the steady-state
        operational band and no hunting or surging of speed.

   Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 5 percent variation for a 50 percent step-
        load increase or decrease. Frequency shall recover and remain within the steady-
        state operating band within five seconds.

   Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral
        shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. The
        telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed
        50 percent.

   Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output
        terminals, the system shall supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full-load
        current for not less than 10-seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without
        damage to generator system components.

   Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10, system requirements.


2.4        SERVICE CONDITIONS

   Environmental Conditions: Engine-generator system shall withstand the following
         environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation
         of performance capability:

           1.      Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 to plus 40 deg C.
           2.      Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent.
           3.      Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet

   Fuel: Natural gas with automatic LP- gas standby.

   Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm.

   Maximum Piston Speed for Four-Cycle Engines: 2250 fpm.

   Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid:

           4.      Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers
                   and smaller while passing full flow.
           5.      Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil
                   temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-
                   safe.
           6.      Dual Natural gas with LP –Gas backup (Vapor-Withdrawal) System.
                   a.     Carburetor.
                   b.     Secondary Gas Regulators: One for each fuel type.
                   c.     Fuel-Shutoff Solenoid Valves: One for each fuel source.
                   d.     Flexlble Fuel Connestors: One for each fuel source.

   Engine Fuel System:




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           182
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           7.      Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel
                   flow under starting and load conditions.
           8.      Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and
                   returns excess fuel to source.

   Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket
        system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater
        capacity.

   Governor: Mechanical.


2.5        ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

   Description: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine-
        generator-set mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump.

   Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water,
        with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer.

   Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow
       automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended
       by engine manufacturer.

   Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer
        covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion-resistant fabric.

           1.      Rating: 50-psig maximum working pressure with coolant at 180 deg F and
                   noncollapsible under vacuum.
           2.      End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and
                   equipment connections.


2.6        FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

   Comply with NFPA 30.


2.7        ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM

   Muffler: Critical type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer; sound level
         measured at a distance of 10 feet from exhaust discharge shall be 85 dBA or less.

   Connection from Engine to Exhaust System: Flexible section of corrugated stainless-
       steel pipe.

   Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless-steel expansion joint with liner.

   Exhaust Piping External to Engine: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, welded, black
        steel, with welded joints and fittings.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           183
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

2.8        COMBUSTION-AIR INTAKE

   Description: Standard duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter
        element and "blocked filter" indicator.


2.9        STARTING SYSTEM

   Description: 24-V electric, with negative ground and including the following items:

           1.      Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-
                   cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in
                   "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph in "Service Conditions" Article.
           2.      Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases
                   from engine flywheel without binding.
           3.      Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified.
           4.      Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in
                   "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph in "Service Conditions" Article to
                   provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging.
           5.      Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable
                   length indicated.       Include required interconnecting conductors and
                   connection accessories.
           6.      Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish
                   and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged
                   to maintain battery above 10 deg C regardless of external ambient
                   temperature within range specified in "Environmental Conditions" Paragraph
                   in "Service Conditions" Article. Include accessories required to support and
                   fasten batteries in place.
           7.      Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state
                   voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating.
           8.      Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing and float-charging
                   type. Unit shall comply with UL 1236.


2.10       CONTROL AND MONITORING

   Functional Description: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel
         is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate
         automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of the generator set.
         When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, the generator set starts.
         The off position of the same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When
         generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements
         automatically shut down the generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a
         remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down the generator set.

   Functional Description: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on
         position starts the generator set. The off position of the same switch initiates
         generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or
         equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down the generator set
         and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down
         the generator set.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009            184
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system
         controls, and engine gages shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring
         panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method shall isolate the control
         panel from generator-set vibration.

   Indicating and protective devices and controls shall include those required by NFPA 110
         for a Level 2 system, and the following:

   Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls:

           1.      AC voltmeter.
           2.      AC ammeter.
           3.      AC frequency meter.
           4.      DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging).
           5.      Engine-coolant temperature gage.
           6.      Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage.
           7.      Running-time meter.
           8.      Ammeter-voltmeter, phase-selector switch(es).
           9.      Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat.
           10.     Start-stop switch.
           11.     Overspeed shutdown device.
           12.     Coolant high-temperature shutdown device.
           13.     Coolant low-level shutdown device.
           14.     Oil low-pressure shutdown device.

   Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices
        and include wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other
        supporting items on engine or generator, unless otherwise indicated.


2.11       GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION

   Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded-case, thermal-magnetic type; 100 percent rated;
       complying with NEMA AB 1 and UL 489.

           1.      Tripping Characteristic: Designed specifically for generator protection.
           2.      Trip Rating: Matched to generator rating.
           3.      Shunt Trip: Connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by
                   other protective devices.
           4.      Mounting: Adjacent to or integrated with control and monitoring panel.

   Ground-Fault Indication: Comply with NFPA 70, Article 700-7(d). Integrate ground-fault
        alarm indication with other generator-set alarm indications.


2.12       GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR

   Comply with NEMA MG 1 and specified performance requirements.

   Drive: Generator shaft shall be directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter shall be
         rotated integrally with generator rotor.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009        185
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F.

   Stator-Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for
         other voltages if required.

   Construction shall prevent mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration,
        overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of
        rated capacity.

   Excitation shall use no slip or collector rings, or brushes, and shall be arranged to
         sustain generator output under short-circuit conditions as specified.

   Enclosure: Dripproof.

   Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.

   Voltage Regulator: Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as
         specified.

           1.      Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel shall provide plus or
                   minus 5 percent adjustment of output-voltage operating band.

   Strip Heater: Thermostatically controlled unit arranged to maintain stator windings
         above dew point.

   Windings: Two-thirds pitch stator winding and fully linked amortisseur winding.

   Subtransient Reactance: 12 percent, maximum.


2.13       OUTDOOR GENERATOR-SET ENCLOSURE

   Description: Vandal-resistant, weatherproof steel housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph.
        Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components
        requiring maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools.
        Instruments and control shall be mounted within enclosure.

   Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Maintain temperature rise of system
        components within required limits when unit operates at 110 percent of rated load
        for 2 hours with ambient temperature at top of range specified in system service
        conditions.

           1.      Louvers: Fixed-engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Storm-proof and
                   drainable louvers prevent entry of rain and snow.
           2.      Automatic Dampers: At engine cooling-air inlet and discharge. Dampers
                   shall be closed to reduce enclosure heat loss in cold weather when unit is
                   not operating.

   Interior Lights with Switch: Factory-wired, vaporproof-type fixtures within housing;
          arranged to illuminate controls and accessible interior. Arrange for external
          electrical connection.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          186
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Convenience Outlets: Factory wired. Arrange for external electrical connection.


2.14       FINISHES

   Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Exterior cabinets and components
        shall be painted with Miller Paint “Dapper” (#0192) or approved equal.over
        corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible standard primer.


2.15       SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

   Prototype Testing: Factory test engine-generator set using same engine model,
         constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or
         equivalent accessories.

           1.      Tests:      Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 energy converters in
                   Paragraphs 3.2.1, 3.2.1.1, and 3.2.1.2.
           2.      Generator Tests: Comply with IEEE 115.
           3.      Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are
                   not identical to those on tested prototype shall have been factory tested to
                   demonstrate compatibility and reliability.

   Report factory test results within 10 days of completion of test.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        CONCRETE BASES

   Coordinate size and location of concrete bases.                      Verify structural requirements with
        structural engineer.

   Concrete base is specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
        Methods."

   Contractor shall submit plans for review and approval of concrete bases, signed and
        sealed by a licensed engineer in the State of Oregon, at least 15 days prior to
        installation.


3.2        INSTALLATION

   Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers' written installation and
       alignment instructions and with NFPA 110.

   Install packaged engine generators level on concrete base.

           1.      Vibration Isolation: Mount packaged engine generators on restrained spring
                   isolators.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                        187
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Install packaged engine generator to provide access, without removing connections or
          accessories, for periodic maintenance.

   Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers but not
         specified to be factory mounted.

   Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. The following are
        specific connection requirements:

           2.      Install fuel and exhaust-system piping adjacent to packaged engine
                   generator to allow service and maintenance. Fuel connection shall be made
                   in accordance with Section 00150.50.

           3.      Connect exhaust-system piping to engines.

   Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

   Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."


3.3        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
       inspect, test, and adjust] field-assembled components and equipment installation,
       including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

   Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the
         following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

   Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

           1.      Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in
                   NETA ATS, Sections 7.15.2.1 and 7.22.1 (except for vibration baseline test).
                   Certify compliance with test parameters.
           2.      Perform tests recommended by manufacturer.
           3.      NFPA 110 Acceptance Tests: Perform tests required by NFPA 110 that are
                   additional to those specified here including, but not limited to, the following:

                   a.     Single-step full-load pickup test.

           4.      Battery Tests: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's
                   written instructions. Record individual cell voltages.

                   a.     Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery
                          terminals for full-charging and float-charging conditions.       Check
                          electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions.
                   b.     Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load
                          test and a capacity load test for the battery.
                   c.     Verify acceptance of charge for each element of the battery after
                          discharge.
                   d.     Verify that measurements are within manufacturer's specifications.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               188
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           5.      Battery-Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing
                   and float-charging conditions.
           6.      System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection,
                   and integrity of each element of engine-generator system before and during
                   system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks.
           7.      Exhaust-System Back-Pressure Test: Use a manometer with a scale
                   exceeding 40-inch wg. Connect to exhaust line close to engine exhaust
                   manifold. Verify that back pressure at full-rated load is within manufacturer's
                   written allowable limits for the engine.
           8.      Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests:                Use recording
                   oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100
                   percent step-load increases and decreases, and verify that performance is
                   as specified.
           9.      Harmonic-Content Tests: Measure harmonic content of output voltage under
                   25 percent and at 100 percent of rated linear load. Verify that harmonic
                   content is within specified limits.

   Coordinate tests with tests for transfer switches and run them concurrently.

   Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
        proper motor rotation and unit operation.

   Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls
        and equipment.

   Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

   Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until
        specified requirements are met.

   Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and
        measured insulation resistances, time delays, and other values and observations.
        Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion
        of tests.


3.4        STARTUP SERVICE

   Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

   Inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and
        electrical connections. Report results in writing.

   Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
       instructions.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              189
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

3.5        DEMONSTRATION

   Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
        personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged engine generators. Retain
        below if transfer switches are in Project.

   Coordinate this training with that for transfer switches.


END OF SECTION 16231


                                SECTION 16415 TRANSFER SWITCHES


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes automatic transfer switches rated 600 V and less.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties,
        and accessories.

   Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations showing minimum
       clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and
       devices, and material lists for each switch specified.

   Field quality-control test reports.

   Operation and maintenance data.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
         NFPA 70, Article 100, for emergency service under UL 1008, by a testing agency
         acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
         offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
         limited to, the manufacturers specified in this Section.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009         190
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           1.      Contactor Transfer Switches:

                   a.     Caterpillar; Engine Div.
                   b.     Emerson; ASCO Power Technologies, LP.
                   c.     Generac Power Systems, Inc.
                   d.     GE Zenith Controls.
                   e.     Kohler Co.; Generator Division.
                   f.     Onan Corp./Cummins Power Generation; Industrial Business Group.
                   g.     Russelectric, Inc.
                   h.     Spectrum Detroit Diesel.

           2.      Transfer Switches Using Molded-Case Switches or Circuit Breakers:

                   a.     Eaton Cutler-Hammer.
                   b.     GE Zenith Controls.
                   c.     Hubbell Industrial Controls, Inc.
                   d.     Lake Shore Electric Corporation.


2.2        GENERAL TRANSFER-SWITCH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

   Indicated Current Ratings: Apply as defined in UL 1008 for continuous loading and total
         system transfer, including tungsten filament lamp loads not exceeding 30 percent
         of switch ampere rating, unless otherwise indicated.

   Tested Fault-Current Closing and Withstand Ratings: Adequate for duty imposed by
        protective devices at installation locations in Project under the fault conditions
        indicated, based on testing according to UL 1008.

           1.      Where transfer switch includes internal fault-current protection, rating of
                   switch and trip unit combination shall exceed indicated fault-current value at
                   installation location.

   Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings is plus or minus 2 percent or
         better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 to plus 70 deg C.

   Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed
        voltage-surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to
        IEEE C62.41. Components shall meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of
        NEMA ICS 1.

   Neutral Terminal: Solid and fully rated, unless otherwise indicated.

   Oversize Neutral: Ampacity and switch rating of neutral path through units indicated for
        oversize neutral shall be double the nominal rating of circuit in which switch is
        installed.

   Enclosures: General-purpose NEMA 250, Type 3R, complying with NEMA ICS 6 and
        UL 508, unless otherwise indicated.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             191
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Electrical Operation: Accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or
         electric-motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in
         both directions.

   Switch Characteristics: Designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated
        current between active power sources.

           2.      Limitation: Switches using molded-case switches or circuit breakers or
                   insulated-case circuit-breaker components are not acceptable.
           3.      Switch Action: Double throw; mechanically held in both directions.
           4.      Contacts: Silver composition or silver alloy for load-current switching.
                   Conventional automatic transfer-switch units, rated 225 A and higher, shall
                   have separate arcing contacts.


2.3        AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES

   Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110.

   Switching Arrangement: Double-throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate
        position stops during normal functioning, unless otherwise indicated.

   Signal-Before-Transfer Contacts: A set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts
        operates in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval is adjustable from 1 to
        30 seconds.

   Transfer Switches Based on Molded-Case-Switch Components:                      Comply with
        NEMA AB 1, UL 489, and UL 869A.

   In-Phase Monitor: Factory-wired, internal relay controls transfer so it occurs only when
        the two sources are synchronized in phase. Relay compares phase relationship
        and frequency difference between normal and emergency sources and initiates
        transfer when both sources are within 15 electrical degrees, and only if transfer
        can be completed within 60 electrical degrees. Transfer is initiated only if both
        sources are within 2 Hz of nominal frequency and 70 percent or more of nominal
        voltage.

   Undervoltage Sensing for Each Phase of Normal Source: Senses low phase-to-ground
        voltage on each phase. Pickup voltage is adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of
        nominal, and dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 98 percent of pickup value.
        Factory set for pickup at 90 percent and dropout at 85 percent.

   Time delay for override of normal-source voltage sensing delays transfer and engine
        start signals. Adjustable from zero to six seconds, and factory set for one second.

   Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevents premature transfer to generator. Pickup
         voltage is adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal. Factory set for pickup at
         90 percent. Pickup frequency is adjustable from 90 to 100 percent of nominal.
         Factory set for pickup at 95 percent.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           192
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Time Delay for Retransfer to Normal Source: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes, and
        factory set for 10 minutes. Provides automatic defeat of delay on loss of voltage or
        sustained undervoltage of emergency source, provided normal supply has been
        restored.

   Test Switch: Simulates normal-source failure.

   Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected.

   Source-Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer-switch normal- and
        emergency-source sensing circuits.

           1.      Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal
                   Source Available."
           2.      Emergency Power Supervision:     Red light with nameplate engraved
                   "Emergency Source Available."

   Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open, single-pole, double-throw contacts
        for each switch position, rated 10 A at 240-V ac.

   Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer
        switch will remain connected to emergency power source regardless of condition
        of normal source. Pilot light indicates override status.

   Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated and normally closed, and one isolated and
        normally open; rated 10 A at 32-V dc minimum.

   Engine Shutdown Contacts: Time delay adjustable from zero to five minutes, and
        factory set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote engine-
        generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source.

   Engine-Generator Exerciser: Solid-state, programmable-time switch starts engine
        generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then
        retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period. Initiates
        exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods
        are adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Factory settings are for 7-day exercise
        cycle, 20-minute running period, and 5-minute cool-down period. Exerciser
        features include the following:

           3.      Exerciser Transfer Selector Switch: Permits selection of exercise with and
                   without load transfer.
           4.      Push-button programming control with digital display of settings.
           5.      Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not
                   available.


2.4        SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

   Factory test and inspect components, assembled switches, and associated equipment.
        Ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          193
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           delay settings for compliance with specified requirements.             Perform dielectric
           strength test complying with NEMA ICS 1.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        INSTALLATION

   Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 16 Section
       "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints."

   Identify components according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
          Methods."


3.2        WIRING TO REMOTE COMPONENTS

   Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communication
        requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase
        raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate
        required wiring.


3.3        CONNECTIONS

   Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

   Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."

   Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
         torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use
         those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.


3.4        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
       inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation,
       including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

   Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the
         following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

   Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

           1.      After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
                   test for compliance with requirements.
           2.      Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in
                   NETA ATS, Section 7.22.3. Certify compliance with test parameters.
           3.      Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with
                   insulation-resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                 194
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                   circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer.
                   Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance.

                   a.     Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.
                   b.     Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and
                          integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features.

           4.      After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational
                   function for each switch at least three times.

                   a.     Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer
                          switches and of emergency source with normal source available.
                   b.     Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal
                          source.
                   c.     Verify time-delay settings.
                   d.     Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of
                          control settings.
                   e.     Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting,
                          transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal
                          power, and engine cool-down and shutdown.

           5.      Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective
                   devices for power delivery from both sources.

                   a.     Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors.
                   b.     Observe reaction of circuit-interrupting devices when simulated fault
                          current is applied at sensors.

   Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently.

   Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and
        measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or
        tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.

   Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.


3.5        DEMONSTRATION

   Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
        personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related
        equipment as specified below.

   Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment.


END OF SECTION 16415


                            SECTION 16420 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009              195
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes AC, enclosed controllers rated 600 V and less, of the following
        types:

           1.      Across-the-line, manual and magnetic controllers.
           2.      Multispeed controllers.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: For each type of enclosed controller.

   Shop Drawings: For each enclosed controller.

           1.      Include wiring diagrams.
           2.      Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that
                   enclosed controllers, accessories, and components will withstand seismic
                   forces defined in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic
                   Restraints."

   Field quality-control test reports.

   Operation and maintenance data.

   Load-current and overload-relay heater list.

   Load-current and list of settings of adjustable overload relays.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
         NFPA 70, Article 100.

   Comply with NFPA 70.

   Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for
        enclosed controllers, minimum clearances between enclosed controllers, and for
        adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions
        and clearances.


1.4        COORDINATION

   Coordinate features of enclosed controllers and accessory devices with pilot devices and
        control circuits to which they connect.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           196
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each enclosed controller with ratings
        and characteristics of supply circuit, motor, required control sequence, and duty
        cycle of motor and load.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
         offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
         limited to, the manufacturers specified in this Section.

           1.      ABB Power Distribution, Inc.; ABB Control, Inc. Subsidiary.
           2.      Danfoss Inc.; Danfoss Electronic Drives Div.
           3.      Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products.
           4.      General Electrical Company; GE Industrial Systems.
           5.      Rockwell Automation; Allen-Bradley Co.; Industrial Control Group.
           6.      Siemens/Furnas Controls.
           7.      Square D.


2.2        ACROSS-THE-LINE ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS

   Magnetic Controller: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, nonreversing, across the line,
       unless otherwise indicated.

           1.      Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer
           2.      Overload Relay:      Ambient-compensated type with inverse-time-current
                   characteristic and NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristic. Provide
                   with heaters or sensors in each phase matched to nameplate full-load
                   current of specific motor to which they connect and with appropriate
                   adjustment for duty cycle.

   Combination Magnetic Controller:                   Factory-assembled combination controller and
       disconnect switch.

           3.      Fusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch with
                   rejection-type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to provide
                   Type 2 protection according to IEC 947-4-1, as certified by an NRTL.
           4.      Nonfusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfusible
                   switch.
           5.      Circuit-Breaker Disconnecting Means: NEMA AB 1, motor-circuit protector
                   with field-adjustable, short-circuit trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor
                   amperes.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               197
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

2.3        ENCLOSURES

   Description: Flush- or surface-mounting cabinets as indicated.                     NEMA 250, Type 1,
        unless otherwise indicated.

           1.      Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.


2.4        ACCESSORIES

   Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated.

   Push-Button Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches:                     NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty
        type.

   Stop and Lockout Push-Button Station: Momentary-break, push-button station with a
        factory-applied hasp, arranged so padlock can be used to lock control circuit open.

   Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        APPLICATIONS

   Select features of each enclosed controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics
        of supply circuit and motor; required control sequence; duty cycle of motor,
        controller, and load; and configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting
        controller functions.


3.2        INSTALLATION

   For control equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on lightweight structural-steel
        channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks.

   Install freestanding equipment on concrete bases.

   Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 16 Section
       "Electrical Supports and Restraints." Contractor shall submit plans for review and
       approval of concrete bases, signed and sealed by a licensed engineer in the State
       of Oregon, at least 15 days prior to installation.


3.3        IDENTIFICATION

   Identify enclosed controller, components, and control wiring.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     198
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

3.4        CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION

   Install wiring between enclosed controllers according to Division 16 Section "Conductors
          and Cables." Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.

   Connect hand-off-automatic switch and other automatic-control devices where
       applicable.

           1.      Connect selector switches to bypass only manual- and automatic-control
                   devices that have no safety functions when switch is in hand position.
           2.      Connect selector switches with enclosed controller circuit in both hand and
                   automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low- and high-
                   pressure cutouts, high-temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors.


3.5        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:

           1.      Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller element, bus,
                   component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit.
           2.      Test continuity of each circuit.

   Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

           3.      Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection, except
                   optional tests, stated in NETA ATS, "Motor Control - Motor Starters." Certify
                   compliance with test parameters.
           4.      Correct malfunctioning units and retest to demonstrate compliance;
                   otherwise, replace with new units and retest.


END OF SECTION 16420


                           SECTION 16443 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS


PART 1 - GENERAL


1.1        SUMMARY

   This Section includes motor-control centers for use on ac circuits rated 600 V and less.


1.2        SUBMITTALS

   Product Data: For each type of controller and each type of motor-control center.

   Shop Drawings: For each motor-control center.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             199
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           1.      Include wiring diagrams.
           2.      Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that
                   motor-control centers, accessories, and components will withstand seismic
                   forces defined in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic
                   Restraints."

   Qualification Data: For testing agency.

   Field quality-control test reports.

   Operation and maintenance data.

   Load-current and overload-relay heater list.

   Load-current and list of settings of adjustable overload relays.


1.3        QUALITY ASSURANCE

   Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
         NFPA 70, Article 100.

   Comply with NFPA 70.

   Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for
        motor-control centers, including clearances between motor-control centers, and for
        adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions
        and clearances.


1.4        COORDINATION

   Coordinate features of motor-control centers, installed units, and accessory devices with
        pilot devices and control circuits to which they connect.

   Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each motor-control center, each
        controller, and each installed unit with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit,
        motor, required control sequence, and duty cycle of motor and load.


1.5        WARRANTY

           Provide a one year Contractor warranty according to ODOT Standard Specification
           Section 00170.85(b-1). This Contractor warranty does not replace or reduce other
           warranties, including manufacturer’s warranties, that are longer than one year. The
           Warranty shall cover the materials and installation described in this Section. The
           warranty period will begin on the date of the Second Notification. When the
           Agency makes written request to the contractor for repair or replacement, the
           warranty period will stop until the requested repair(s) or replacement(s) are made
           and accepted.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009           200
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           Upon notification by the Engineer of a failure of the motor control centers to meet
           electrical tests, visual inspection, and mechanical inspection according to NETA
           ATS “Motor Control Centers” and to control the pumps and motors for removal of
           storm water from the lift station and treatment facilities, provide the following
           remedy:

                 Repair or replace failures within 90 days of notification

                 Remedy work shall include removal of failed materials, and the cost and
                  installation of replacement materials at no additional cost to the Agency

                 Use materials and procedures meeting these Appendix A Specifications. All
                  repairs and replacement materials shall be warranted for the remaining
                  warranty period.

                 Coordinate timing of repair work with the Engineer

           At the discretion of the Agency, a temporary motor control center may be required,
           at the Contractor’s expense, to protect traffic until repairs can be made.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


2.1        MANUFACTURERS

   Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
       following specified manufacturers:

           1.      ABB Power Distribution, Inc.; ABB Control, Inc. Subsidiary.
           2.      Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products.
           3.      General Electric Company; GE Industrial Systems.
           4.      Rockwell Automation; Allen-Bradley Co.; Industrial Control Group.
           5.      Siemens/Furnas Controls.
           6.      Square D.



2.2        MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS

   Wiring: NEMA ICS 3, Class II, Type B.

   Enclosures: Flush- or surface-mounting cabinets as indicated. NEMA 250, Type 3R,
        unless otherwise indicated to comply with environmental conditions at installed
        location.

           1.      Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
           2.      Compartments: Modular; individual doors with concealed hinges and quick-
                   captive screw fasteners. Interlocks on combination controller units requiring
                   disconnecting means in off position before door can be opened or closed,
                   except by operating a permissive release device.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             201
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           3.      Interchangeability: Compartments constructed to allow for removal of units
                   without opening adjacent doors, disconnecting adjacent compartments, or
                   disturbing operation of other units in motor-control center; same size
                   compartments to permit interchangeability and ready rearrangement of units,
                   such as replacing three single units with a unit requiring three spaces,
                   without cutting or welding.
           4.      Wiring Spaces: Wiring channel in each vertical section for vertical and
                   horizontal wiring to each unit compartment; supports to hold wiring in place.

   Short-Circuit Current Rating for Each Section: Equal to or greater than indicated
         available fault current in symmetrical amperes at motor-control center location.


2.3        BUSES

   Material: Plated hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity.

   Ampacity Ratings: As indicated for horizontal and vertical main buses.

   Neutral Buses: Half size.

   Equipment Ground Bus: Noninsulated, horizontal configuration; adequate for equipment
        ground conductors; bonded to enclosure.

   Horizontal Bus Arrangement: Main phase, neutral and ground buses extended with
         same capacity the entire length of motor-control center, with provision for future
         extension at both ends by bolt holes and captive bus splice sections or equivalent.

   Short-Circuit Withstand Rating: Same as short-circuit current rating of section.


2.4        FUNCTIONAL FEATURES

   Description: Modular arrangement of controllers, control devices, overcurrent protective
        devices, transformers, panelboards, instruments, indicating panels, blank panels,
        and other items mounted in compartments of motor-control center.

   Controller Units: Combination controller units of types and with features, ratings, and
        circuit assignments indicated.

           1.      Install units up to and including Size 3 on drawout mountings with
                   connectors that automatically line up and connect with vertical-section buses
                   while being racked into their normal, energized positions.
           2.      Provide units with short-circuit current ratings equal to or greater than short-
                   circuit current rating of motor-control center section.
           3.      Equip units in Type B and Type C motor-control centers with pull-apart
                   terminal strips or drawout terminal boards for external control connections.
           4.      Controller Disconnecting Means:               Factory-assembled combination
                   disconnect and controller.




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009               202
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

                   a.     Fusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch
                          with rejection-type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to
                          provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 947-4-1, as certified by an
                          NRTL.
                   b.     Nonfusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, nonfusible
                          switch.
                   c.     Circuit-Breaker Disconnecting Means:           NEMA AB 1, motor-circuit
                          protector with field-adjustable, short-circuit trip coordinated with motor
                          locked-rotor amperes.

   Overcurrent Protective Devices: Individual feeder-tap units through 225-A rating shall
        have drawout mountings with connectors that automatically line up and connect
        with vertical-section buses while being racked into their normal, energized
        positions.

   Spaces and Blank Compartments: Fully bused and equipped, ready for insertion of
        drawout units.

   Spare Units: Type, sizes, and ratings indicated; installed in compartments indicated
        "spare."


2.5        ACCESSORIES

   Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated.

   Push-Button Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches:                     NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty
        type.

   Stop and Lockout Push-Button Station: Momentary-break, push-button station with a
        factory-applied hasp arranged so padlock can be used to lock push button in
        depressed position with control circuit open.

   Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays.

   Meters:

           1.      Ammeter: Output current, with current sensors rated to suit application.
           2.      Voltmeter: Output voltage.
           3.      Frequency Meter: Output frequency.

   Phase-Failure and Undervoltage Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output
        contacts for hard-wired connection. Provide adjustable undervoltage setting.


PART 3 - EXECUTION


3.1        APPLICATIONS

   Select features of each controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply
        circuit and motor; required control sequence; duty cycle of motor, controller, and



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009                     203
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

           load; and configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting controller
           functions.


3.2        INSTALLATION

   Anchor each motor-control center assembly to steel-channel sills arranged and sized
        according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach by bolting. Level and
        grout sills flush with motor-control center mounting surface.

   Install motor-control centers on concrete bases.

   Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 16 Section
       "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints."

   Controller Fuses: Install fuses in each fusible switch. Comply with requirements in
        Division 16 Section "Motor Control Centers"


3.3        IDENTIFICATION

   Identify motor-control center, motor-control center components, and control wiring
          according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."

   Operating Instructions: Frame printed operating instructions for motor-control centers,
        including control sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of
        finished metal, and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic. Mount on front of
        motor-control centers.


3.4        CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION

   Install wiring between motor-control devices according to Division 16 Section
          "Conductors and Cables." Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.

   Connect hand-off-automatic switch and other automatic-control devices where
       applicable.

           1.      Connect selector switches to bypass only manual- and automatic-control
                   devices that have no safety functions when switch is in hand position.
           2.      Connect selector switches with motor-control circuit in both hand and
                   automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low- and high-
                   pressure cutouts, high-temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors.


3.5        FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

   Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:

           1.      Test insulation resistance for each motor-control center element, bus,
                   component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit.
           2.      Test continuity of each circuit.



SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009          204
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development

   Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

           3.      Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection, except for
                   optional tests, stated in NETA ATS "Motor Control Centers." Certify
                   compliance with test parameters.
           4.      Correct malfunctioning units and retest to demonstrate compliance;
                   otherwise, replace with new units and retest.


END OF SECTION 16443




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009             205
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




                                         APPENDIX B




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009   206
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009   207
I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224
Grading, Drainage, Structures, Paving, Signing and Roadside Development




SPS_15644, I-84: Exit 64 (Hood River) – Bundle 224, Final w/Addenda, 10/29/2009   208

								
To top